Draft EIA (1).pdf - APPCB - Government of Andhra Pradesh

DRAFT

(Mining of

Road Metal

Approved ToRLr. No

Ph: 0891

QCI NABET & NABL Accredited

MAR’ 2022

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

OF

SMT. A. KAMALA(Mining of Road Metal & Building Stone

Smt. A. Kamala, ProprietorD.No: 12-96, Gandhi Nagar

S. Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram,

Andhra Pradesh – 535145

Site Address Lease Area: 8.90 Ha.

Sy. No. 01 Mallipudi(V), S. Kota (M)

Vizianagaram District, Andhra Pradesh - 535145

Production Capacity

Road Metal& Building Stone–80078.4 mBaseline Data Collected: October’ 2021 to December

Approved ToRLr. No:SEIAA/AP/MIN/VSP/VIO /11/2021Sector: 01 – Mining of Minerals, Cat – B1

PREPARED BY

H.O:Block-B, B-1, IDA, Autonagar -12,VishakapatnamPh: 0891-2755528, Fax: 0891-2755529, E-mail: [email protected]

Ph: 9440338628 QCI NABET & NABL Accredited & Recognized by MOEF&CC, New Delhi

SVELC/AK

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

SMT. A. KAMALA Building Stone)

Proprietor Gandhi Nagar,

535145

(M) ,

535145

m3/Annum (max) December’ 2021

1/3236-991Dt: 23.12.2021 1 (Violation)

Vishakapatnam mail: [email protected]

& Recognized by MOEF&CC, New Delhi.

SVELC/AK/DRAFT/EIA

UNDERTAKING

(As per MoEF OM No. 11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dt: 05.10.2011)

I, the undersigned Smt. A. Kamala, Proprietor of proposed Road Metal &Building

Stone mine in the name of Smt. A. Kamala over an extent of 8.90 Ha located at

Sy.No.01 of Mallipudi Village, S. Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram District, Andhra

Pradesh do hereby solemnly affirm and declare that SV Enviro Labs & Consultants

located at Enviro House, Block –B, B-1, IDA, Autonagar, Visakhapatnam-12 has

obtained ToRs for our mine to obtain Environmental clearance under the EIA

notification, 2006.

As a Project proponent, I undertake that the present Draft EIA study report of the

proposed project of Smt. A. Kamala located at Sy.No. 01 of Mallipudi Village, S.

Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram District is entirely with the prescribed ToR’s.

And further, I endorse all the data and information of the EIA report, as presented by

EIA consultant SV Enviro Labs & Consultants to be accurate, true and correct and I

own the responsibility for the same.

Thanks & Regards For Smt. A. Kamala Smt. A. Kamala

Proprietor

DECLARATION BY EXPERTS CONTRIBUTING TO THE EIA

“Draft Environmental Impact Assessment for the

Stone with maximum production capacity

Hectares located in Sy. No.01,

Andhra Pradesh by Smt. A. Kamala

I hereby certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the

above EIA.

EIA Co-ordinator

Name :

Signature :

Functional Area Experts:

S.No Functional Areas

Name of the

Expert

1. EIA

Coordinator

K.Anitha

2. AP * M. Murali Krishna

V. Hemalatha (TM)

K. Anitha (TM)

3. WP * V. Hemalatha

4. SHW * K. Anitha

5. SE * Dr. B. Vijay Bhaskara

Rao

6. EB * Dr. M.

Naidu

7. HG * Dr. G.V.A

Ramakrishna

8. GEO * Dr. G.V.A

Ramakrishna


Environmental Impact Assessment for the proposed Mining of Road Metal

th maximum production capacity of 80078.4 m3/Annum from the area of

, Mallipudi Village, S. Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram

Smt. A. Kamala.


K. Anitha

Name of the Category as per NABET

Involvement (Period and task**)

B Mining

M. Murali Krishna

V. Hemalatha (TM)

K. Anitha (TM)

A Air Pollution monitoring, prevention & control

V. Hemalatha A Water Pollution monitoring, prevention & control

A Solid waste management

Dr. B. Vijay Bhaskara A Socioeconomic studies

Dr. M. Tarakeswara A Ecology and Bio-diversity

Dr. G.V.A

Ramakrishna

A Hydrology

Dr. G.V.A

Ramakrishna

A

Geology


Road Metal & Building

area of extent 8.90

Mandal, Vizianagaram District,


Signature and Date

9. SC * D. Sunder Rao

M.Tarakeswara Naidu

(TM)

10. AQ * M. Murali Krishna

11. NV * M. Murali Krishna

12. LU * Dr. G.V.A Ramakrishna

13. RH * ShaikKasim

V. Hemalatha (TM)

*One TM against each FAE may be shown

** Please attach additional sheet if required

D. Sunder Rao

M.Tarakeswara Naidu

A Soil conservation

M. Murali Krishna A Air quality

modelling

M. Murali Krishna A Noise and vibration

Dr. G.V.A Ramakrishna

A Land use studies

ShaikKasim

V. Hemalatha (TM)

A Risk and hazard

study

*One TM against each FAE may be shown

sheet if required

Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person

I, M. Murali Krishna, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the Draft

EIA for proposed Road Metal & Building Stone with maximum production capacity of

80078.4m3/Annum from the area of extent 8.90 Hectares located in Sy. No. 01, Mallipudi

Village, S. Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram District, Andhra Pradesh by Smt. A. Kamala.

Signature:

Name: M. Murali Krishna

Designation: Managing Partner

Name of the EIA consultant organization: SV Enviro Labs & Consultants

NABET Certificate No & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/1821/SA 0118 Dt: 28.09.2020.

NABET Extension No & Issue Date: QCI/NABET/ENV/ACO/22/2215 Dt: 17.01.2022 and

valid up to 16.04.2022.

INDEX

S.No TITLE PAGE No. ToR Compliance Executive Summary

Chapter -I:- Introduction

1.0 Introduction 1-1

1.1 Purpose of the project 1-1

1.2 Details of the project & identification of project proponent 1-2

1.3 Legal status of the project 1-3

1.4 Brief description of the project 1-4

1.5 Project nature, size and location 1-4

1.5.1 Nature 1-4

1.5.2 Size 1-4

1.5.3 Location 1-4

1.5.4 Accessibility 1-5

1.6 Regulatory compliances & applicable laws/regulations 1-7

1.7 Objectives of EIA Study 1-7

1.8 Environmental parameters anticipated in the study area 1-7

1.9 Generic structure of EIA document 1-8

1.10 Post Environment clearance monitoring 1-9

Chapter -II :-Project Description 2.0 General 2-1

2.1 Description of the project 2-1

2.2 Location details 2-2

2.3 Geology and exploration 2-7

2.3.1 Physiography 2-7

2.3.2 Regional geology 2-8

2.3.3 Local geology 2-8

2.4 Mineable reserves 2-9

2.5 Method of mining 2-11

2.6 Details of production 2-12

2.7 Wastedump management 2-14

2.8 Conceptual plan 2-14

2.8.1 Mine drainage 2-15

2.8.2 Land use 2-15

2.8.3 Mine Closure plan 2-15

2.8.4 Mining machinery 2-16

2.8.5 Site services 2-16

2.8.6 Water requirement 2-16

2.9 Employment potential 2-17

Chapter -III:-Description Of the Environment 3.0 Introduction 3-1

3.1 Study area 3-1

3.2 Study period 3-1

3.3 Methodology of EIA study 3-1

3.4 Collection of baseline data 3-2

3.4.1 Micro meteorological data 3-2

3.4.2 Winds 3-4

3.5 Air Environment 3-7

3.5.1 Selection of sampling locations 3-7

3.5.2 Methodology of sampling and analysis 3-7

3.5.3 Frequency of Sampling 3-7

3.5.4 Existing ambeint air quality 3-13

3.6 Water environment 3-13

3.6.1 Surface water and ground water quality assessment 3-14


3.6.3 Sampling techniques 3-14

3.6.4 Analytical techniques 3-16

3.6.5 Water sampling Stations 3-17

3.6.6 Ground water quality of the study area 3-20

3.6.7 Summary of groundwater quality 3-22

3.6.8 Surface water quality of the study area 3-23

3.6.9 Surface water quality results are summarized 3-24

3.7 Soil quality 3-25


3.7.2 Sampling and analytical techniques 3-25

3.7.3 Details of soil sampling locations 3-26

3.7.4 Soil analysis results in the study area 3-29

3.7.5 Summary of soil analysis data 3-29

3.7.6 Standard soil classification 3-30

3.8 Noise environment 3-31

3.8.1 Identification of sampling locations 3-31

3.8.2 Methodology 3-32

3.8.3 Noise monitoring locations 3-32

3.8.4 Description of locations 3-33

3.8.5 Noise levels in the study area 3-35

3.9 Geology and hydrogeology 3-37

3.9.1 Physiography 3-37

3.9.2 Drainage 3-37

3.9.3 Geomorphology 3-38

3.9.4 Geology 3-41

3.9.5 Hydrogeology 3-42

3.10 Land use/ land cover 3-43


3.10.2 Digital Elevation Maps 3-51

3.10.3 Contour map 3-51

3.10.4 Drainage map 3-51

3.11 Biological Environment 3-55

3.12 Socio-economic environment 3-83

Chapter -IV:-Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures 4.0 Introduction 4-1

4.1 Impacts on air quality 4-10

4.1.1 Quantities estimation of impacts on air environment 4-10

4.1.2 Source of dust emission 4-10

4.1.3 Emission details 4-11

4.1.4 Meteorological data 4-11

4.1.5 Assumption made in the prediction of air pollution impacts 4-11

4.1.6 Summary of predicted ground level concentrations of particular matter

4-11

4.1.7 Air quality mitigation measures 4-12

4.2 Water environment 4-13

4.2.1 Impacts on surface water bodies and control measures 4-13

4.2.2 Rain water harvesting 4-14

4.2.3 Impacts on ground water table 4-14

4.3 Land Environment 4-14

4.3.1 Solid waste generation 4-14

4.3.2 Soil Erosion 4-15

4.3.3 Reclamation of degraded areas 4-15

4.3.4 Program of Afforestation 4-16

4.3.5 Impact on land use and reclamation measures 4-16

4.4 Noise environment and vibrations 4-16

4.4.1 Impact due to noise and vibration 4-16

4.4.2 Noise and vibration control measures 4-17

4.5 Solid waste generation and stacking of wastes 4-18

4.6 Biological environment 4-18

4.6.1 Impacts on biological environment 4-18

4.6.2 Mitigation measures 4-19

4.6.3 Greenbelt development 4-19

4.7 Traffic analysis 4-21

4.7.1 Impact on road network 4-21

4.8 Socio-economic conditions 4-22

4.8.1 Economical impact 4-22

4.8.2 Social & Cultural impacts 4-22

4.8.3 Health & wellbeing impacts 4-23

4.8.4 Public infrastructure & Services 4-23

4.8.5 Personal and psychological Impact 4-23

4.8.6 Impact-Pre and Post Mitigations 4-24

4.9 Impact on occupational health & safety 4-26

Chapter -V:- Analysis of Alternatives 5.0 General 5-1

5.1 Alternate technology 5-1

5.2 Alternative site 5-1

Chapter -VI:-Environmental Monitoring Programme 6.0 Environmental monitoring 6-1

6.1 Environment management 6-1

6.2 Monitoring around the mine site 6-2

6.3 Post project monitoring programme 6-2

6.3.1 Environmental monitoring 6-2

6.4 Monitoring schedule for environmental parameters 6-3

6.5 Implementation schedule 6-3

6.6 Monitoring equipment and consumables 6-4

Chapter -VII:-Additional Studies

7.0 Public consultation 7-1

7.1 Risk assessment 7-1

7.1.1 Drilling & blasting risks 7-1

7.1.2 Failure of slope in the pit 7-2

7.1.3 Filling up the mine pit due to excessive rains 7-3

7.1.4 Accidents of heavy machinery 7-3

7.2 Disaster management plan 7-3

7.3 Implementation of EMP and monitoring system 7-4

7.3.1 General 7-4

7.3.2 Implementation 7-5

7.4 Activites to be monitored/inspected by EMC 7-6

7.4.1 Land erosion 7-6

7.4.2 Drainage 7-6

7.4.3 Re-vegetation and green belt development 7-6

7.4.4 Occupational health 7-6

7.4.5 Operational and Maintenance 7-7

7.5 Compliance for additional Terms of Reference 7-8

7.5.1 Proponent shall submit cluster EIA & EMP 7-8

Chapter -VIII:-Project Benefits

8.0 General 8-1

8.1 Employment 8-1

8.2 Occupational health 8-1

8.3 Improvements in physical and social infrastructure 8-1

8.3.1 Improvement in the physical infrastructure 8-2

8.3.2 Improvement in the social infrastructure 8-2

8.3.3 Prevention of illegal mining & contribution to the exchequer 8-2

8.3.4 Enhancement of green cover 8-3

8.4 Other tangible benefits 8-3

Chapter -IX:-Environmental Management Plan 9.0 Introduction 9-1

9.1 Corporate environment responsibility 9-4

9.2 Objectives of environmental management plan 9-4

9.3 Air quality management 9-4

9.3.1 Air pollution control measures 9-5

9.3.2 Controlling of other emissions 9-6

9.4 Water quality management 9-6

9.5 Noise level monitoring 9-6

9.5.1 Parameters 9-7


9.5.3 Noise quality management 9-7

9.5.4 Noise pollution control 9-7

9.6 Water consumption and waste water generation 9-8

9.7 Biological management 9-9

9.7.1 Tree plantation program 9-9

9.7.2 Mine drainage 9-9

9.8 Soil management 9-10

9.9 Land environment 9-10

9.9.1 Land use 9-10

9.9.2 Mine roads 9-10

9.9.3 Proposed mitigation measures 9-11

9.10 Socio-economic environment & safety 9-11

9.11 Biological management plan 9-12

9.11.1 Greenbelt development/Afforestation plan 9-12

9.11.2 Criteria for selection of species 9-13

9.11.3 Design of green development 9-13

9.12 Occupational health and safety measures 9-14

9.12.1 Public health Implication, Occupational Health survey program and First aid

9-15

9.13 Project cost 9-15

Chapter -X:-Summary & Conclusion 10.0 Summary & conclusion 10-1

10.1 Need of the project 10-1

10.2 Salient features of the project 10-1

10.3 Reserves 10-3

10.4 Mining 10-3

10.5 Description of the Environment 10-4

10.5.1 Land use 10-4

10.5.2 Water quality 10-4

10.5.3 Ambient air quality 10-5

10.5.4 Noise quality 10-6

10.5.5 Biodiversity 10-6

10.5.6 Socio-Economic 10-7

10.6 Anticipated impact and mitigation measures 10-7

10.6.1 Land environment 10-7

10.6.2 Water environment 10-8

10.6.3 Air environment 10-8

10.6.4 Noise environment 10-8

10.6.5 Biological environment 10-8

10.6.6 Socio economic environment 10-8

10.6.7 Mine waste 10-9

10.6.8 Impacts due to transportation 10-9

10.7 Risk assessment & Disaster management plan 10-9

10.8 Project benefits 10-9

10.9 Environmental Management Plan 10-9

10.10 Recommendations 10-10

Chapter -XI:-Remediation plan and the natural & community resource augmentation plan 11.0 Preamble 11-1

11.1 Previous performance record 11-1

11.2 Impact due to mining activity 11-4

11.3 Calculation of bank guarantee for remediation works and resource augmentation works

11-13

11.3.1 Air pollution 11-14

11.3.2 Water environment 11-15

11.3.3 Solid and hazardous waste 11-16

11.3.4 Transportation 11-17

11.3.5 Noise and vibration 11-17

11.3.6 Green belt 11-17

11.3.7 Hydrogeology 11-19

11.3.8 Occupational health & safety 11-19

11.3.9 Corporate environmental responsibility 11-19

Chapter -XII:-Disclosure Of Consultants Engaged

12.0 Disclosure of consultants engaged 12-1

12.1 About SV Enviro Labs & Consultants 12-1

12.2 Services offered by SV Enviro 12-1

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO. Chapter -I:- Introduction

1.1 Description of project proponent 1-2

Chapter -II :-Project Description 2.1 Boundary Coordinates 2-2

2.2 Details about the project site 2-3

2.3 Details of mineable reserves 2-11

2.4 Year Wise Production 2-12

2.5 Details of the OB during the plan period 2-14

2.6 Land use details 2-15

2.7 List of machinery details 2-16

2.8 Fresh water requirement & wastewater generation 2-16

2.9 Employment details 2-17

Chapter -III:-Description of The Environment 3.1 Micro meteorological data at site 3-4

3.2 Techniques and detectable limits for ambient air quality monitoring

3-8

3.3 Location of ambient air quality monitoring stations 3-8

3.4 Summary of analysis of Ambient Air Quality in the Study area 3-10

3.5 Standard operating procedures (SOP) for water sampling 3-15

3.6 Analytical techniques for water analysis 3-16

3.7 Water sampling stations 3-17

3.8 Ground water quality results 3-20

3.9 Surface water quality of the study area 3-23

3.10 Analytical techniques for soil analysis 3-25

3.11 Soil sampling locations 3-26

3.12 Soil analysis results 3-29

3.13 Noise monitoring locations 3-32

3.14 Noise levels in the study area 3-35

3.15 Details of the forest blocks in the study area 3-56

3.16 List of plant species observed in core area of the project 3-58

3.17 List of plant species observed in buffer area of the project 3-64

3.18 Checklist of fauna recorded in the study area 3-77

3.19 Aquatic flora observed in the study area 3-82

3.20 Demographical details of the study area-Vizianagaram 3-87

Chapter -IV:-Anticipated Environmental Impacts &Mitigation Measures 4.1 Expected nature of impacts 4-1

4.2 Identified/predicted environmental impacts with & without mitigation measures

4-2

4.3 Noise Impact 4-17

4.4 Selected list of plant species for greenbelt development 4-20

4.5 Pre and Post Mitigation of proposed project 4-24

Chapter -VI:- Environmental Monitoring Programme 6.1 Monitoring schedule for environmental parameters 6-3

6.2 Implementation schedule 6-3

Chapter -IX:- Environmental Management Plan

9.1 EMP costing for the project 9-2

9.2 Ambient air quality standards 9-5

9.3 Air pollution control measures 9-5

9.4 Details of year wise tree plantation programme 9-12

Chapter -XI:-Remediation plan and the natural & community resource augmentation plan

11.1 Damage assessment and remediation of environmental components

11-5

11.2 Quantification of emissions due to quarry activities 11-14

11.3 Cost estimation for air emissions 11-15

11.4 Penalty for noise pollution in violation period (2015-2019) 11-17

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE No. TITLE PAGE NO. Chapter -I :-Introduction

1.1 Location map of Smt. A. Kamala 1-6

Chapter –II: - Project Description 2.1 Google map of the mine area with 10 km radius buffer

zone 2-5

2.2 Topomap of the mine area with 10 km radius buffer zone 2-6

2.3 Surface & Geological plan of the mine area 2-7

2.4 Production and development plan with sections 2-13

Chapter -III:-Description of The Environment 3.1 Wind rose diagram of October’ 2021- December’ 2021 3-6

3.2 Location of ambient air quality stations 3-9

3.3 Water sampling locations 3-19

3.4 Soil sampling locations 3-28

3.5 Noise monitoring locations 3-34

3.6 Map of the geomorphology – Vizianagaram district 3-40

3.7 Map of the hydrogeology – Vizianagaram district 3-43

3.8 Methodology 3-46

3.9 Satellite image within 10 km radius 3-47

3.10 False colour composite map within 10 km radius 3-48

3.11 Graphical representation of Land use/ land cover 3-49

3.12 Land use/ land cover map 3-50

3.13 Digital Elevation map 3-52

3.14 Contour map 3-53

3.15 Drainage map 3-54

3.16 Demographic details of Vizianagaram district 3-85

3.17 Main and Marginal workers in the study area 3-92

Chapter –VII:-Additional Studies 7.1 Organizational setup of EMC 7-4

Chapter -IX:-Environment Management Plan 9.1 Water balamce flow diagram 9-8

Chapter -XII:-Disclosure Of Consultants Engaged 12.1 NABET Certificate 12-3

12.2 NABET extension of validity certificate 12-4

Annexures Annexure –I ToR copy

Annexure –II Mining plan

Annexure-III Cluster Letter and map

Annexure-IV Cluster EMP

Annexure -V Affidavit

Annexure -VI Hydrogeological Report

Annexure -VII Production details

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Smt. A. Kamala – 8.90 Ha. TOR COMPLIANCE

APPROVED TERMS OF REFERENCE COMPLIANCE

ToR Lr. No: SEIAA/AP/VSP/VIO/MIN/11/2021/3236-991 Dated: 23.12.2021 Additional TOR

S.No Standard Terms of Reference TOR Compliance/Section No.

1 Proponent shall submit Cluster EIA & EMP As per cluster notification by

MoEF&CC mines which not

executed lease or Environmental

Clearance before 9th September 2013

were considered and were included in

preparation of cluster EMP. As per

records of the Asst. Director of Mines

and Geology, Vizianagaram vide Lr.

No. 2515/Q/2009 Dt: 30.03.2021

there are no areas for which L.O.I is

issued for grant of mine lease, where

as there are 3 working mines present

within 500 m distance which were

granted before 09.09.2013 and those

mines shall not counted for cluster

formation. Thus, the condition of

cluster needs preparation of cluster

EMP for all working mines and

attached as Annexure IV

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCES

S.No Standard Terms of Reference TOR Compliance/Section No. 1 Year wise production details since 1994 should

be given, clearly stating the highest production

achieved in any one year prior to 1994. It may

also be categorically informed whether there

Smt. A. Kamala has been granted

Quarry Lease 1st renewal for Road

Metal & Building stone mining

over an extent of 8.90 Ha, located


had been any increase in production after EIA

Notification 1994 came into force, w.r.t the

highest production achieved prior to 1994.

in Sy. No. 1 of Mallipudi Village,

S. Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram

District for a period of 15 years by

the DDM&G, Visakhapatnam vide

proceedings No. 3322/Q3/2009,

Dated 19.01.2012 and the same

was executed by the ADM&G,

Vizianagaram vide Proceedings

No. 2545/Q2/2009, dated 28.01.2012 for the lease period of

15 years w.e.f. 19.09.2009 to

18.09.2024. Year wise production

details furnished in the Chapter II -

Project description table 2.4.

Earlier dispatch details are given

in Annexure-VII.

2 A copy of the document in support of the fact

that the Proponent is the rightful lessee of the

mine should be given.

The rightful proponent of the mine

is Smt. A. Kamala, as per the

Quarry lease 1st renewal Proc.No.

3322/Q3/2009, Dated 19.01.2012

and the same was executed by the

ADM&G, Vizianagaram vide

Proceedings No. 2545/Q2/2009,

dated 28.01.2012 for the lease

period of 15 years w.e.f.

19.09.2009 to 18.09.2024 and

document is available in the

mining plan (Annexure - II).

3 All documents including approved mine plan,

EIA and Public Hearing should be compatible

with one another in terms of the mine lease

While preparing EIA it has been

ensured that all the documents

including approved mine plan,


area, production levels, waste generation and its

management, mining technology etc. and

should be in the name of the lessee.

EIA are compatible with one

another in terms of the mine lease

area, production levels and its

management, mining technology

etc and are in the name of Smt. A.

Kamala.

4 All corner coordinates of the mine lease area,

superimposed on a High Resolution Imagery/

Toposheet, topographic sheet, geomorphology

and geology of the area should be provided.

Such an Imagery of the proposed area should

clearly show the land use and other ecological

features of the study area (core and buffer

zone).

All the corner coordinates of mine

lease has been

marked/superimposed on

Toposheet.

10 km radius Topo map of

1:50,000 scale of the project

location with all the corner

coordinates of the mine lease area

is given in Chapter II under Fig.

2.2.

Corner co-ordinates are

superimposed on High resolution

Google earth imagery &

Toposheet is given in Chapter-II

under Fig. 2.1 & 2.2.

5 Information should be provided in Survey of

India Toposheet in 1:50,000 scale indicating

geological map of the area, geomorphology of

land forms of the area, existing minerals and

mining history of the area, important water

bodies, streams and rivers and soil

characteristics.

Required Toposheet is provided at

Fig. 2.2 in Chapter-II.

Important water bodies, streams,

rivers are shown in Toposheet

which is provided by Survey of

India.

6 Details about the land proposed for mining

activities should be given with information as

The mine lease area is

Government land with no


to whether mining conforms to the land use

policy of the State; land diversion for mining

should have approval from State land use board

or the concerned authority.

agricultural activities within the

mine and presently under mining.

Smt. A. Kamala has been granted

Quarry Lease 1st renewal for Road

Metal & Building stone mining

over an extent of 8.90 Ha, located

in Sy. No. 1 of Mallipudi Village,

S. Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram

District for a period of 15 years by

the DDM&G, Visakhapatnam vide

proceedings No. 3322/Q3/2009,

Dated 19.01.2012 and the same

was executed by the ADM&G,

Vizianagaram vide Proceedings

No. 2545/Q2/2009, dated

28.01.2012 for the lease period of

15 years w.e.f. 19.09.2009 to

18.09.2024.

Land diversion is not applicable.

7 It should be clearly stated whether the

proponent Company has a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in the EIA

Report with description of the prescribed

operating process/procedures to bring into

focus any infringement/deviation/ violation of

the environmental or forest norms/ conditions?

The hierarchical system or administrative order

of the Company to deal with the environmental

issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC

conditions may also be given. The system of

The project proponent is

committed to environmental

safeguard and sustainable

development. Environmental

Monitoring Cell shall be

established for reporting

environmental issues. The

Environmental policy is as

follows:

Prevent Environmental

pollution by continual


reporting of non compliances / violations of

environmental norms to the Board of Directors

of the Company and/or shareholders or

stakeholders at large, may also be detailed in

the EIA Report.

improvement in environmental

performance of the

Environmental Management

Plan.

Comply with all the

environmental legislations,

regulations under the EIA

Notification 2006 &

subsequent amendments.

Promote environmental

awareness amongst employees,

local communities and

interested parties through

proactive communication and

training.

Training to employees in terms of

Safety, Health & Environment

through Mining association &

Authorized Agency.

8. Issues relating to Mine Safety, including

subsidence study in case of underground

mining and slope study in case of open cast

mining, blasting study etc. should be detailed.

The proposed safeguard measures in each case

should also be provided.

The method of mining is open cast

semi mechanised.

Subsidence study is not applicable

as the mine is not underground

mining.

Mining will be done during non-

rainy period. As the mine is Road

Metal & Building Stone the

chance of failure of pit slope does

not exist.

Safety measures:


The working pits will be under

vigilance during the working

and non working hours.

Detailed occupational health and

safety is mentioned at Chapter -IV

under section: 4.9.

9. The study area will comprise of 10 km zone

around the mine lease from lease periphery and

the data contained in the EIA such as waste

generation etc. should be for the life of the

mine lease period.

Out of the total excavated mineral

about 90% saleable Road Metal &

Building Stone and 10%

overburden is expected to be

generated in this ensuing plan

period of about 40710.88 m3and

the same will be dumped

temporarily in 1.0218 Ha. within

mine lease area as step dumping.

Dump area is in the South corner

of QL covering area. The waste

generated can be used for regular

gradation of approach/haul roads,

maintaining retention wall along

the hill slopes and strengthening

garland drains within the mine

area.

The life of mine is 39 years. The

detailed year wise production is

mentioned in Chapter-II under

section 2.6.

10 Land use of the study area delineating forest

area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife

sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of

Land use/Land cover is

exclusively detailed in section 3.10

of Chapter-III.


fauna, water bodies, human settlements and

other ecological features should be indicated.

Land use plan of the mine lease area should be

prepared to encompass preoperational,

operational and post operational phases and

submitted. Impact, if any, of change of land use

should be given.

Impacts on Land Use are

mentioned in section 4.3 of

Chapter-IV.

11. Details of the land for any Over Burden Dumps

outside the mine lease, such as extent of land

area, distance from mine lease, its land use,

R&R issues, if any, should be given.

Out of the total excavated mineral

about 90% saleable Road Metal &

Building Stone and 10%

overburden is expected to be

generated in this ensuing plan

period of about 40710.88 m3 and

the same will be dumped

temporarily in 1.0218 Ha. within

mine lease area as step dumping.

Dump area is in the South corner

of QL covering area. The waste

generated can be used for regular

gradation of approach/haul roads,

maintaining retention wall along

the hill slopes and strengthening

garland drains within the mine

area.

12 A Certificate from the Competent Authority in

the State Forest Department should be

provided, confirming the involvement of forest

land, if any, in the project area. In the event of

any contrary claim by the Project Proponent

regarding the status of forests, the site may be

inspected by the State Forest Department along

No forest land is present within the

mine lease area.


with the Regional Office of the Ministry to

ascertain the status of forests, based on which,

the Certificate in this regard as mentioned

above be issued. In all such cases, it would be

desirable for representative of the State Forest

Department to assist the Expert Appraisal

Committees.

13 Status of forestry clearance for the broken up

area and virgin forestland involved in the

Project including deposition of net present

value (NPV) and compensatory Afforestation

(CA) should be indicated. A copy of the

forestry clearance should also be furnished.

Not Applicable.

14 Implementation status of recognition of forest

rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other

Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of

Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated.

Not Applicable.

15 The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the study

area, with necessary details, should be given.

Flora studies were conducted in

the core and buffer zones and are

covered in Chapter-III under

section – 3.11.

16 A study shall be got done to ascertain the

impact of the Mining Project on wildlife of the

study area and details furnished. Impact of the

project on the wildlife in the surrounding and

any other protected area and accordingly,

detailed mitigative measures required, should

be worked out with cost implications and

submitted.

Fauna studies conducted in the

core and buffer zone is covered in

Chapter-III under section-3.11.

Impacts on the biological

environment and mitigation

measures are covered in section-

4.6 in Chapter-IV.


17 Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors,

Ramsar site Tiger/Elephant Reserves/(existing

as well as proposed), if any, within 10 km of

the mine lease should be clearly indicated,

supported by a location map duly authenticated

by Chief Wildlife Warden. Necessary

clearance, as may be applicable to such projects

due to proximity of the ecologically sensitive

areas as mentioned above, should be obtained

from the Standing Committee of National

Board of Wildlife and copy furnished.

No National Parks, Wildlife

Sanctuaries, Tiger/Elephant

reserves are existed in the core or

buffer zone of the lease area.

18 A detailed biological study of the study area

[core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the

periphery of the mine lease)] shall be carried

out. Details of flora and fauna, endangered,

endemic and RET Species duly authenticated,

separately for core and buffer zone should be

furnished based on such primary field survey,

clearly indicating the Schedule of the fauna

present. In case of any scheduled-I fauna found

in the study area, the necessary plan along with

budgetary provisions for their conservation

should be prepared in consultation with State

Forest and Wildlife Department and details

furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for

implementing the same should be made as part

of the project cost.

Detailed study on Biological

Environment in core and buffer

zone was carried out. Details of

flora and faunal species are listed

in Chapter-III under section-3.11.

There are no Schedule I species

present in core or buffer zone of

the mine lease area.

19 Proximity to Areas declared as 'Critically

Polluted' or the Project areas likely to come

under the 'Aravali Range', (attracting court

No critically polluted areas come

under the core zone or buffer zone

of the lease area.


restrictions for mining operations), should also

be indicated and where so required, clearance

certifications from the prescribed Authorities,

such as the SPCB or State Mining Department

should be secured and furnished to the effect

that the proposed mining activities could be

considered.

20 Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map

duly authenticated by one of the authorized

agencies demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area,

location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal

features such as mangroves, if any, should be

furnished. (Note: The Mining Projects falling

under CRZ would also need to obtain approval

of the concerned Coastal Zone Management

Authority).

CRZ regulation is not applicable.

21 R&R Plan/compensation details for the Project

Affected People (PAP) should be furnished.

While preparing the R&R Plan, the relevant

State/National Rehabilitation & Resettlement

Policy should be kept in view. In respect of SCs

/STs and other weaker sections of the society in

the study area, a need based sample survey,

family-wise, should be undertaken to assess

their requirements, and action programmes

prepared and submitted accordingly, integrating

the sectoral programmes of line departments of

the State Government. It may be clearly

brought out whether the village(s) located in the

mine lease area will be shifted or not. The

issues relating to shifting of village(s) including

No habitation is observed within

the mine lease area. So R&R plan

is not applicable for this project.


their R&R and socio-economic aspects should

be discussed in the Report.

22. One season (non-monsoon) [i.e. March-May

(Summer Season); October-December (post

monsoon season) ; December-February (winter

season)]primary baseline data on ambient air

quality as per CPCB Notification of 2009,

water quality, noise level, soil and flora and

fauna shall be collected and the AAQ and other

data so compiled presented date-wise in the

EIA and EMP Report. Site-specific

meteorological data should also be collected.

The location of the monitoring stations should

be such as to represent whole of the study area

and justified keeping in view the pre-dominant

downwind direction and location of sensitive

receptors. There should be at least one

monitoring station within 500 m of the mine

lease in the predominant downwind direction.

The mineralogical composition of PM10,

particularly for free silica, should be given.

Baseline data (Water quality, noise

level, soil, flora and fauna, AAQ,

Meteorological data) for the period

of October 2021 to December

2021 is collected within the study

area and same is elaborated in

chapter -III.

23. Air quality modelling should be carried out for

prediction of impact of the project on the air

quality of the area. It should also take into

account the impact of movement of vehicles for

transportation of mineral. The details of the

model used and input parameters used for

modelling should be provided. The air quality

contours may be shown on a location map

clearly indicating the location of the site,

location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the

Detailed air quality for prediction

of impacts is elaborated in chapter

– IV under section: 4.1.

As the mineral is Road Metal &

Building Stone. Hence fugitive

dust emissions during operations

are very minimal.

Control measures such as water

sprinkling, wet jacket method and


habitation. The wind roses showing

predominant wind direction may also be

indicated on the map.

restricting vehicular movement in

terms of speed will be practiced,

hence the fugitive emissions will

be localised.

The wind rose is shown in chapter

-III

24 The water requirement for the Project, its

availability and source should be furnished. A

detailed water balance should also be provided.

Fresh water requirement for the project should

be indicated.

The total water requirement is 11.2

KLD and will be met through

water tankers from surrounding

villages. Detailed water balance is

mentioned in Chapter - IX under

Figure: 9.6

25. Necessary clearance from the Competent

Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of

water for the project should be provided.

As we are not drawing any ground

water, hence clearance from

ground water board is not

applicable.

26. Description of water conservation measures

proposed to be adopted in the project should be

given. Details of rainwater harvesting proposed

in the project, if any, should be provided.

Water conservation measures are

mentioned under section-9.4 in

Chapter-IX.

Rain water Harvesting is covered

under section 4.2.2 in Chapter-IV.

27. Impact of the Project on the water quality, both

surface and groundwater, should be assessed

and necessary safeguard measures, if any

required, should be provided.

Impacts on water quality are tabled

in Table-4.2 and safeguard

measures are covered under

Chapter-IV.

28. Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly

be shown whether working will intersect

groundwater. Necessary data and

documentation in this regard may be provided.

There are no ground water bodies

such as open wells or bore wells in

this lease area. The ground water

table is about 48 m depth from the


In case the working will intersect groundwater

table, a detailed Hydro Geological Study should

be undertaken and Report furnished. The

Report inter-alia, shall include details of the

aquifers present and impact of mining activities

on these aquifers. Necessary permission from

Central Ground Water Authority for working

below ground water and for pumping of ground

water should also be obtained and copy

furnished.

ground level. Maximum depth of

workings is up to RL 70 m and

minimum depth of workings is RL

80 m. The proposed maximum

quarry operations during the plan

period, a depth of 98m from the

top hill which is above the ground

level; thus no chances for

accumulation of ground water in

working pit and no water will be

discharged from the pit.

29 Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise,

passing through the lease area and modification

/ diversion proposed, if any, and the impact of

the same on the hydrology should be brought

out.

There are no perennial or seasonal

streams present in the mine area

30 Information on site elevation, working depth,

groundwater table etc. Should be provided both

in AMSL and bgl. A schematic diagram may

also be provided for the same.

Site elevation is 196 m AMSL.

The proposed maximum quarry

operations during the plan period,

a depth of 98m from the top hill.

31 A time bound Progressive Greenbelt

Development Plan shall be prepared in a tabular

form (indicating the linear and quantitative

coverage, plant species and time frame) and

submitted, keeping in mind, the same will have

to be executed up front on commencement of

the Project. Phase-wise plan of plantation and

compensatory afforestation should be charted

clearly indicating the area to be covered under

plantation and the species to be planted. The

details of plantation already done should be

Year-wise Green belt development

schedule is depicted in section

4.6.3 in chapter-IV.

Selection of species for plantation

is also tabled in table 4.4under

same section in chapter-IV.


given. The plant species selected for green belt

should have greater ecological value and should

be of good utility value to the local population

with emphasis on local and native species and

the species which are tolerant to pollution.

32. Impact on local transport infrastructure due to

the Project should be indicated. Projected

increase in truck traffic as a result of the Project

in the present road network (including those

outside the Project area) should be worked out,

indicating whether it is capable of handling the

incremental load. Arrangement for improving

the infrastructure, if contemplated (including

action to be taken by other agencies such as

State Government) should be covered. Project

Proponent shall conduct Impact

ofTransportation study as per Indian Road

Congress Guidelines.

Traffic analysis has been done in

section 4.7 in chapter-IV.

33. Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be

provided to the mine workers should be

included in the EIA Report.

Temporary rest shelter is provided.

34 Conceptual post mining land use and

Reclamation and Restoration of mined out

areas (with plans and with adequate number of

sections) should be given in the EIA report.

Conceptual plan is explained in

section 2.8 in chapter-II.

35 Occupational Health impacts of the Project

should be anticipated and the proposed

preventive measures spelt out in detail. Details

of pre-placement medical examination and

periodical medical examination schedules

Occupational Health Impacts are

mentioned in chapter-IV under

section 4.9.

Whereas the preventive measures


should be incorporated in the EMP. The project

specific occupational health mitigation

measures with required facilities proposed in

the mining area may be detailed.

are embedded in Chapter-IX.

36 Public health implications of the Project and

related activities for the population in the

impact zone should be systematically evaluated

and the proposed remedial measures should be

detailed along with budgetary allocations.

Public Health Implications are

discussed in section 9.12.1 in

chapter-IX and the budget

allocations are given in Table -9.1.

37 Measures of socio economic significance and

influence to the local community proposed to

be provided by the Project Proponent should be

indicated. As far as possible, quantitative

dimensions may be given with time frames for

implementation.

Measures on socio-economic

conditions are mentioned in

chapter -IV under section 4.9.

38 Detailed environmental management plan

(EMP) to mitigate the environmental impacts

which, should inter-alia include the impacts of

change of land use, loss of agricultural and

grazing land, if any, occupational health

impacts besides other impacts specific to the

proposed Project.

Detailed Environmental

Management Plan and cost

implication for EMP is mentioned

in Chapter -IX.

39 Public Hearing points raised and commitment

of the Project Proponent on the same along

with time bound Action Plan with budgetary

provisions to implement the same should be

provided and also incorporated in the final

EIA/EMP Report of the Project.

The present Draft EIA is being

submitted for conducting Public

Hearing. The issues raised during

the public hearing, the response of

the proponent along with action

plan and budgetary allocation will

be given in the Final EIA report.


40 Details of litigation pending against the project,

if any, with direction /order passed by any

Court of Law against the Project should be

given.

Credible action has been initiated

on the violation by invoking

powers under Section 19 of the

Environment (Protection) Act,

1986 for taking necessary legal

action under Section 15 of the Act

for the period or which the

violation has taken place.

41 The cost of the Project (capital cost and

recurring cost) as well as the cost towards

implementation of EMP should be clearly spelt

out.

Total project cost for the mining

projectis Rs. 89.0Lakhs and cost

towards EMP for capital is 5.6

Lakhs and recurring is 4.3

Lakhs/annum and detailed in

Chapter - IX with capital and

recurring cost.

42 A Disaster management Plan shall be prepared

and included in the EIA/EMP Report.

Disaster Management Plan is

explained in chapter – VII.

43 Benefits of the Project if the Project is

implemented should be spelt out. The benefits

of the Project shall clearly indicate

environmental, social, economic, employment

potential, etc.

Project Benefits is covered in

Chapter-VIII.

Specific TORs:

S.No Specific Terms of Reference: TOR Compliance/Section No. 1 The State Government/SPCB to take action

against the project proponent under the

provisions of Section 19 of the Environment

(Protection) Act, 1986 and further no consent to

operate to be issued till the project is granted

Credible action has been initiated

on the violation by invoking

powers under Section 19 of the

Environment (Protection) Act,

1986 for taking necessary legal


EC (if Credible Action was not initiated). action under Section 15 of the Act

for the period or which the

violation has taken place.

2 The project proponent shall be required

tosubmit a bank guarantee equivalent to

theamount of remediation plan and natural and

community resource augmentation plan with

theSPCB prior to the grant of EC. The quantum

shall be recommended by the S E A C

andfinalized by the regulatory authority. The

bank guarantee shall be released after

successfulimplementation of the EMP, followed

by recommendations of the SEAC and approval

of theregulatory authority.

Remediation plan and natural and

community resource augmentation

plan bank guarantee quantum for

different remediation works is

provided as independent Chapter

XI.

3 Assessment of ecological damage with respect

to air, water, land and otherenvironmental

attributes. The collection and analysis of data

shall be done by anenvironmental laboratory

duly notified under the Environment

(Protection) Act, 1986, or anenvironmental

laboratory accredited by NABL, or a laboratory

of a Council of Scientific and

IndustrialResearch (CSIR) institution working

in the field of environment.

Ecological Damage assessment is

prepared and is enclosed as

independent chapter - XI. Air,

water, land noise, soil data was

collected and analysed by an

accredited laboratory. Detailed in

Chapter III of EIA report.

4 Preparation of EMP comprising remediation

plan and natural and community

resourceaugmentation plan corresponding to

theecological damage assessed and economic

benefitsderived due to violation.

Remediation plan and natural and


plan corresponding to the

ecological damage was assessed

which is detailed in independent

chapter - XI.

5 The remediation plan and the natural and

community resource augmentation plan to be

Remediation plan and natural &



prepared as an independent chapter in the EIA

report by the accredited consultants.

plan was prepared along with

damage assessment report is

attached as independent chapter-

XI.

6 Funds allocation for Corporate Environment

Responsibility (CER) shall be made as per

Ministry's O.M. No. 22-65/ 2017-IA.III dated

May, 2018 for various activities therein.

The details of fund allocation and activities for

CER shall be incorporated in EIA/EMP

report.

The details of fund allocation and

activities for CER will be provided

in Final EIA report - Chapter IX

Environmental Management Plan.

7 Detailed hydrological study to be carried out in

core and buffer zone of the project as

per recent GEC guidelines 2015.

A detail of Geology and

Hydrogeology study is enclosed as

Annexure VI.

8 Submission of report in tabular form regarding

issues raised during hearing and commitment

made by the PP.

The present Draft EIA is being

submitted for conducting Public

Hearing. The issues raised during

the public hearing, the response of

the proponent along with action

plan and budgetary allocation will

be given in the Final EIA report.

9 The project proponent shall give an undertaking

by way of affidavit to comply with allthe

statutory requirements and judgment of Hon'ble

Supreme Court dated the 2ndAugust 2017 in

Writ Petition (Civil) No. 114 of 20 14 in the

matter of Common Causeversus Union of India

and Ors. Before grant of ToR/ EC. The

undertaking inter-aliaincludes commitment of

the PP not to repeat any such violation in

future.

Undertaking by the way of

affidavit which includes

commitment not to repeat any such

violation in future is taken and

attached as Annexure V.


10 In case of violation of above undertaking, the

ToR/Environmental Clearance shall be liable

to be terminated forthwith.

We will obey.

11 The Environmental Clearance will not be

operational till such time the Project

Proponent complies with all the statutory

requirements and judgment of Hon'ble

SupremeCourt dated the 2nd August 2017 in

Writ Petition (Civil) No. 114 of 2014 in the

matterofCommon Cause versus Union of India

and Ors.

Mine will not be operated till all

the statutory requirements and

judgment of Hon'ble Supreme

Court dated the 2nd August 2017 in

Writ Petition (Civil) No. 114 of

2014 is complied.

12 State Government concerned shall ensure that

mining operation shall not commence till

the entire compensation levied, if any, for

illegal mining paid by the Project Proponent

through their respective Department of Mining

& Geology in strict compliance of

judgment of Hon'ble Supreme Court dated the

2ndAugust 2017 in Writ Petition (Civil)

No. 114 of 2014 in the matter of Common Ca

use versus Union of India and Ors.

Noted for compliance.

13 All the statuary Clearances/ Approvals/

Permissions shall be obtained from various

Organizations/departments like CGWA/

SGWA/APPCB etc before starting the project

activity.

Source of fresh water is through

water tankers. So, CGWA

approval is not applicable for the

project.

SMT. A. KAMALA – 8.90 Ha.

(Mining of

Road Metal & Building Stone

Approved ToR Lr. No:SEIAA/AP/MIN/VSP/VIO /11/2021/3236

Ph: 0891

QCI NABET & NABL Accredited

MAR’ 2022

Ha. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

EXECUTIVE SUMMARYOF

SMT. A. KAMALA

(Mining of Road Metal & Building StoneSmt. A. Kamala, ProprietorD.No: 12-96, Gandhi Nagar,

S. Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram,

Andhra Pradesh – 535145

Site Address Lease Area: 8.90 Ha.

Sy. No. 01 Mallipudi (V), S. Kota (M)

Vizianagaram District, Andhra Pradesh - 535145

Production Capacity

Road Metal & Building Stone – 80078.4 mBaseline Data Collected: October’ 2021 to December’

Approved ToR Lr. No:SEIAA/AP/MIN/VSP/VIO /11/2021/323623.12.2021

Sector: 01 – Mining of Minerals, Cat –B1

PREPARED BY

H.O:Block-B, B-1, IDA, Autonagar -12, Vishakapatnam Ph: 0891-2755528, Fax: 0891-2755529, E-mail: [email protected]

Ph: 9440338628 QCI NABET & NABL Accredited & Recognized by MOEF&CC, New Delhi

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

SMT. A. KAMALA Road Metal & Building Stone)

Smt. A. Kamala, Proprietor 96, Gandhi Nagar,

535145

Mallipudi (V), S. Kota (M) Vizianagaram District,

535145

80078.4 m3/Annum (max)

Baseline Data Collected: October’ 2021 to December’ 2021 Approved ToR Lr. No:SEIAA/AP/MIN/VSP/VIO /11/2021/3236-991 Dt:

(Violation)

Vishakapatnam [email protected]

& Recognized by MOEF&CC, New Delhi.

SMT. A. KAMALA – 8.90 Ha. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

2

1.0 INTRODUCTION Smt. A. Kamala, Proprietor filed an application for grant a quarry lease 1st renewal for

Road Metal & Building Stone over an extent of 8.90 Ha. in Sy.No.1 of Mallipudi

Village, S.Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram District, Andhra Pradesh.

The DDM&G, Visakhapatnam granted 1st renewal quarry lease for Road Metal &

Building Stone over an extent of 8.90 Ha., in Sy.No.1 of Mallipudi Village, S.Kota

Mandal, Vizianagaram District, Andhra Pradesh for a period of 15 years vide

Proceedings No: 3322/Q3/2009, Dated: 19.01.2012 and the same was executed by the

ADM&G, Vizianagaram vide Proceedings No. 2545/Q2/2009, dated 28.01.2012 for the

lease period of 15 years w.e.f. 19.09.2009 to 18.09.2024.

The Mining Plan was approved by DDM&G, Visakhapatnam vide Letter No. 1784/MP-

VZM/2017, Dated: 11.09.2017.

As per MoEF&CC Notification S.O. 804 (E) 14.03.2017, the project attracts violation as

the proponent has started the work onsite without obtaining prior EC as per EIA

notification – 2006. The proponent has executed the existing mine without EC, and

presently the mine has suspended its operations and will resume Road Metal & Building

Stone production after obtaining all necessary permissions.

Presentation of TOR under violation has been made before the SEAC, Andhra Pradesh

committee on 16.11.2021, 17.11.2021 & 18.11.2021 and the TOR has been issued by

SEIAA, AP vide order no: SEIAA/AP/VSP/VIO/MIN/11/2021/3236-991 Dated:

23.12.2021 for conducting public hearing.

In order to fulfill the further necessary requirements for obtaining the Environmental

Clearance for this mining activity, the proponent has initiated steps to carryout required

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study in and around the mine lease area.

This assessment is performed to identify the likely Environmental Impacts and based on

the findings an effective Environmental Management Plan is in place as per the EIA

Notification 2006 general guidelines and the revised Model TOR outlined for Mining


3

projects and approved ToR’s. The standards set by the Central Pollution Control Board

(CPCB) and the State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) will be met and adhered to.

This study covers an area surrounding the mine area with a radial distance of 10 km from

the mine lease. The baseline monitoring was carried out during the Period of October’

2021 to December’ 2021.

1.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE

The mining area is located in Sy. No. 1, Malllipudi Village, S. Kota Mandal,

Vizianagaram District, Andhra Pradesh. The mine area is located at a distance of 30.40

km from the district headquarters, Vizianagaram.

The mine lease area falls under the Toposheet No. 65 N/4 bearing Topo sheet details.

Topo sheet No. : 65 N/4

Latitude : 18°05'16.33"N to 18°05'16.74"N

Longitude : 83°06'20.49"E to 83°06'25.11"E

The nearest railway station is S. Kota Railway Station at 4.4 km from the mine

location.& nearest airport is Visakhapatnam International Airport at 42.87 km from the

mine lease area.

Details about Project site:

Name of the project Smt. A. Kamala Mining of Road Metal & Building Stone

Extent 8.90 Ha

Production Capacity Road Metal & Building Stone Maximum Production: 80078.4 m3/Annum

Location of the project District & State Vizianagaram & Andhra Pradesh

Mandal S. Kota

Village Mallipudi

General climatic conditions Maximum Temperature 47°C

Minimum Temperature 28°C


4

Annual average rain fall 1020 mm

General location details Nearest Habitation Gadabavalasa Village at a distance of 0.22 km

Nearest town S. Kota Mandal distance of 3.74 km

District headquarters Vizia nagaram at 30.40 km

Nearest railway station S. Kota Railway station at a distance of 4.4 km

Nearest Airport Visakhapatnam International Airport at 42.87 km

Archaeological/Historically important site

None within 10 km radius

Infrastructure Facilities Hospitals and schools are present in S. Kota Mandal

Sanctuaries/National parks None within 10 km radius

Nearest RF/PF Ananthagiri Reserved Forest-0.57 Km-N & NW Mariki Reserve Forest- 2.0 Km- SW

Nearest Water Bodies Pond -0.12 Km-S Pond – 0.23 Km – E Pond- 0.59 Km - S Pond- 0.71 Km - S Pond- 0.6 Km - S Pond- 0.25 Km - SW Pond- 0.63 Km- SW Pond- 0.84 Km- SW One stream – 1.3 Km - SE Pond- 1.8 Km- E Pond- 1.2 Km- E Pond – 5.76 km SE Stream – 8.90 km SE Kantham Cheruvu – 9.56 km - S


5

TOPO MAP AROUND 10 KM RADIUS


6

1.2 DETAILS OF PRODUCTION The firm intends to extract the Road Metal & Building Stone production for the tune

of 366397.92 m3@90% recovery with an average production of 73279.58 m3/annum

during the next five years scheme period. During the mining period it is proposed to

exploit Road Metal & Building Stone from the existing lease area with an average

bench height 3 - 4 m along the Cross Section A-A’. The workings will advance from

South to North direction.

Year Wise Production for ensuing mining plan

Year of Production

Pit No.

Total tentative excavation

(m3)

OB/SB/IB @10%

(m3)

Clean Ore @90% (m3)

1st year 2017-2018

1 51340.80 5134.08 46206.72

2nd year 2018-2019

1 88960.00 8896.00 80064.00

3rd year 2019-2020

1 88976.00 8897.60 80078.40

4th year 2020-2021

1 88872.00 8887.20 79984.80

5th year 2021-2022

1 88960.00 8896.00 80064.00

TOTAL 407108.80 40710.88 366397.92 AVERAGE 81421.76 8142.17 73279.58

MINEABLE RESERVES The deposit was estimated through cross sectional method. The reserves are estimated

through A-A’ – B-B’ with sectional influences 61 m which are drawn at appropriate

distance to estimate the reserves. The proved reserves were taken up to a depth RL 70

M from surface of the area i.e., from hill peak i.e., 168 M RL point to bottom. The

probable reserves were taken up to 20 m below ground level i.e.70 M to 50 M RL.

Total Geological Proved Reserves : 3677046.40 m3

Blocked Reserves : 542440 m3

Mineable Reserves : 3134606.4 m3

Mineable @ 90% Recovery : 2821145.76 m3


7

Average Production per year : 73279.58m3

Life of Mine : 2821145.76/ 73279.58

= 38.5 say 39 years

1.3 MINING PROCESS

The mining operations were previously carried out by opencast semi mechanized

method. Road metal by nature is medium hard. So blasting is mandatory for

excavation of road metal.

The operations will involve wet jacketed drilling, controlled blasting and excavations

and directly loads into the tippers/ tractors. The excavation will be carried with bench

height 5 to 10 meters and width 6 to 12 meters minimum. Haul roads gradient will be

1:16.

1.4 EXTENT OF MECHANIZATION The project is for mining of Road Metal and Building Stone. For this mine the

following machinery will be installed or purchased by the proponent.

Table 2.8 List of Machinery details

S. No. Machinery No. of Units 1 Excavators(Hire) 2

2 Tippers(Hire) 3

3 Jackhammers 4

4 Tractor Mounted Compressor 1

5 Water tanker 1

TOTAL

1.5 PROPOSED MANPOWER By this existing project many people will be benefited for their livelihood and get

employment in this remote area.

Employment Details

S.No. Category No. of Persons

1. Mines Manager 1

2. Site Supervisor 1

3. Licensed Blaster 1


8

4. Excavator Operators 2

5. Tipper/Tractor Operators 2

6. Compressor operator 2

7. Skilled Workers 5

8. Unskilled Workers 10

9. Drivers 2

10. Watchman 1

TOTAL 27

1.6 WATER SUPPLY

Around 11.2 KLD of water will be required for the project activity. Water

requirement will be met through water tankers from nearest village. Water is required

in the mine for wet drilling, spraying on the roads and working faces to suppress the

dust and for drilling by wet jacket method. Also a small quantity of drinking water is

required.

1.7 BASELINE DATA

The study area covers an area of 10km radius around the mining site. The study

includes detailed characterization of various Environmental components such as Air,

Water, noise, Land and Socio-Economic within the study area.

OBJECTIVES OF STUDY AREA

To assess the existing base line data of Air, Water, Noise, Land and Socio-

economic environment.

To evaluate the beneficial and adverse impacts of the mining activity.

To prepare an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) detailing control

technologies and measures to be adopted for minimizing the impacts and

improving the Environmental Quality.

To predict the incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the

mining activity.

To prepare post mining programme for monitoring and regulating

Environmental parameters.


9

1.7.1 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTINGS:

Air Environment:

To know the existing ambient air quality, Eight sampling stations with in Core and

buffer zone were identified and monitored for pollutants like, Particulate Matter – 10

(PM10), Particulate Matter – 2.5 (PM2.5), SO2, NOx and Free Silica. For this sampling

calibrated through samplers of PM2.5 & PM10 dust samplers.

The Ambient air quality measured at mine site and surrounding stations with in the

study zone showed the following maximum and minimum concentrations of the

pollutants-

It may be seen that all the parameters i.e., PM 10, PM 2.5, SO2 and NOx are well within

the range of 24 hr average of National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

1.7.2 Noise Pollution: The Ambient noise levels monitored within the study zone varied from 49.6 - 62.3Leq

dB (A) during day time and 35.7– 48.5Leq dB(A) during night time.

1.7.3 Water Environment: Ground water samples are collected from eight locations and surface water from four

locations. All these samples are free from colour and pollutants.

Summary of Ground water:

During the study period, the pH of the groundwater was found varying between

7.1 and 7.5. The pH values for all the samples collected in the study area during

study period were found to be within the acceptable limits.

The TDS of all the samples were below the permissible limit of 2000 mg/l.

The Chloride levels in the groundwater samples collected in the study area were

ranging from 98-132mg/l

In the groundwater samples collected from the study area, the hardness was

found to be varying from 308 mg/l to 423 mg/l.

In the groundwater samples of study area the fluoride values were found to be

within a range of 0.46mg/l to 0.68mg/l.

All the heavy metals in all samples were found to be below the permissible limits.


10

Summary of surface water:

pH of the surface water collected was neutral with pH ranging from 7.2 -7.4

TDS was found to be 215 mg/l to 267mg/l. The tolerance limit of 1,500 mg/l as per

IS:2296

Total hardness was found to be 101 mg/l to 126 mg/l

Presence of Nitrate was recorded as 0.21 mg/l to 0.28 mg/l

DO was observed as 5.5 mg/l to 6.2 mg/l

Total coliform in water was 300 MPN/100ml to 900 MPN/100ml. The likely source

of bacteriological contamination was due to the proximity to residential area

All the heavy metals were found to be within below detectable limits.

1.7.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT: Soil survey was carried out at 5 locations to assess the soil characteristics which

include both physical and chemical details.

Land Use Pattern: The project covers a total ML area of 8.90 hectares of Govt. waste land. During the

ensuing plan period an area of 2.4942hectares of land will be brought under mining,

whereas a total of 1.23 hectares of buffer land will be undisturbed.

The remaining area shall be put to use in the future basing on the demand for Road

Metal and Building Stone.

1.7.5 FLORA & FAUNA:

No endangered species are found in the study area. No schedule – I species are found

within 10km radius from the mining project site.

1.7.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT: The operation of the mining activity could result in elevation of living standards of the

people in nearby villages as it will generate work for the unemployed and further will

result in the upliftment of their socio-economic status. The management of Smt. A.

Kamala has proposed to give preference to local people for recruitment of personal

for mining operation. Therefore the impact on socio-economic Environment could be

beneficial.


11

1.8 RECLAMATION & REHABILITATION The total mine lease area is about 8.90 Ha. During the ensuing plan period an area of

2.4942 Ha of land will be mined out during mining and 1.23 Ha of land will be kept

as 7.5 m wide safety zone. Since it is envisaged that the quarry will be operate for at

most for 39 years, no back filling is proposed during the lease period. After removal

of mineral the benches below the surface level the top benches will be applied with

top soil and developed with grass and plantation. The pits created will be used as rain

water harvesting structure. A stretch of 1.0 km is proposed for green belt along the

approach road.

1.9 PROJECT SCHEDULE AND COST ESTIMATES The project cost is about 89.0Lakhsand EMP capital cost Rs. 5.6 Lakhs and recurring

cost as Rs 4.3 Lakhs per annum.

1.10 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN The Environment Management Plan envisaged for this mining activity is described

hereunder with a strong commitment to follow best environmental practices to reduce

the negative implication to make this project a sustainable development endeavor.

Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable development

in the study area of the Mine Lease Area.

Air Environment: Mitigation measures proposed to maintain the air quality are as follows:

Regular water sprinkling to suppress the dust on haul roads, service roads and

mining face by truck mounted water tankers.

Grading of haul roads, service roads time to time, to remove the accumulated dusty

material will be done.

Development of Green belt all around Plant and along mining area boundary.

Periodical monitoring of air quality to take steps to control the pollutants.

Noise Environment There will be intermittent noise levels due to vehicular movement and trucks loading.

However the impact of noise on the surrounding area is likely to be minimal and

appropriate mitigation measures will be adopted accordingly.


12

Control Measures The Management Plan for controlling noise pollution is envisaged as follows.

Selection of suitable machinery and equipment,

Proper mounting of equipment,

Providing noise insulation/padding wherever practicable and

Machinery will be fitted with properly designed noise acoustic silencers.

Proper maintenance and periodic lubrication of noise generating parts of the

machines.

Provision of thick plantation in and around the mine is planned in order to reduce

the noise and prevent it from reaching to surrounding habitation area.

Water Environment There will not be any waste water generation except domestic waste water, therefore

no post waste water monitoring required.

Water Pollution Management There are no perennial or seasonal streams in the core zone. Channels and bunds

would be constructed and maintained to avoid any erosion and contamination.

The mine pit water collected due to rains will be utilized for water spraying on the

haul roads and for watering plantation.

This water will be harvested for utilization in plantation watering, spraying on the

haulage roads and mineral and waste dumps.

1.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT AND SAFETY The company management shall give preference to local people through both direct

and indirect employment.

It will provide ample opportunity to the locals to up-lift their living standards by

organizing events that propagate mutual benefits to all, such as health camps,

awareness campaigns, donations to poorer sections of society and downtrodden.

Educational needs of the region will be improved by encouraging the workers to

allow their children to attend schools.

Sufficient funds shall be allocated for these and other emergency needs.

Adequate supply of potable water to the workers will be made during the working

hrs.


13

The mines department will supervise the safe working of the contractor and their

employees. The working personnel will be provided with face masks, ear plugs,

safety helmets and goggles in order to reduce health hazards.

The proponent will provide all necessary provisions stipulated under the Mines

Act. In addition a Safety committee will be formed and manned by equal

participants from Management and Workers.

Personnel Protection Equipment (PPE) will be issued to each worker. Other

safety equipments shall be used according to the nature of job involved.

1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING Regular monitoring of various Environmental parameters shall be carried out to

ascertain the following points,

Status of air, noise, water, land pollution within the mining activity and in its

vicinity;

Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of environmental; and

To assess and monitor Environmental impacts periodically.

1.13 SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT The management firmly believes in the concept of safety and environmentally

sustainable growth. The authorities and staff are very much concern in

Environmental issues.

The management is going to develop scientifically designed green belt around the

premises to mitigate air and noise pollution impacts on the surroundings.

The management proposed to monitor ambient air as per APPCB guidelines.

All the employees will be provided with personnel protective equipment

The management will provide safety training to all employees periodically and

regularly.

1.14 CONCLUSION The management of Smt. A. Kamala is committed to meet all stringent norms and to

safe guard environment.

CHAPTER – I INTRODUCTION

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Smt. A. Kamala – 8.90 Ha.

CHAPTER-I INTRODUCTION

1 - 1

1.0 INTRODUCTION Road metal and Building stone has huge importance in almost any type of construction

activity. It is also the most important input in road construction activity. Further they are

also required by railway projects for track laying and other construction activities. Thus

in current times, where the focus of the governments is on improvement of basic

infrastructure like roads, railways, dams and other social infrastructure - both in rural and

urban areas, there is a constant need for ensuring regular supply of Road Metal and

Building stone.

Due to heavy construction activity in the area, there is always a constant need of ensuring

a regular supply of this basic input. Hence, an effort for increasing minor mineral

production in the district must be encouraged to ensure smooth supply of aggregates to

match the pace of developmental activities in the area.

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT Smt. A. Kamala has been granted Quarry Lease 1st renewal for Road Metal & Building

stone mining over an extent of 8.90 Ha, located in Sy. No. 1 of Mallipudi Village, S.

Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram District for a period of 15 years by the DDM&G,

Visakhapatnam vide proceedings No. 3322/Q3/2009, Dated 19.01.2012 and the same was

executed by the ADM&G, Vizianagaram vide Proceedings No. 2545/Q2/2009, dated

28.01.2012 for the lease period of 15 years w.e.f. 19.09.2009 to 18.09.2024.

As per MoEF&CC Notification S.O. 804 (E) 14.03.2017; the project attracts violation as


notification – 2006. The proponent has executed the existing mine without prior EC, and

presently the mine has suspended its operations and will resume Road Metal & Building

Stone production after obtaining all necessary permissions.

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a process, used to identify the environmental,

social and economic impacts of a project prior to decision-making. It is a decision

making tool, which guides the decision makers in taking appropriate decisions for

proposed projects. EIA systematically examines both beneficial and adverse



1 - 2

consequences of the existing mine and ensure that these impacts are taken into account

during the operation.

The Environmental Impact Assessment report has been prepared in terms of EIA

notification of the MoEF&CC dated 14.09.2006, its subsequent amendments and the EIA

Guideline Manual for Mining of Minerals (Feb, 2010) of ASCI, Hyderabad, for seeking

Environmental Clearance for the existing mine in the name of Smt. A. Kamala measuring

8.90 hectares falling under category “B”.

Baseline survey of environmental attributes are also conducted which helped in

evaluating environmental impacts due to the mined out activities and in formulating a

scientific Environmental Management Plan.

Presentation of TOR under violation has been made before the SEAC, Andhra Pradesh

committee on 16.11.2021, 17.11.2021 & 18.11.2021 and the TOR has been issued by

SEIAA, AP vide order no: SEIAA/AP/VSP/VIO/MIN/11/2021/3236-991 Dated:

23.12.2021 for conducting public hearing. The copies were attached as Annexure -I.

As per the TOR baseline data has been prepared for one season i.e., non-monsoon season.

The study area comprises of the core zone (lease area) and the buffer zone (10 km around

the core zone from the periphery).

1.2 DETAILS OF THE PROJECT & IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT

Smt. A. Kamala is the applicant for this Road metal and Building stone mining project.

Table: 1.1 Description of Project Proponent

Address of the lessee Address of Mine Smt A. Kamala, Proprietor, D.No. 12-96, Gandhi Nagar, S. Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram District, Andhra Pradesh – 535145

Smt. A. Kamala Sy. No:01, Mallipudi Village, S. Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram District, Andhra Pradesh – 535145



1 - 3

1.3 LEGAL STATUS OF THE PROJECT Smt. A. Kamala filed an application for grant of quarry lease 1st renewal for Road Metal

& Building Stone over an extent of 8.90 Ha. in Sy.No.1 of Mallipudi Village, S.Kota

Mandal, Vizianagaram District, Andhra Pradesh.

The DDM&G, Visakhapatnam has granted 1st renewal quarry lease for Road Metal &



Proceedings No: 3322/Q3/2009, Dated: 19.01.2012 and the same was executed by the


lease period of 15 years w.e.f. 19.09.2009 to 18.09.2024.

The Mining Plan was approved by DDM&G, Visakhapatnam vide Letter No. 1784/MP-

VZM/2017, Dated: 11.09.2017.

The proponent Smt. A. Kamala involved in this mining operation without prior EC and

presently the mine operation has been stopped and will resume its production after

obtaining necessary permissions.

In order to fulfil the further necessary requirements for obtaining the Environmental

Clearance for this mining activity, the proponent has initiated steps to carryout required

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study in and around the existing mine

lease area.

This assessment is performed to identify the likely Environmental Impacts and based on

the findings; an effective Environmental Management Plan is in place as per the EIA

Notification 2006 general guidelines and the revised Model TOR outlined for Mining

projects.

The standards set by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and the State Pollution

Control Board (SPCB) will be met and adhered to.



1 - 4

This study covers an area surrounding the project site with a radial distance of 10 km

from the existing mine lease area. The baseline monitoring was carried out during the

Period of October’ 2021 to December’ 2021.

1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT As per the approved mining plan vide Lr. No: 1784MP-VZM/2017, dated: 11.09.2017;

Smt. A. Kamala had a mining lease for Road Metal and Building Stone over an extent of

8.90 Ha located in Sy. No. 1 of Mallipudi Village, S.Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram District,

Andhra Pradesh. TOR was granted for production capacity of 80078.40 m3/annum.

1.5 PROJECT NATURE, SIZE AND LOCATION 1.5.1 Nature

The project is mining of Road Metal & Building Stone in the lease area of 8.90 Ha. of

government land. The method of mining is conventional method of open cast mining for

the production of 80078.40 m3/Annum of Road Metal & Building Stone.

1.5.2 Size The proposed production of mine for Road Metal & Building Stone is 80078.40

m3/Annum and the estimated project cost is 89.0 Lakhs. The anticipated life of mine will

be 39 years as per targeted production and exploration during this plan period.

1.5.3 Location The mining area is located in Sy. No. 1, Malllipudi Village, S. Kota Mandal,

Viziznagaram District, Andhra Pradesh. The mine area is located at a distance of 30.40

km from the district headquarters, Vizianagaram. The location map is provided in Fig 1.1

The mine lease area falls under the Toposheet No. 65 N/4 bearing Topo sheet details.


Latitude : 18°05'16.33"N to 18°05'16.74"N

Longitude : 83°06'20.49"E to 83°06'25.11"E



1 - 5

1.5.4 Accessibility Road Link The quarry lease area is connected by Visakhapatnam - Araku Road (SH-39) which is 3.0

km away from the mine.

Rail link The nearest railway station is S. Kota Railway Station at 4.4 km from the mine location.

Air Link The nearest airport is available at Visakhapatnam International Airport at 42.87 km from

the mine area.



1 - 6

Fig 1.1 Location Map of Smt. A. Kamala – 8.90 Ha



1 - 7

1.6 REGULATORY COMPLIANCES & APPLICABLE LAWS/REGULATIONS a. Mining plan was approved by Dy. Director of Mines and Geology, Visakhapatnam

vide Letter No. 1784/MP-VZM/2017, dated: 11.09.2017.

b. Mine safety

c. To Obtain Environmental clearance from SEIAA, AP.

d. NOC from Pollution control board for establishment and operation.

e. Labor license.

1.7 OBJECTIVE OF EIA STUDY: The present EIA study is carried out to fulfill the listed objectives:

To establish the present environmental scenario.

To anticipate the impacts of mining operations on the environment.

To suggest preventive and mitigative measures to minimize adverse impact and to

maximize beneficial impacts.

To prepare a detailed action plan for implementation of mitigative measures.

To suggest a monitoring programmed to evaluate the effectiveness of Mitigative

measures.

To suggest the formation of a core group responsible for implementation of

environmental control and protective measures and monitoring of such

implementation.

To suggest a feedback mechanism enabling to make mid - course corrections.

To prepare a capital cost estimate and annual recurring cost for Environmental

Management Plan.

1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS ANTICIPATED IN THE STUDY AREA

Collection of base line data is an integral aspect of the preparation of Environmental

Impact Assessment report. Base line data reflects the present status of Environment

before the initiation of any activity of the mining project. The possible effects due to the

mine project are estimated and superimposed on the compiled baseline data subsequently

to asses Environmental impacts.



1 - 8

Pre Project Environment assessment was conducted in the study area during October’

2021 to December’ 2021. Studies were under taken to generate base line data of the

following:-

1. MICROMETEOROLOGICAL DATA.

2. AIR QUALITY – EXISTING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

3. WATER ANALYSIS - GROUND WATER, SURFACE WATER

4. NOISE LEVELS

5. GEOLOGY

6. HYDROGEOLOGY

7. FLORA AND FAUNA

8. LAND ENVIRONMENT

9. LAND USE / LAND COVER

10. SOIL CHARACTERISTICS and

11. SOCIO – ECONOMIC STATUS SURROUNDING THE PROJECT SITE.

1.9 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF EIA DOCUMENT In terms of the EIA notification of the MoEF&CC dated 14th September 2006 as

amended in Dec 2009, the generic structure of the EIA document should be as under:

Executive Summary

1. Introduction

2. Project Description

3. Description of the Environment

4. Anticipated Environmental Impact & Mitigation Measures

5. Analysis of alternatives (Technology and site)

6. Environmental Monitoring Programme

7. Additional Studies

8. Project Benefits

9. Environmental Management Plan

10. Summary & Conclusion

11. Remediation Plan and the Natural & Community Resource Augmentation Plan

12. Disclosure of Consultants engaged



1 - 9

1.10 POST ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE MONITORING: The project management will submit a half yearly compliance report in respect of

stipulated prior Environmental Clearance terms and conditions on 1st June and 1st

December of each calendar year.

CHAPTER – II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION


CHAPTER - II PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 1

2.0 GENERAL Environmental Impact Assessment systematically examines both beneficial and adverse

consequences of the project and ensures that these impacts are taken into account during

the project design. It is a decision making tool, which guides the decision makers in

taking appropriate decisions for proposed projects. It aims predicting environmental

impacts at an early stage of project planning and design, find ways and means to reduce

adverse impacts, shape projects to suit the local environment and present the predictions

and options to decision makers.

The Environmental Impact Assessment has been prepared in terms of EIA notification of

MoEF&CC dated 14.09.2006, as amended on 1st Dec 2009, 4th April 2011and the EIA

Guideline Manual for Mining of Minerals (Feb, 2010) of MoEF&CC, Govt. of India,

approved ToR’s for seeking Environmental Clearance for Smt A. Kamala for an extent of

8.90 Ha.

2.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT Smt. A. Kamala has been granted Quarry Lease 1st renewal for Road Metal & Building

stone mining over an extent of 8.90 Ha, located in Sy. No. 1 of Mallipudi Village, S.

Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram District for a period of 15 years by the DDM&G,

Visakhapatnam vide proceedings No. 3322/Q3/2009, Dated 19.01.2012and the same was

executed by the ADM&G, Vizianagaram vide Proceedings No. 2545/Q2/2009, dated 28.01.2012 for the lease period of 15 years w.e.f. 19.09.2009 to 18.09.2024.

As per MoEF&CC Notification S.O. 804 (E) 14.03.2017; the project attracts violation as


notification – 2006.

The proponent has been involved in mining operations without prior EC and presently the

mine operations have been stopped and will resume its production after obtaining

necessary permissions. The project is for mining Road Metal & Building Stone in the

existing lease area over an extent 8.90 hectares of government land. The method of

mining is conventional method of open cast mining for the production of 80078.40

m3/Annum of Road Metal &Building Stone.



2 - 2

2.2 LOCATION DETAILS The mining area is located in Sy. No. 1, Mallipudi Village, S.Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram

District, Andhra Pradesh. The mine area is located at a distance of 30.40km from the

district headquarters, Vizianagaram.

The nearest railway station is S. Kota Railway station at a distance of 4.4 km and nearest

airport is Visakhapatnam International Airport at 42.87 km from the mine lease area. The

boundary coordinates of the mine area are provided in Table 2.1 and the details of the

mine lease area are provided in Table 2.2.

Table 2.1 Boundary Coordinates

Boundary Point Latitude (N) Longitude (E) 1 18° 5'16.33"N 83° 6'20.49"E

2 18° 5'9.02"N 83° 6'20.13"E

3 18° 5'9.03"N 83° 6'24.78"E

4 18° 5'8.38"N 83° 6'24.78"E

5 18° 5'8.38"N 83° 6'25.12"E

6 18° 5'9.08"N 83° 6'26.69"E

7 18° 5'9.12"N 83° 6'28.66"E

8 18° 5'9.08"N 83° 6'29.27"E

9 18° 5'10.73"N 83° 6'29.94"E

10 18° 5'12.49"N 83° 6'30.33"E

11 18° 5'13.85"N 83° 6'30.76"E

12 18° 5'14.25"N 83° 6'32.97"E

13 18° 5'14.93"N 83° 6'36.25"E

14 18° 5'15.40"N 83° 6'37.51"E

15 18° 5'15.36"N 83° 6'37.71"E

16 18° 5'16.14"N 83° 6'38.00"E

17 18° 5'17.55"N 83° 6'37.30"E

18 18° 5'17.44"N 83° 6'35.53"E

19 18° 5'17.04"N 83° 6'33.55"E

20 18° 5'16.81"N 83° 6'30.52"E

21 18° 5'16.74"N 83° 6'25.11"E



2 - 3

Table: 2.2Details about the Project Site


Extent 8.90 Ha


Location of the project

District & State Vizianagaram & Andhra Pradesh

Mandal S. Kota

Village Mallipudi

General climatic conditions

Maximum Temperature 47° C

Minimum Temperature 28° C


General location details

Nearest Habitation Gadabavalasa Village at a distance of 0.22 km


District headquarters Viziznagaram at 30.40 km








Nearest Water Bodies Pond -0.12 Km-S Pond – 0.23 Km – E Pond- 0.59 Km - S Pond- 0.71 Km - S Pond- 0.6 Km - S



2 - 4

Pond- 0.25 Km - SW Pond- 0.63 Km- SW Pond- 0.84 Km- SW One stream – 1.3 Km - SE Pond- 1.8 Km- E Pond- 1.2 Km- E Pond – 5.76 km SE Stream – 8.90 km SE Kantham Cheruvu – 9.56 km - S



2 - 5

Figure. 2.1: Google map of mine area with 10 Km radius buffer zone



2 - 6

Fig 2.2 Topomap of mine area with 10 Km radius buffer zone



2 - 7

2.3 GEOLOGY AND EXPLORATION: 2.3.1 Physiography

Topographically the quarry lease area is covered with denudations of 312 m to 802 m

above mean sea level. With reference to the Topomap 65N/4, the quarry lease area

covered between the 646 m and 312 m hills on the North and South side of mine area &

802 m hill to the North-West side of mine area. Notable perennial water bodies are not

present within or nearby area which may cause the inundation of quarry.

Fig 2.3 Surface & Geological Plan of mine area



2 - 8

2.3.2 Regional Geology: The applied area falls in one discontinuous and isolated hillock system, which comes

under Eastern Ghat Tectonic system of Achaean Age group. The study area is

characterized by Eastern Ghats mobile belt. The area covered with denudation hills of

range between 312 m to 802 m above mean sea level. Kondakindam hillocks in Northern

side and Vendram Hillock in North Eastern side are two important hill ranges Eastern

Ghats prove to be a store-house of many valuable mineral resources which are coming to

light year by year. Garnet-sillimanitebiotite gneisses, Pyroxene Granulites (Charnockites),

garnetiferous granites (Leptynites), quartizites and pegmatite's are the chief rock types

that occur as bedded and banded as well as massive formations in the study area. The

Eastern Ghats complex mainly comprises of Khondalite suites with a set of sub-suites.

Intrusive activity might have caused migmatisation. The terrain must have subjected to

cycles of metamorphism. The local geology shows the occurrence of Granite gneisses,

Charnockite, Khondalite, Quartz and soil. The following is the local stratigraphy of the

mining lease area. Quartz (intrusive), Granite gneisses, Charnockite (Charnockite Group),

and Khondalite is the dominant rock type of the area. It is olden metamorphic schistose

rock with garnet, sillimanite, graphite, Feldspar, Quartz and Biotite as essential minerals

and Garnets, Mica, Hornblends are accessory minerals. Charnockites are fresh looking

light coloured, showing schistosity consisting Quartz, Feldspars, Garnet and Sillimanite

schist. Alternate alignment of leuco and melanocratic minerals attains gnessic property.

Garnet is also observed as discrete grains of reddish, brown, colour and equigranular

texture. The formation is highly structural disturbed with joints, fractures and thickly

penetrated with weather in influences.

2.3.3 Local Geology The lease area is not suitable for agriculture as it is strewed with small stones/boulders

and covered with Charnockites /Pyroxene Granulites which is raising up to 78 M above

ground level, the strike length of the body is measured374.43 M in the area with an

average width of 224.14M. The rock type stones have perpendicular jointing, hence not

suitable for colour granites.



2 - 9

Based on these quarry lease litho logical sequence, the pit wall information is as furnished

below:

Existing pit geological map details is given in Plate No.4.

Soil cover up to 0 to 1M from surface RL

Road Metal 1M to 98 M.

Detailed description of geology of lease area: The applied area falls in one discontinuous and isolated hillock system, which comes



range between 312 m to 802 m above mean sea level. These Charnockites are grey to

greasy in colour, medium to coarse grained with Quartz, Plagioclase feldspar, pyroxenes,

biotite and Fe-oxidies. The rock has horizontal and Vertical Joints. These Charnockites

are best suited for Building stone and road metal as they have low permeability, medium

to high load bearing capacity and good foundation characteristics. The Building Stone and

Road Metal produced in the area cater to the needs of civil constructions in and around

Vizianagaram for infrastructural works, construction projects etc. Mariki hillocks in

South-Western side and Kokkulabanda Hillock in North Western side are two important

hill ranges Eastern Ghats prove to be a store-house of many valuable mineral resources

which are coming to light year by year.

2.4 MINEABLE RESERVES: The deposit was estimated through cross sectional method. The reserves are estimated


distance to estimate the reserves. The proved reserves were taken up to a depth RL 70 M

from surface of the area i.e., from hill peak i.e., 168 M RL point to bottom. The probable

reserves were taken up to 20 m below ground level i.e.70 M to 50 M RL.



2 - 10

GEOLOGICAL PROVED RESERVES Cross

Section No

Cross Section

Area

Cross section interval (Area of Influence)

Ore body Volume

Gross Reserves

Over burden 10% of volume

Net reserves

after 10% loss

in m2 in m in m3 in m3 in m3 in m3

A-A’ 16950.31 80.00 1356024.80 1356024.80 135602.48 1220422.32

B-B’ 12937.40 80.00 1034992.00 1034992.00 103499.20 931492.80

C-C’ 8450.30 80.00 676024.00 676024.00 67602.40 608421.60

D-D’ 4052.00 80.00 324160.00 324160.00 32416.00 291744.00

E-E’ 1749.95 80.00 139996.00 139996.00 13999.60 125996.40

F-F’ 1823.12 80.00 145849.60 145849.60 14584.96 131264.64

TOTAL RESERVES 3677046.40 3677046.40 367704.64 3309341.76

Mineral reserves blocked under bench slopes and 7.5 m buffer zone are estimated and are

tabulated below:

RESERVES BLOCKED PROVED AREA Cross

Section No

Cross Section

Area

Cross section interval

Ore body Volume

Gross Reserves


Net reserves less 10%

waste

in m2 in m in m3 in m3 in m3 in m3 A-A’ 2676.00 80.00 214080.00 214080.00 21408.00 192672.00

B-B’ 1710.50 80.00 136840.00 136840.00 13684.00 123156.00

C-C’ 1002.00 80.00 80160.00 80160.00 8016.00 72144.00

D-D’ 612.00 80.00 48960.00 48960.00 4896.00 44064.00

E-E’ 516.00 80.00 41280.00 41280.00 4128.00 37152.00

F-F’ 264.00 80.00 21120.00 21120.00 2122.00 19008.00

TOTAL RESERVES 542440.00 542440.00 54244.00 488196.00



2 - 11

Table 2.3 Details of Mineable Reserves

MINEABLE PROVED RESERVES Cross

Section No

Cross Section

Area

Cross section interval

Ore body Volume

Gross Reserves


Net reserves after 10 %

loss

in m2 in m in m3 in m3 in m3 in m3 A-A’ 14274.31 80.00 1141944.80 1141944.80 114194.48 1027750.32

B-B’ 11226.90 80.00 898152.00 898152.00 89815.20 808336.80

C-C’ 7448.30 80.00 595864.00 595864.00 59586.40 536277.60

D-D’ 3440.00 80.00 275200.00 275200.00 27520.00 247680.00

E-E’ 1233.95 80.00 98716.00 98716.00 9871.00 88844.40

F-F’ 1559.12 80.00 124729.60 124729.60 12472.96 112256.64

TOTAL RESERVES 3134606.40 3134606.40 313460.64 2821145.76

Life of Mine






Life of Mine : 2821145.76/ 73279.58

= 38.5 say 39 years

2.5 METHOD OF MINING The mining operations were previously carried out by opencast semi mechanized method.

Road metal by nature is medium hard. So blasting is mandatory for excavation of road

metal. The operations will involve wet jacketed drilling, controlled blasting and

excavations and directly loads into the tippers/ tractors. The excavation will be carried

with bench height 5 to 10 meters and width 6 to 12 meters minimum. Haul roads gradient

will be 1:16.

The proposed method of working is by semi mechanized method of opencast quarrying.

Considering mining parameters and the technical parameters like surface topography,



2 - 12

rock mechanism factors & quality variations, geo-technical aspects, required rate of

production & available resources etc. Small scale building quarrying activities with jack

hammer drilling & blasting.

Due care will be taken on mining and safety aspects in designing the benches by

straightening & advancing the benches for effective and economical operation of the

quarry. Since the ground water table is much below and the rainfall is not very high

during monsoon, drainage of water inside the pit will not pose problem.

Loading of the Road metal & Building stone blocks will be done mechanically to tippers

and transported from the quarry to the stack yard or directly to the buyers and mineral

rejection/waste will also be handled mechanically; the rejects/waste will be dumped

separately. In the quarry road will be maintained with 1 in 16 gradients. Sufficient

number of bunds and parapet walls will be made all along the quarry haulage roads

wherever necessary in order to maintain safe working conditions.

2.6 DETAILS OF PRODUCTION Presently, the firm envisages extracting the Road Metal and Building Stone production to

the tune of 366397.92 m3@90% recovery during the plan period. Out of which 73279.58

m3/annum will be sold as mineral and 10 % overburden i.e., 8142.17 m3/annum will be

preserved to use it for regular road gradation and strengthening garland drains. During the

mining period it is proposed to exploit Road Metal & Building Stone from the existing

lease area with an average bench height 3 - 4 m along the Cross Section A-A’. The

workings will advance from South to North direction. The present workings are shown in

figure 2.4.

Table 2.4YEAR WISE PRODUCTION

Year of Production

Pit No.

Total tentative

excavation (m3)

Top Soil (m3)

OB/SB/IB (m3)

ROM from Mineralized Zone ROM Waste ratio Clean Ore

(m3)

Sub grade ore

(m3)

Mineral Rejects

1st year 2017-2018

1 51340.80 - 5134.08 46206.72 - - 9:1

2nd year 1 88960.00 - 8896.00 80064.00 - - 9:1



2 - 13

2018-2019

3rd year 2019-2020

1 88976.00 - 8897.60 80078.40 - - 9:1

4th year 2020-2021

1 88872.00 - 8887.20 79984.80 - - 9:1

5th year 2021-2022

1 88960.00 - 8896.00 80064.00 - - 9:1

TOTAL 407108.80 40710.88 366397.92

AVERAGE 81421.76 8142.17 73279.58

Figure 2.4: Production and development plan with sections



2 - 14

2.7 WASTE DUMP MANAGEMENT Out of the total excavated mineral about 90% saleable Road Metal & Building Stone and

10% overburden is expected to be generated in this ensuing plan period of about

40710.88 m3and the same will be dumped temporarily in 1.0218 Ha. within mine lease

area as step dumping. Dump area is in the South corner of QL covering area. The waste

generated can be used for regular gradation of approach/haul roads, maintaining retention

wall along the hill slopes and strengthening garland drains within the mine area. The

topsoil will be preserved within the lease area for mined area reclamation usage at the

time of closure. The year wise overburden generation from this mine is given below.

Table 2.5 Details of the OB during the plan period

Year OB/SB/IB @10% (m3)

1st Year 5134.08

2nd Year 8896.00

3rd Year 8897.60

4th year 8887.20

5th year 8896.00

TOTAL 40710.88

AVERAGE 8142.17

2.8 CONCEPTUAL PLAN During the ensuing five years plan period total tentative excavation about 366397.92m3

of Road Metal and Building Stone will be produced and about 40710.88m3 of OB will be

generated which will be dumped in 1.0218 Ha., for using it to regular gradation of

approach/haul roads and strengthening garland drains. Taking into consideration of

geology and its structural attitudes, opencast method of mining is adopted where as the

mode of working is by mechanized open cast mining with Excavator.

During the mining period it is proposed to exploit the Road Metal and Building stone

from the existing lease area with an average bench height of 3-4 m along the Cross



2 - 15

Section A-A’. The workings will advance from South to North direction. The roads will

be extended to proposed working faces and gradient will be maintained. As per the

reserves and proposed production the expected mine life is at least 39.0 years, proper

reclamation is planned after the complete mineral excavation.

2.8.1 Mine Drainage:

There are no ground water bodies such as open wells or bore wells in this lease area. The

ground water table is about 48 m depth from the ground level. Maximum depth of

workings is up to RL 70 m and minimum depth of workings is RL 80 m. The proposed

maximum quarry operations during the plan period, a depth of 98m from the top hill

which is above the ground level; thus no chances for accumulation of ground water in

working pit and no water will be discharged from the pit.

2.8.2 Land use The land use of the mining area is given below:

Table2.6Land Use details

S.No. Land Activity Area in Ha.

1 Area under Mining 2.4942

2 Over burden/Dump 1.0218

3 7.5 m Buffer zone 1.23

4 Infrastructure (Within B.Z) (0.002)

5 Roads 0.0775

6 Future Use 4.0765

Total 8.90

2.8.3 Mine Closure Plan Since it is envisaged that the quarry will be in operation for at least 39.0 years as per

proposed production in mining plan, no back filling is proposed during the plan period

After removal of mineral the benches below the surface level the top benches will be

applied top soil and develop grass and plantation. Pits will be used as water reservoir.



2 - 16

2.8.4 Mining Machinery The project is for mining of Road Metal and Building Stone. For this mine the following

machinery will be installed or purchased by the proponent.

Table 2.7 List of Machinery details

S. No. Machinery No. of Units Cost 1 Excavators(Hire) 2 40.0 Lakhs

2 Tippers(Hire) 3 30.0 Lakhs

3 Jackhammers 4 1.0 Lakh

4 Tractor Mounted Compressor 1 6.0 Lakhs

5 Water tanker 1 10.0 Lakhs

6 Miscellaneous -- 2.0 Lakhs

TOTAL 89.0 Lakhs 2.8.5 Site Services

An office room, rest shelters, drinking water facility, public utilities and first aid services

are provided.

2.8.6 Water Requirement Around 11.2 KLD of water will be required for the project activity. Water requirement

will be met through water tankers from nearest village. Water is required in the mine for

spraying on the roads and working faces to suppress the dust and for drilling by wet

jacket method. Also a small quantity of drinking water is required.

Table 2.8 Fresh Water Requirement & Wastewater generation

S. No Description Fresh water (KLD)

Waste water (KLD) Disposal

1. Domestic 1.2 1.0 Septic tank followed by soak pit

2. Green belt 2.0 -- --

3. Drilling by Wet Jacket Method 5.0 -- --

4. Dust suppression 3.0 -- --

TOTAL 11.2 1.0 --



2 - 17

1.0 KLD of domestic effluent will be generated at the mine site. Domestic wastewater

generated will be treated through septic tank followed by soak pit.

2.9 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL The project will employ nearly 27 workers from nearby villages. The following persons

are employed to carryout/ supervise the day to day mining operations shown below

Table 2.9 Employment details

S.No Category No. of Persons 1. Mines Manager 1

2. Site Supervisor 1

3. Licensed Blaster 1

4. Excavator Operators 2

5. Tipper/Tractor Operators 2

6. Compressor operator 2

7. Skilled Workers 5

8. Unskilled Workers 10

9. Drivers 2

10. Watchman 1

TOTAL 27

CHAPTER – III DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


CHAPTER – III DESCRIPTION OF THE

ENVIRONMENT

3- 1

3.0 INTRODUCTION Collection of base line data is an integral aspect of the preparation of Environmental

Impact Assessment report. Base line data reflects the present status of Environment

before the initiation of any activity. The possible effects due to the mining project are

estimated and superimposed on the compiled baseline data subsequently to asses

Environmental Impacts.

3.1 STUDY AREA Study area covers 10 kms radius from the miningmine located at Sy. No.1 of Mallipudi

Village, S.Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram District, Andhra Pradesh

3.2 STUDY PERIOD

The baseline environmental quality represents the background scenario of various

environmental components in the study area.

As part of the Environmental Impact Assessment study, baseline environmental

monitoring was carried out for the month of October 2021 to December 2021. Studies

were under taken to generate base line data of the following:-

3.3 METHODOLOGY OF EIA STUDY The various steps involved in Environmental Impact Assessment Study of the mine site

are divided into following phases:

Identification of significant environmental parameters and assessing the existing

status within the impact zone with respect to air, water, noise, soil and socio-

economic components of environment. Following studies will be carried out

Micrometeorological data

Air quality – existing ambient air quality

Water analysis - ground water& surface water

Noise levels

Flora and fauna

Geology & Hydrogeology



ENVIRONMENT

3- 2

Soil environment

Land use / Land coverand

Socio – economic status surrounding the mine area

Study of various mining activities of the mine to identify the area leading to

impact/change in environmental quality.

Quantification/prediction of impacts for the identified activities and to study the

level of impacts on various environmental components.

Evaluation of impacts after superimposing the predicted/quantified scenario over

the baseline scenario.

Formulation of Environmental Management Plan for implementation in the mine.

3.4 COLLECTION OF BASELINE DATA 3.4.1 Micro meteorological data

Micrometeorological studies are simultaneously conducted with the ambient air quality

monitoring. Meteorology plays an important role in the dispersion of pollutants. The

meteorological data is very useful for interpretation of the base line information and for

model study of air quality impacts also.

Atemporary meteorological station was installed at mine lease area. The station was

installed at a height of 4 m above the ground level in such a way that there are no

obstructions facilitating flow of wind, wind speed, wind direction, humidity and

temperature are recorded on hourly basis.

CLIMATE The tropical climate of the region is manifested as hot and humid summer, moderately

monsoon and mild winter seasons. The climate of the region is characterized as hot &

dry.

Regional Meteorology: Climate:

The climate of the region is governed by its location in the tropics and by the monsoon.

The climate of the southeastern coast of the Bay of Bengal is characterized by the



ENVIRONMENT

3- 3

annually recurring seasonal monsoons, which divide the year in to four seasons as Indian

Meteorological Department.

The winter season of the year from December to February predominantly north

winds and recorded coolest season of the year.

The summer season (Pre monsoon period) from March to May predominantly W

and SW winds and is hottest part of the year.

The South-West monsoon tropical rainy season from June to September is

characterized by predominantly South-west winds.

The Post monsoon period (North-east monsoon) from October to November when

predominant winds are North-east and wind changes the direction from North-east

to North-west or west when, cyclones are active in Bay-of-Bengal.

IMD Climatological Data (1981-2010) of nearest IMD station Visakhapatnam Airport

Month Temperature ºC Mean Relative

Humidity % Rainfall

mm Maximum Minimum January 29 17.5 78 14.3 February 31.2 19.2 76 28.9 March 33.1 21 75 14.6 April 33.5 21.5 76 25 May 36.1 21.3 77 66 June 36.8 22.4 79 107.6 July 34.8 22.1 83 131.8 August 33.6 22.2 83 132.6 September 33 22.2 82 161.6 October 32.3 21.4 79 270.4 November 30.8 19.3 73 105.1 December 29.1 18 72 3.5

Ref: IMD, Dolphin Nose/ CDR-Visakhapatnam



ENVIRONMENT

3- 4

Temperature: The maximum temperature recorded is 36.8º C in June and the minimum is 17.5º C in

January.

Relative Humidity: The relative humidity is comparatively high and uniform throughout the year. The

average relative humidity was maximum 83% in July & August and minimum 72%

recorded in December.

Rainfall: The region of Visakhapatnam district receives an annual rainfall of 1061.2 mm. The

region also receives rain from the occasional low-pressure systems developing during the

post monsoon and pre-monsoon season. Recorded maximum rainfall of 270.4 mm in

October and minimum 3.5 mm rainfall during December.

3.4.2 Winds A weather station was installed near the site for hourly monitoring of temperature,

humidity and wind velocity for the month of October’2021 to December’2021.

Summarized data is given in Table 3.1. Wind rose diagram shown in Figure 3.1.

Table 3.1 Micro meteorological data at site

S. No. Parameter Oct'21 Nov'21 Dec'21 1

Temperature (0C)

Maximum 31.51 29.01 27.6 Minimum 21.17 17.13 12.64 Average 26.66 24.31 21.33

2

Relative Humidity (%)

Maximum 92.78 94.89 97.84 Minimum 63.97 62 40.41 Average 83.26 85.39 78.88

3

Wind Speed (m/sec)

Maximum 6.74 6.75 8.68 Minimum 0.07 0.17 0.23 Average 2.56 3.76 3.38

4

Wind Direction (%)

N 10.35 2.92 15.32 NNE 10.08 13.06 20.03



ENVIRONMENT

3- 5

NE 10.48 29.44 29.30 ENE 10.62 24.31 11.43

E 13.31 19.58 4.84 ESE 3.23 8.47 3.36 SE 4.57 1.25 2.15

SSE 5.51 0.28 1.48 S 10.89 0.14 0.67

SSW 5.18 0.00 0.67 SW 1.88 0.00 0.54

WSW 1.88 0.00 0.54 W 1.61 0.00 0.54

WNW 2.55 0.00 2.15 NW 2.96 0.00 2.55

NNW 3.76 0.14 4.03 Calm 1.08 0.28 0.27



ENVIRONMENT

3- 6

Fig.3.1 Wind rose diagram for the month of October 2021- December2021



ENVIRONMENT

3- 7

3.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT 3.5.1 Selection of Sampling Locations: To assess the baseline ambient air quality a

scientifically designed ambient air quality-monitoring network was established. Air

quality monitoring study was carried out during post-monsoon season (i.e. October’21 to

December’21) within 10km radius of the mine lease area. The ambient air quality

monitoring stations were selected after a brief study based on the following

considerations;

Meteorological conditions

Topography of the study area

Predominant wind direction

Emission sources

Receptors sensitivity

Ambient Air Quality monitoring stations were set up at eight locations with due

consideration to the above-mentioned points. The locations of the sampling stations are

given in Table 3.3 and the same are show in the Figure3.2.

3.5.2 Methodology of Sampling and Analysis Air samples collected were tested for the following parameters

PM10

PM2.5

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Oxides of Nitrogen ( NOx)

Free silica

The sampling and analysis of ambient air quality parameters was carried out as per the

procedures detailed in relevant parts of IS: 5182 (Indian Standards for Ambient Air Quality

Test Methods). The methods used for determining the above mentioned parameters and

furnished in the Table 3.2.

3.5.3 Frequency of Sampling: 24 hourly samples for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOxand free silica

were collected from each station, at a frequency of twice a week for Pre-Monsoon Season



ENVIRONMENT

3- 8

Table 3.2 Techniques and detectable limits for Ambient air quality monitoring

S. No.

Parameter Technique Technical Protocol Minimum Detectable Limit (g/m3)

1 PM10 Respirable Dust Sampler (Gravimetric method) IS-5182 (Part-XXIII) 5.0

2 PM2.5 Fine Particulate Sampler (Gravimetric method) IS-5182 (Part-XXIV) 5.0

3 Sulphur dioxide Modified West and Gaeke IS-5182 (Part-II) 4.0

4 Oxides of Nitrogen Jacob &Hochheiser IS-5182 (Part-VI) 4.0

5 Free Silica Personal Respirable Dust Sampler

OSHA (0142) (Occupational Safety and Health Administration)

3.5

Table 3.3 Locations of Ambientair quality-monitoringstations

Sl. No Location Station

Code

Direction from

Project Site

Distance w.r.t

Project Site km

Latitude and Longitude

1 Project site (Core Zone) A1 ... ... 18° 5'12.98"N 83° 6'25.34"E

2 Kondagangupudi A2 SW 3.4 18° 4'1.54"N 83° 4'48.81"E

3 Sontivarepalem A3 WSW 3.2 18° 4'41.63"N 83° 4'35.64"E

4 Pedda Krishnarajapuram A4 SSW 1.8 18° 4'13.44"N 83° 6'8.80"E

5 Kotta Boddam A5 SE 4.4 18° 3'48.60"N 83° 8'35.95"E

6 Srungavarapu Kota A6 NE 3.6 18° 6'36.54"N 83° 8'7.44"E

7 Vantinivanipalem A7 NNE 5.7 18° 8'18.97"N 83° 7'18.67"E

8 Jeelugulapadu A8 N 5.2 18° 8'5.46"N 83° 6'15.95"E



ENVIRONMENT

3- 9

Fig.3.2Location of Ambient air quality stations



ENVIRONMENT

3- 10

Table 3.4Summary of analysis of ambient air quality in the study area

Parameter PM10(µg/m3) PM2.5(µg/m3) SO2(µg/m3) NOx(µg/m3)

Monitoring Station

No.

of sa

mpl

es

Max

imum

Min

imum

98th

per

cent

ile

No.

of s

ampl

es

Max

imum

Min

imum

98th

per

cent

ile

No.

of sa

mpl

es

Max

imum

Min

imum

98th

per

cent

ile

No.

of sa

mpl

es

Max

imum

Min

imum

98th

per

cent

ile

A1 26 62.2 41.6 62.1 26 31.7 20.0 31.6 26 11.8 9.7 11.7 26 15.2 12.7 15.1

A2 26 59.6 38.4 59.4 26 30.4 18.4 30.2 26 10.6 8.4 10.4 26 14.2 11.9 14.1

A3 26 56.3 35.8 56.2 26 28.7 17.2 28.6 26 9.8 7.4 9.7 26 11.8 9.4 11.6

A4 26 57.8 37.2 57.7 26 29.5 17.9 29.4 26 10.2 8.1 10.1 26 13.4 10.8 13.2

A5 26 61.5 40.8 61.3 26 31.4 19.6 31.2 26 11.2 9.3 11.1 26 14.5 12.1 14.4

A6 26 56.9 36.2 56.8 26 29.0 17.4 28.9 26 11.5 9.5 11.3 26 14.8 12.3 14.6

A7 26 53.4 32.5 53.2 26 27.2 15.6 27.1 26 9.5 7.3 9.4 26 12.4 10.2 12.2

A8 26 50.2 30.4 50.1 26 25.6 14.6 25.4 26 9.2 6.8 9.1 26 11.2 8.7 11.1

NAAQS 100(µg/m3) 60(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3) Note: Free Silica was also monitored at all locations during the study period and was found to be Below Detectable limit



ENVIRONMENT

3- 11

Graphical presentation of ambient air quality in the study area

62.1 59.4 56.2 57.7 61.3 56.8 53.2 50.1

100

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

PM10

Conc

entr

atio

n

Sampling Locations

98 Percentile of PM10 (µg/m3)

98 Percentile of PM10 (µg/m3) NAAQS

31.6 30.2 28.6 29.4 31.2 28.9 27.1 25.4

60

010203040506070

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

PM2.

5Co

ncen

trat

ion

Sampling Locations

98 Percentile of PM2.5 (µg/m3)

98 Percentile of PM2.5 (µg/m3) NAAQS



ENVIRONMENT

3- 12

Graphical presentation of ambient air quality in the study area

11.7 10.4 9.7 10.1 11.1 11.3 9.4 9.1

80

0102030405060708090

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

SO2

Conc

entr

atio

n

Sampling Locations

98 Percentile of SO2 (µg/m3)

98 Percentile of SO2 (µg/m3) NAAQS

15.1 14.1 11.6 13.2 14.4 14.6 12.2 11.1

80

0102030405060708090

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

NOx

Conc

entr

atio

n

Sampling Locations

98 Percentile of NOx (µg/m3)

98 Percentile of NOx (µg/m3) NAAQS



ENVIRONMENT

3- 13

3.5.4 Existing Ambient air quality On the perusal of above summary of analysis of ambient air quality in the study are it is

evident that all monitored values in various locations are well within the specified limits

of CPCB. The results are summarized below:

PM10: The highest PM10 concentration 62.2µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station A1 while the lowest PM10concentration was found to be 30.4µg/m3 at

A8. All the monitored values of PM10 are well below the specified limit of 100 µg/m3.

PM2.5: The highest PM2.5 concentration 31.7µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station A1 while the lowest PM2.5concentration was found to be 14.6µg/m3

at A8. All the monitored values of PM2.5 are well below the specified limit of 60 µg/m3.

SO2: The highest SO2 concentration 11.8µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station A1 while the lowest SO2 concentration was found to be 6.8µg/m3 at

A8. All the monitored values of SO2 are well below the specified limit of 80 µg/m3.

NOx: The highest NOx concentration 15.2 µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station A1 while the lowest NOx concentration was found to be 8.7µg/m3 at

A8. All the monitored values of NOx are well below the specified limit of 80µg/m3.

Silica: Free Silica was also monitored at all locations during the study period and was

found to be Below Detectable limit.

3.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT The water resources, both surface and groundwater play an important role in the

development of the area. Likewise, the water resources of the area have been studied

to establish the current status of water quality in the area. The parameters of prime

importance were selected under physical, chemical inorganic, chemical organic and

heavy metal groups. Water samples from ground and surface water sources were

collected. The water samples were collected in pretreated sampling cans and

transported to laboratory for analysis. Due care was taken during sampling &

transportation of these samples.



ENVIRONMENT

3- 14

3.6.1 Surface water and ground water quality assessment In order to assess water quality impacts surface water and ground water samples are

collected from the surrounding villages. The samples analyzed for various physical

and chemical parameters to know the contamination levels as per the IS Standards.

1. Ground water quality --- IS 10500-2012

2. Surface/canal/sea water quality --- IS 2296

3.6.2 Selection of sampling locations Sampling locations were selected on basis of:

a) Drainage pattern

b) Location of residential areas respecting different activities

c) Likely areas those can represent baseline conditions

Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected

physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting

the existing water quality status in the study area.

The samples were analyzed in accordance with “Standard Methods for Examination

of Water and Wastewater Analysis” published by APHA.

3.6.3 Sampling techniques Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples collected

for metal content were acidified with 1 ml HNO3. Samples for bacteriological analysis were

collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physico-chemical and bacteriological

parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water quality status in the study

area. Parameters like temperature, Dissolved Oxygen (DO) and pH were analyzed at the

time of sample collection.

The methodology for sample collection and preservation techniques was followed as per

the Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) mentioned in Table 3.5.



ENVIRONMENT

3- 15

Table3.5 Standardoperating procedures (SOP) for water sampling

Parameter Sample Collection Sample Size Storage/ Preservation pH Grab sampling

Plastic /glass container

100 ml On site analysis

Electrical Conductivity

Grab sampling Plastic /glass container

100 ml On site parameter

Total suspended solids


100 ml Refrigeration, can be stored for 7 days

Total Dissolved Solids


100 ml Refrigeration, can be stored for 7 days

BOD Grab sampling Plastic /glass container

1000 ml Refrigeration, 48 hrs

Hardness Grab sampling Plastic /glass container

100 ml Add HNO3 to pH<2, refrigeration; 6 months

Chlorides Grab sampling Plastic /glass container

100 ml Not required; 28 days

Sulphates Grab sampling Plastic /glass container

100 ml Refrigeration; 28 days

Nitrates Plastic containers 100 ml Refrigeration; 48 hrs

Fluorides Plastic containers only 100 ml Not required; 28 days

Alkalinity Plastic/ glass containers

100 ml Refrigeration; 14 days

Ammonia (NH3-N) Plastic/ glass containers

500 ml Add H2SO4 to pH<2, refrigeration, 7 days

Heavy Metals (As, Cd, Mn, Cu, Fe, Zn, Pb etc.)

Plastic/ Glass rinse with 1+1 HNO3

500 ml Filter, add HNO3 to pH>2; Grab sample; 6 months



ENVIRONMENT

3- 16

Source: Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, Published By

APHA (American Public Health Association) 23rd Edition 2017.

3.6.4 Analytical techniques

The analytical techniques used for water analysis is given in theTable3.6.

Table 3.6Analytical techniques forwater analysis

Parameter Method pH APHA, 4500-H+B

Colour APHA, 2120-C

Odour APHA, 2150

Temperature APHA, 2550-B

Oil & Grease APHA, 5520-D,5-38

Dissolved Oxygen APHA, 4500-DC

Electrical conductivity APHA, 2510-B

Turbidity APHA, 2130-B

Chlorides APHA, 4500-Cl, B

Fluorides APHA, 4500-FD

Total dissolved solids APHA, 2540-C

Total suspended solids APHA, 2540-D

Total hardness APHA, 2340-C

Sulphates APHA, 4500-SO4-2-E

Phosphates APHA, 4500-P C&D

Arsenic APHA, 3120-B

Calcium APHA, 3500-Ca B

Magnesium APHA, 3500-Mg B

Manganese APHA, 3120-B

Mercury APHA, 3120-B

Lead APHA, 3120-B

Copper APHA, 3120-B

Cadmium APHA, 3120-B



ENVIRONMENT

3- 17

Parameter Method Iron APHA, 3120-B

Zinc APHA, 3120-B

Chromium APHA, 3120-B

Aluminium APHA, 3120-B

Cyanide APHA, 4500-CN-E

Coliform organisms IS 15185

Alkalinity APHA, 2320-B

COD APHA, 5220-B

BOD IS 3025 P:44

Total Kjheldhal Nitrogen APHA,4500-Norg B

Ammonical Nitrogen APHA, 4500-NH3 F

Residual Free Chlorine IS 3025 P:26

Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH)

APHA, 5530-C

Source: Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, Published By

APHA (American Public Health Association) 23rd Edition 2017

3.6.5 Water sampling stations The locations of the water samples collected in the study area are furnished hereunder

Table 3.7Water sampling stations

Code Station Direction

bearing w.r.t Project Site

Distance from Project Site

(km) Latitude & Longitude

Source of collection

GW1 Kasipathi Rajapuram NE 1.1 18° 5'45.82"N 83° 6'48.80"E Ground water

GW2 Srungavarapu Kota ENE 3.2 18° 6'9.13"N 83° 8'10.91"E Ground water

GW3 Vantinivanipalem NNE 5.7 18° 8'18.00"N 83° 7'19.05"E Ground water

GW4 Chilakalagedda W 1.6 18° 5'11.20"N 83° 5'24.82"E Ground water



ENVIRONMENT

3- 18

GW5 Sontivarepalem WSW 3.3 18° 4'40.38"N 83° 4'34.16"E Ground water

GW6 S Kota Seetharamapuram SW 2.5 18° 4'3.16"N

83° 5'30.49"E Ground water

GW7 Mallipudi SSE 1.5 18° 4'22.24"N 83° 6'45.84"E Ground water

GW8 Dampuram ESE 3.9 18° 4'24.36"N 83° 8'31.17"E Ground water

SW1 Kondagangupudi Cheruvu WSW 3.5 18° 4'20.21"N

83° 4'32.92"E Surface water

SW2 Mallipudi Cheruvu SSE 1.9 18° 4'12.60"N 83° 6'53.33"E Surface water

SW3 Kothavooru Cheruvu E 2.8 18° 5'12.91"N 83° 8'12.46"E Surface water

SW4 Kapusompuram Cheruvu NNE 4.5 18° 7'26.71"N

83° 7'34.93"E Surface water



ENVIRONMENT

3- 19

Fig.3.3Water samplinglocations



ENVIRONMENT

3- 20

3.6.6 Ground water quality of the study area The water in the region (ground water) has been compared with respect to the Drinking water Quality Standards as IS: 10500. The

summarized analysis of results of the ground water quality in the study area are given in the below Table 3.8.

Table 3.8 Ground water quality results

S.No. PARAMETER UNIT GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 IS:10500-Standards Acceptable Permissible

1. Color Hazen < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 5 15 2. Temperature of Water 0C 21.1 20.2 19.3 20.4 19.5 19.8 19.1 21.3 - - 3. pH - 7.4 7.2 7.1 7.5 7.3 7.2 7.1 7.3 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 4. Turbidity NTU 1.4 1.1 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.2 <1 <1 1 5 5. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 591 484 552 493 454 543 548 497 500 2000 6. Total alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l 286 228 252 238 215 243 259 236 200 600 7. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l 423 316 395 339 308 362 372 342 300 600 8. Chlorides as Cl mg/l 132 110 124 104 98 128 121 112 250 1000 9. Calcium as Ca mg/l 86 62 79 68 64 69 78 71 75 200 10. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 51 39 48 41 36 46 43 40 30 100 11. Fluoride as F mg/l 0.59 0.67 0.51 0.46 0.49 0.62 0.58 0.68 1.0 1.5 12. Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 9.9 7.6 9.3 7.9 7.1 8.5 8.8 7.5 45 45 13. Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 31 19 29 24 18 26 28 23 200 400 14. Arsenic as As mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.05



ENVIRONMENT

3- 21

15. Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.003 0.003 16. Copper as Cu mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 1.5 17. Lead as Pb mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.01 18. Iron as Fe mg/l 0.11 0.08 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.09 0.13 0.10 0.3 0.3 19. Manganese as Mn mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.1 0.3 20. Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.5 0.24 0.29 0.21 0.17 0.25 0.31 0.35 5.0 15.0 21. Dissolved phosphates mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 - - 22. Phenolic Compounds as

C6H5OH mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 0.002

23. Residual Chlorine mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.2 1 24. E. Coli CFU/100

ml ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

25. Total Coliforms CFU/100 ml 68 44 58 38 60 39 40 50 ND ND

ND - Not Detected



ENVIRONMENT

3- 22

3.6.7 Summary of Groundwater Quality

The pH limit fixed for drinking water samples as per IS: 10500 is 6.5 to 8.5. During the

study period, the pH of the groundwater was found varying between 7.1 and 7.5. The pH

values for all the samples collected in the study area during study period were found to

be within the acceptable limits.

The acceptable limit for total dissolved solids as per IS: 10500 are 500 mg/l whereas the

permissible limit of the same is 2000 mg/l. In groundwater samples collected from the

study area, the total dissolved solids (TDS) were found to be varying between 454 mg/l

and 591 mg/l. The TDS of all the samples were below the permissible limit of 2000

mg/l.

The acceptable limit for Chloride is 250 mg/l as per IS: 10500 whereas the permissible

limit of the same is 1,000 mg/l. The Chloride levels in the groundwater samples

collected in the study area were ranging from 98 – 132 mg/l, which were within

acceptable limits.

The acceptable limit as per IS: 10500 for hardness are 300 mg/l whereas the permissible

limit for the same is 600 mg/l. In the groundwater samples collected from the study area,

the hardness was found to be varying from 308 mg/l to 423 mg/l. The hardness of all the

samples were below the permissible limits of 600 mg/l.

Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the acceptable limit of 1 mg/l and

permissible limit of 1.5 mg/l. However, the optimum content of fluoride in the drinking

water is 0.6 to 1.5 mg/l. In the groundwater samples of study area, the fluoride values

were found to be within a range of 0.46 mg/l to 0.68 mg/l, which were within acceptable

limits.

All the heavy metals in all samples were found to be below the acceptable limits.

An overview of the results obtained reveals that all the parameters were found below the

permissible limits of IS: 10500 Drinking Water Standards.



ENVIRONMENT

3- 23

3.6.8. Surface water quality of the study area The water in the region (surface water) has been compared with respect to the IS: 2296.

The summarized analysis of results of the surface water quality in the study area are

given in the below Table 3.9.

Table 3.9 Surface water quality of the study area

S. No.

PARAMETER UNIT SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 IS:2296 -Standards

1. Color Hazen <1 <1 <1 <1 -

2. Odour - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -

3. Turbidity NTU 6.2 8.4 5.7 5.3 -

4. pH - 7.4 7.3 7.3 7.2 6.50 – 8.50

5. Temperature 0C 25.8 25.6 25.3 25.2 -

6. Electrical Conductivity mmhos/cm 405 464 375 348 -

7. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 253 267 231 215 1500

8. Total Suspended Solids mg/l 25 22 26 20 -

9. Total Alkalinity as CaCO3

mg/l 82 93 79 72 -

10. Total Hardness as mg/l 118 126 110 101 -

11. Calcium as Ca mg/l 23.4 25.6 22.1 20.8 -

12. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 14.5 15.1 13.2 11.8 -

13. Chloride as Cl mg/l 65.2 68.4 54.5 51.3 -

14. Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 25.2 25.8 24.3 20.6 -

15. Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 0.24 0.28 0.22 0.21 -

16. Iron as Fe mg/l 0.08 0.13 0.1 0.07 -

17. Hexavalent Chromium as Cr6+ mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.05

18. Phenolic Compounds mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.005

19. Cyanide as CN mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.05

20. Zinc as Zn mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 15



ENVIRONMENT

3- 24

21. Lead as Pb mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01

22. Copper as Cu mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 1.5

23. Aluminium as Al mg/l <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.1

24. Manganese as Mn mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 5.0

25. Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 -

26. Arsenic as As mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 -

27. Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 -

28. Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.7 5.5 5.8 6.2 5.0 min

29. Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/l <10 <10 <10 <10 -

30. Biochemical Oxygen Demand mg/l <1 <1 <1 <1 3.0

31. Total Kjheldhal Nitrogen mg/l < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 -

32. Free Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 -

33. Oil & Grease mg/l < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 -

34. E. Coli MPN/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

35. Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml 500 900 500 300 5000

3.6.9 Surface water quality results are summarized below:


TDS was found to be 215mg/l to 267mg/l. The tolerance limit of 1,500 mg/l as per

IS:2296




Total coliform in water was 300 MPN/100ml to 900 MPN/100ml. The likely source of

bacteriological contamination was due to the proximity to residential area




ENVIRONMENT

3- 25

3.7 SOIL QUALITY 3.7.1 Selection of sampling locations

For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the

existing overall soil conditions around the mine lease area. The study of the soil profile

establishes the baseline characteristics and this will help in future for identifying the

incremental concentrations if any, due to the resumed mine operations. The sampling

locations have been identified with following objectives.

a) To determine the baseline soil characteristics ofthe study area

b) To determine the impact of the mining activities on soil characteristics

3.7.2 Sampling and analytical techniques Five sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions representing

various land use conditions and geological features. At each location, soil samples were

collected from three different depths viz. 30 cm, 60 cm and 90 cm below the surface and

are homogenized. This is in line with IS: 2720 & Methods of Soil Analysis, Part-1, 2nd

edition, 1986 of (American Society for Agronomy and Soil Science Society of America).

The homogenized samples were analyzed for physical and chemical characteristics. The

soil samples were collected and analyzed once in pre-monsoon season.

The samples analyzed as per the established scientific methods for physico-chemical

parameters. The heavy metals analyzed by using Atomic Absorption

Spectrophotometer.The methodology adopted for each parameter is described

inTable3.10.

Table3.10 Analyticaltechniques for soil analysis

Parameter Method (ASTM number)

Textural classification Chart developed by Public Roads Administration

pH IS 2720 P 26

Electrical conductivity IS 14767 : 2002

Bulk Density IS 2720 P 8



ENVIRONMENT

3- 26

Parameter Method (ASTM number)

Moisture Content IS 2720 P 2

Nitrogen IS 14684 : 1999

Phosphorus Manual Soil Testing in India, Ministry of

Agriculture

Potassium Manual Soil Testing in India, Ministry of

Agriculture

Sodium Manual Soil Testing in India, Ministry of

Agriculture

Calcium Manual Soil Testing in India, Ministry of

Agriculture

Magnesium Manual Soil Testing in India, Ministry of

Agriculture

Chlorides Argentometric Method

Sulphates IS 2720 P 27 : 1977

Organic Carbon IS 2720 P 22

Organic Matter IS 2720 P 22

3.7.3 Details of Soil sampling locations The soil sampling locations and distance from mine lease are mentioned in the below

Table 3.11 Soil sampling locations

Code Location/Villages Direction Bearing

w.r.t Project Site

Distance from Project

Site(km) Latitude and Longitude

S1 Project site (Core Zone) --- --- 18° 5'12.56"N

83° 6'25.82"E

S2 Chilakalagedda WSW 2.8 18° 4'54.94"N 83° 4'44.62"E

S3 Kondagangupudi N 1.5 18° 4'19.46"N 83° 6'21.72"E



ENVIRONMENT

3- 27

S4 Kothavooru ESE 2.3 18° 4'50.86"N 83° 7'52.83"E

S5 Kasipathi Rajapuram NE 1.1 18° 5'47.47"N 83° 6'55.50"E



ENVIRONMENT

3- 28

Fig 3.4 Soil sampling locations


CHAPTER – III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3 - 29

3.7.4. Soil analysis results in the study area The summarized analysis results of the soil samples in the study area are presented in the

Table 3.12

Table 3.12 Soil Analysis Results

S.No Parameter Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 1. pH (1:5) Aq Extract -- 7.0 6.8 6.7 6.9 7.1 2. Conductivity

(1:5 Aq Extract) mhos /cm 138 168 186 181 175

3. Texture (a) Sand (b) Silt (c) Clay

%

43.4

26.5

30.1

38.9

20.4

40.7

33.1

19.3

47.6

35.2

17.9

46.9

34.2

21.3

44.5

4. Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.14 1.41 1.35 1.33 1.32 5. Moisture Content % 2.8 3.7 4.2 4.1 3.9 6. Available Nitrogen as N kg/ha 68 92 108 97 95 7. Available Phosphorous as P kg/ha 28.7 40.2 40.4 41.6 40.5 8. Available Potassium as K kg/ha 141.5 176 179 177 175 9. Exchangeable Sodium as Na mg/kg 127 145 151 153 155

10. Exchangeable Calcium as Ca mg/kg 121 142 148 150 146 11. Exchangeable Magnesium as Mg mg/kg 18.3 28.4 31.2 32.1 30.3 12. Water Soluble Chlorides as Cl mg/kg 162 191 186 190 193 13. Water Soluble Sulphates as SO4 mg/kg 11.2 15.9 16.2 16.7 16.4 14. Organic matter % 0.27 0.51 0.61 0.57 0.55 15. Organic Carbon % 0.19 0.28 0.32 0.30 0.31

3.7.5 Summary of Soil Analysis Data

The analytical results of the soil samples collected during the study period are

summarized below.

The normal range of pH in the soils is 6.0 to 8.5. The pH values in the study area

are varying from 6.7 to 7.1 indicating that the soils are falling in neutral soil.



3 - 30

Nitrogen encourages the vegetative development of plants by imparting a healthy

green color to the leaves. The available Nitrogen as N in the study area is varying

from 68 to 108kg/ha. This is less for crops when compared with soil standards.

Phosphorus influences the vigour of plants and improves the quality of crops. In

the study area available, Phosphorus was found in varying quantities of 28.7 to

41.6kg/ha. This is medium sufficient level when compared to soil standards.

Potassium enhances the ability of the plants to resist diseases, insect attacks, cold

and other adverse conditions. The available potassium in the study area varies

between 141.5 to 179 kg/ha. This is less level for crops.

Organic Carbon in the study area ranges from 0.19 to 0.32%. This is less level for

crops.

Based on the above results, the soils in the region are average fertile enough for

cultivation of crops.

3.7.6 Standard Soil Classification

S.No Soil Test Classification 1. pH <4.5 Extremely acidic

4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic 5.51-6.00 moderately acidic 6.01-6.50 slightly acidic 6.51-7.30 Neutral 7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline 7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline 8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline >9.00 very strongly alkaline

2. Electrical Conductivity (ppm) (1ppm = 640 µmhos)

Upto 1.00 Average 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive to salts)

3. Organic Carbon Upto 0.2: very less 0.21-0.4: less 0.41-0.5 medium, 0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient



3 - 31

0.81-1.00: sufficient >1.0 more than sufficient

4. Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Upto 50 very less 51-100 less 101-150 good 151-300 Better >300 sufficient

5. Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Upto 15 very less 16-30 less 31-50 medium 51-65 on an average sufficient 66-80 sufficient >80 more than sufficient

6. Potassium (Kg/ha) 0 -120 very less 120-180 less 181-240 medium 241-300 average 301-360 better >360 more than sufficient

*Source: Hand Book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi

3.8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 3.8.1 Identification of sampling locations

Noise at different generating sources has identified based on the activities in the village

area and the noise at sensitive areas. A detailed survey on noise environment was carried

in and around the mine lease area to study the levels of noise, as the high dB (A) levels

may cause adverse effect on human beings and associated environment, including

structures, domestic animals and natural ecological systems. The locations were

identified keeping in view the land use pattern and environmental setting spot noise

levels were measured using a precision noise level meter at mine areaand residential

areas in all eight locations were covered with in study zone.



3 - 32

3.8.2 Methodology The monitoring was carried out at each location for a period of 24hrs, once in a season.

The locations were identified keeping in view the land use pattern and environmental

setting. The day levels of noise have been monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and the night

levels during 10 pm to 6 am. The Ld, Ln and Ldn were calculated based on the hourly

Leq values. Spot noise levels were measured using a precision noise level meter at

residential areas and the mine area, in all five locations which were covered with in study

zone. The noise levels include vehicular movement and local activities.Noise levels were

recorded for every 15minutes in a clock hour for a continuous 24-hour period at all

locations.

3.8.3 Noise Monitoring Locations -The noise monitoring locations along with their distance

from the mine area are mentioned in the below Table 3.13.

Table 3.13Noise Monitoring Locations

S.No Location Statio

n Code

Direction from

Project Site

Distance w.r.t

project Site Km

Latitude and Longitude

Environmental Setting

1. Project site (Core Zone) N1 ... ...

18° 5'12.23"N 83° 6'29.50"E

Mine Area

2. Kondagangupudi N2 SW 3.4 18° 3'59.65"N 83° 4'48.64"E

Residential Area

3. Sontivarepalem N3 WSW 3.2 18° 4'40.98"N 83° 4'36.04"E

Residential Area

4. Pedda Krishnarajapuram N4 SSW 1.8

18° 4'13.73"N 83° 6'7.06"E

Residential Area

5. Kotta Boddam N5 SE 4.4 18° 3'49.55"N 83° 8'36.32"E

Residential Area

6. Srungavarapu Kota N6 NE 3.6

18° 6'36.54"N 83° 8'5.31"E

Residential Area

7. Vantinivanipalem N7 NNE 5.7 18° 8'18.05"N 83° 7'20.78"E

Residential Area



3 - 33

8 Jeelugulapadu N8 N 5.2 18° 8'5.72"N 83° 6'15.01"E

Residential Area

3.8.4 Description of locations: N1 – the location has been selected to assess noise levels in the mine area.

N2, N3, N4, N5, N6, N7 and N8 – the locations have been selected to assess noise levels

near to the mine in residential areas with light Vehicular Movement.



3 - 34

Fig.3.5 Noise Monitoring Locations



3 - 35

3.8.5 Noise levels in the study area The noise level monitored during the study period is given in Table 3.14 in the

form of Lday, Lnight and Ldn compared with CPCB Standards.

Table3.14 Noise levels in the study area

Location Code

Environmental Setting

CPCB norms Leq dB(A) Leq dB(A)

day Leq dB(A)

night Day Night

N1 Project site 75 70 62.3 48.5

N2 Residential 55 45 54.2 42.6









3 - 36

Graphical presentation of ambient noise levelsin the study area

62.354.2 54.9 53.6 55.2 60.2

53.5 49.6

75

55

01020304050607080

N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8

Noise

Val

ues

Sampling Locations

Equivalent Noise Day Time Leq dB(A)

Leq dB(A) day Industrial Residential

48.542.6 44.3 42.2 43.8 47.5

41.835.7

70

45

01020304050607080

N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8

Noise

Val

ues

Sampling Locations

Equivalent Noise Night Time Leq dB(A)

Leq dB(A) night Industrial Residential



3 - 37

3.9 GEOLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY 3.9.1 Physiography

Topographically the quarry lease area is covered with denudations in the range of 312

m to 802 m above mean sea level. The quarry lease area covered between the 646 m

and 312 m hills on the North and South side of mine area, & 802m hill to the North-

West side of mine area.

3.9.2 Drainage The major rivers that drain the district are Nagavali, Gosthani and Champavathi and

their tributaries viz. Swarnamukhi, Janjavati and Vegavathi. Nagavali, Swarnamukhi

and Vegavathi are perennial in nature and the remaining are of ephemeral type. They

originate in the Eastern Ghats and after flowing through the district, finally join Bay

of Bengal. The drainage exhibits sub-dendritic to dendritic pattern and is of medium

to coarse texture and drainage density is worked out to be 0.6 to 1km/sq.km.

The Nagavali is the main river that flows for 112 KM in the district and joins the sea

near Mofuzbander, Srikakulam district. It is also known as Langulya, has 200 KM of

total length and has a catchment area of 8,964 KM2. It originates in Odisha state and

flows through Komarada, Jiyyammavalasa and Garugubilli mandals before entering in

to Srikakulam district. The important tributaries of the Nagavali River are

Suvarnamukhi, Vegavathi, Janjhavathi and Vottigedda.

The Gostani River originates in the Ananthagiri forest area of Srungavarapukota near

Borra caves. It flows through Jami mandal before entering Visakhapatnam district.

The River Suvarnamukhi originates in the hills of Saluru, flows eastward in Bobbili

area before joining Nagavali River near Palakonda of Srikakulam district. The

Vegavathi River starts from Pachipenta hills of Pachipenta mandal, flows parallel to

Suvarnamukhi before joining Nagavali River.

Notable water bodies either seasonal or perennial are not present in nearby area which

may cause the inundation of quaary. However, suitable storm water garland drainage

system will be adopted to divert the rain water to accumulated into quarry bottom and

provision of suitable dump arrangement wil be provided at the pit bottom for

collection of rain water within the quarry and a proper pumping system will be

adopted at all times for pumping of such water as and when needed. The benches and



3 - 38

haul road will be sloped in such a way to allow the rain water to flow and collect in

such sump.

3.9.3 Geomorphology Geomorphologically the district can be broadly divided into 4 distinct unitsviz.;

structural hills, pediplains, alluvial plains and coastal plains.

Structural hills: Major parts of the Western and Northern parts of

Vizianagaramdistrict is occupied by structural hills and also they occur in isolated

patches inthe remaining parts of the district. They occur as linear to arcuate

hillsshowing definite trend lines and all are composed of charnockites

andKhondalites. The groundwater prospects in this unit are generally poor.

Mostmoderate yields may be expected along the fractures. Thehilly region is mostly

covered with densely wooded forests and comes under agency tract of the district.The

average height of these hills is about 914 meters and the highest peak is theShankaram

in Srungavarapukota mandal which is over 1,615 meters. The main hill ranges are

Dumakonda,Antikonda, Palakonda, Kodagandi and Gamatikonda.In the

Parvathipuram divisionthe hills are steep and rugged terrain devoid of plateaus.

Pediplain: The pediplains comprising shallow buried pediplain, deeply

buriedpediplain, pediment, residual hills and inselbergs are generally occupied

bygranites and gneisses and areally they occupies large parts of the district.Generally

they form poor aquifers except along the major fractures. Thepediment is a broad and

generally sloping rocky surface with low relief andthin veneer of detritus. The

groundwater prospects in this unit is generallymeager, however moderate yields can

be expected along major fractures.Depending on the degree of weathering, the

pediplain is classified intoshallow, moderate and deeply buried pediplains and are

generally developedon charnockites and khondolites.The shallow buried pediplain

consists ofoverburden of weathered mantle of 5 meters thickness and its

groundwaterprospects are generally meager to moderate. The moderately

buriedpediplain having 5-15 meters thick weathered mantle forms moderate to

goodaquifers. The deep buried pediplain has more than 15-meter thick

weatheredmantle and constitute good aquifer with good yields.



3 - 39

Alluvial plains: The alluvial plains are developed along major river courses,valleys

and at the feet of structural hills in the district. The alluvial plains alongmajor river

courses are known as floodplains and consist of unconsolidatedgravels, sands, silts

and clays. The flood plains of fairly good thicknessusually form shallow to deep fresh

water aquifers with good to very goodyields. The alluvial plains along valley fills

consists of gravels, sands, silts andclays and the thickness of valley fills is

considerable extending upto 35meters, they are generally capable of giving very high

yields. The occurrenceof alluvial plains in the district is seen partly in the northwest,

northeast and inthe central mid plains and also in the southeast and south western

parts. The plain portion of the district is a well cultivated tract.Flood plains are

restricted to river basin.Thickmantle of flood plain deposits comprising clay and silt

are restricted to the Gostani, Champavathi, Kandivalasa,Vegavathi, Suvarnamukhi

and Nagavali river valleys.

Coastal plains: The coastal plain occurs parallel and nearer to the sea and isof marine

origin consisting of generally saline aquifers except on beach ridgeswhere moderate

to fresh water aquifers occur. The beach ridges are suitablefor construction of very

shallow dug wells of 2-3m.in depth and infiltrationgalleries. Active beach forms a

narrow strip along the coast. Coastal deposits comprising beach sand and dune

sandoccur as a narrow belt of 500 m to 2 km wide along the coast between Konada

and Duvapeta regions.



3 - 40

Fig.3.6 Map of the Geomorphology –Vizianagaram district



3 - 41

3.9.4 Geology The lease area is not suitable for agriculture as it is strewed with small stones/boulders

and covered with Charnockites /Pyroxene Granulites which is raising up to 78 M

above ground level, the strike length of the body is measured374.43 M in the area with

an average width of 224.14M. The rock type stones have perpendicular jointing, hence

not suitable for colour granites.

Based on these quarry lease litho logical sequence, the pit wall information is Soil

cover up to 0 to 1M from surface RL and Road Metal 1M to 98 M.

Detailed description of geology of lease area: The applied area falls in one discontinuous and isolated hillock system, which comes under Eastern Ghat Tectonic system of Achaean Age group. The study area is characterized by Eastern Ghats mobile belt. The area covered with denudation hills of range between 312 m to 802 m above mean sea level. These Charnockites are grey to greasy in colour, medium to coarse grained with Quartz, Plagioclase feldspar, pyroxenes, biotite and Fe-oxidies. The rock has horizontal and Vertical Joints. These Charnockites are best suited for Building stone and road metal as they have low permeability, medium to high load bearing capacity and good foundation characteristics. The Building Stone and Road Metal produced in the area cater to the needs of civil constructions in and around Vizianagaram for infrastructural works, construction projects etc. Mariki hillocks in South-Western side and Kokkulabanda Hillock in North Western side are two important hill ranges Eastern Ghats prove to be a store-house of many valuable mineral resources which are coming to light year by year.

Regional Geology: The applied area falls in one discontinuous and isolated hillock system, which comes

under Eastern Ghat Tectonic system of Achaean Age group. The study area is characterized by Eastern Ghats mobile belt. The area covered with denudation hills of

range between 312 m to 802 m above mean sea level. Kondakindam hillocks in

Northern side and Vendram Hillock in North Eastern side are two important hill

ranges Eastern Ghats prove to be a store-house of many valuable mineral resources

which are coming to light year by year. Garnet-sillimanitebiotite gneisses, Pyroxene

Granulites (Charnockites), garnetiferous granites (Leptynites), quartizites and



3 - 42

pegmatite's are the chief rock types that occur as bedded and banded as well as

massive formations in the study area. The Eastern Ghats complex mainly comprises of

Khondalite suites with a set of sub-suites. Intrusive activity might have caused

migmatisation. The terrain must have subjected to cycles of metamorphism. The local

geology shows the occurrence of Granite gneisses, Charnockite, Khondalite, Quartz

and soil. The following is the local stratigraphy of the mining lease area. Quartz

(intrusive), Granite gneisses, Charnockite (Charnockite Group), and Khondalite is the dominant rock type of the area. It is olden metamorphic schistose rock with garnet,

sillimanite, graphite, Feldspar, Quartz and Biotite as essential minerals and Garnets,

Mica, Hornblends are accessory minerals. Charnockites are fresh looking light

coloured, showing schistosity consisting Quartz, Feldspars, Garnet and Sillimanite

schist. Alternate alignment of leuco and melanocratic minerals attains gnessic

property. Garnet is also observed as discrete grains of reddish, brown, colour and

equigranular texture. The formation is highly structural disturbed with joints, fractures

and thickly penetrated with weather in influences.

3.9.5 Hydrogeology

The hydrogeological conditions prevailing in the district generallydepends on various

factors like climate, rainfall, topography, geological settingand structure. In turn the

occurrence and movement of groundwater alsodepend on these factors. The rocks

occurring in the district can be broadlyclassified as two types viz; hard and soft rocks.

Crystalline formations likekhondolites, charnockites, migmatites and gneisses etc. can

be grouped ashard rocks, while the unconsolidated formations like the alluvial

sedimentscan be classified as soft rocks. The semi consolidated formations

likesandstones are grouped under soft rocks, though limited in occurrence. The

hydrogeololgical conditions in the district are presented in Figure 3.7.



3 - 43

Fig.3.7 Map of the Hydrogeology –Vizianagaram district

3.10 LAND USE/LAND COVER

The Land Use / Land Cover (LULC) pattern of any region is an outcome of various

physical and cultural factors and their utilization by a man in time and space. Land

use refers to the type of utilization to which man has put the land. It also refers to the

evaluation of the land with respect to various natural characteristics. But land cover

describes the vegetal attributes of land. Land use/land cover data is essential for

planners, decision makers and those concerned with land resources management. For

the proper understanding of the influence of the various human-induced land use

practices with regard to the environmental change, it is essential to help simulate the

land use changes. Remote sensing technology is considered the most effective as it

provides timely and authentic information about the spatial distribution of land

use/land cover, while Geographical Information System (GIS) provides a flexible

digital environment for collecting, storing, visualizing and analyzing the spatial data.

Remote sensing as a vital tool helps for rapid assessment and monitoring of a natural



3 - 44

resource. When combined with GIS, it makes it possible to map land use/cover

phenomena in detail for further planning, development, and decision-making, which

is essential for meeting the increasing demands and welfare of the ever-growing

population

Land use Land Cover map is prepared by adopting interpretation techniques of the

image classification. Image classification has been done by using supervised

classification of satellite images by running an training sample manage based on

colours, various activities has been included in the preparation of Land Use Land

Cover Maps such as Satellite Image/Data Acquisition, Preprocessing, Rectification,

Ground Truthing etc., Satellite Images are processed and producing LULC maps are

being done by using Arc GIS 10.6.

The basic purpose of land use pattern and classification in an EIA study is to identify

the manner in which different parts of land area is utilized or not utilized. Remote

sensing data provides reliable accurate baseline information for land use mapping as

it is a rapid method of acquiring up-to-date information of over a large geological

area.

Studies on land use aspects of eco-system play an imperative role in identifying

susceptible issues and to take appropriate action to uphold ecological equilibrium in

the region. The main objective of this section is to provide a baseline status of the

study area covering 10 km radius around the mining site so that temporal changes due

to the industrial activities on the surroundings can be assessed in future.

The objectives of Land use Pattern are to:

Determine the present Land use pattern

Analyze the impacts on Land use due to the mining site in the study area

Study area with proposed unit as epicentre 10 km radius from the core area is

considered for land use study.

3.10.1 Methodology:

The overall methodology (Fig 3.8) adopted and followed to achieve the objectives of

the present study involves the following:



3 - 45

Procurement of Satellite images.

Collection of source data of Survey of India (SOI) toposheets. These are the

main inputs for the preparation of essential layers.

Atmospheric and Radiometric corrections of Satellite data by using nearest

neighborhood resampling technique

Preparation of basic themes like layout map, transport & settlement map and

contour map from the source data. Then updating of layout map, transport map

and drainage map from the satellite image by visual interpretation

Performing image analysis in ArcGIS and Extraction of whole satellite image

into study area, processing and producing various maps such as LULC, Contour

Maps, Digital Elevation Maps, Drainage Maps

Preliminary quality check and necessary corrections are carried out for all the

maps.



3 - 46

Figure – 3.8: Methodology

LULC Study:

The LULC Study has been done for the 10km radius area from the project site by

using visual interpretation techniques in Arc GIS 10.6. Output of the map has been

provided in 1:50000 scale, along with LULC MAP 10KM Radius False Colour

Composite Map provided below.

Procurement of Satellite Data

SOI Toposheets

Processing of Satellite Images (Radiometric & Atmospheric Corrections )

Ground Truthing

Classification of Accuracy Assessment

Necessary Corrections and Finalizing maps

Image Analysis

Extraction of Study Area

Processing and Producing Various Maps



3 - 47

Fig 3.9 Satellite Image within 10 km radius



3 - 48

Fig 3.10False colour composite map within 10 km radius

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Smt. A. Kamala

Interpretation

The area distributions along with percentage of different land use classes are listed

below table and Fig 3.12.

Total study area for the mining

use class covered by Forest area

landand Plantation11481

occupied 4.59%& 0.92%

respectively.Out of all mined out area

(74 Ha).

S.No. Land Use/Land Cover1 Agricultural land

2 Builtup area

3 Forest area

4 Minedout area

5 Plantation6 Waterbody

Total

Figure 3.11: Graphical representation of Land Use and Land Cover

43.53 %

0.23 %

Agricultural land

Minedout area

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Smt. A. Kamala – 8.90 Ha.



.

mining project is 32817 Ha. Out of that major portion of land

Forest area i.e., 14284 Ha (43.53%), followed by

Plantation11481 Ha, 5168 Ha respectively. Builtup area and Waterbody

& 0.92% of the total area which covering1507 Ha

mined out area covers least percentage of the area that is

Land Use/Land Cover Area, Ha Percentage, %Agricultural land 11481 34.98

Builtup area 1507 4.59

Forest area 14284 43.53

Minedout area 74 0.23

Plantation 5168 15.75 Waterbody 302 0.92

32817 100

: Graphical representation of Land Use and Land Cover

34.98 %

4.59 %43.53 %

0.23 %15.75 % 0.92 %

Land use Statistics

Agricultural land Builtup area Forest area

Minedout area Plantation Waterbody

III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3 - 49


Ha. Out of that major portion of land

%), followed by Agriculture

and Waterbody

and 302 Ha

covers least percentage of the area that is 0.23%

Percentage, %

: Graphical representation of Land Use and Land Cover



3 - 50

Fig 3.12 Land use/Land cover map



3 - 51

3.10.2 Digital Elevation Maps A digital elevation model (DEM) is a digital representation of ground surface

topography or terrain. It is also widely known as a digital terrain model (DTM). A

DEM file can be downloaded from the ISRO Bhuvan (Cartosat Satellite) Digital

Elevation maps are a type of raster GIS Layer. In a DEM each cell having a value

corresponding to its elevation. By adding Hill shading tool a reader can see the

relationship between terrain and other things. Digital Elevation Model or Digital

Terrain Model map has been shown in the Fig – 3.13.

3.10.3 Contour Map A contour line connects a series of equal elevation points, the contours have been

generated in the GIS environment with reference to the mean sea level by using the

DEM (Digital Elevation Model) data, the elevation values has been verified.

Thereafter final contour map has been prepared with combination of Toposheet and

DEM with contour interval of 10 m. In the study area highest contour observed as

1050m of MSL that is situated towards North west direction of the project site and

lowest contour is 50 m of MSL that is situated towards South east direction of the

project site. Contour Map for the mining project study area has been shown in the

below Fig 3.14.

3.10.4 Drainage Map Drainage Map for the study area has been developed in the GIS Environment by using

Digital Elevation Model. Methodology involved for producing of Drainage maps has

been discussed below.

Strahler method of ordering is used for developing drainage map for the study area.

Based on the elevation profiles of the study area drains will be formed as First order,

Second Order, Third Order and so on. Some of the artificial water bodies (Aqueducts,

Man Made Canals) have been traced out by using google earth and Survey of India

Topomaps. Accuracy of the maps will be checked by using Ground Truthing

Technique. Drainage map for the project site and study area is as shown in the Fig

3.15.



3 - 52

Fig 3.13 Digital Elevation map



3 - 53

Fig 3.14 Contour map



3 - 54

Fig 3.15 Drainage map



3 - 55

3.11 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT Introduction Collection of comprehensive baseline information on flora and fauna is the

prerequisite for assessment of impacts of any developmental activities. Ecological

environment is an important component of environment of any area. It covers flora

and fauna in the region, details of forests and wild life sanctuaries in the region, with

list of endangered species.

The loss of biological diversity has become a national and a global concern over the

years. Ecological assessment therefore is very critical for decision-making and for the

getting of a developmental projects or industries. An ecological study of the

ecosystem is essential to understand the impacts of industrialization and urbanization

on existing flora and fauna of the area. Studies on various aspects of ecosystem play

an important role in identifying sensitive issues for undertaking appropriate action to

mitigate the impact, if any. The objective of this section is characterized to understand

the present status of the ecosystems in the study area to assess the biodiversity.

Objectives (i) To study the present ecological and biodiversity of core and buffer zones of

project areas

(ii) To generate baseline data on flora and fauna of core and buffer zones with

assessment of possible impacts

(iii) To suggest a mitigation plan for biodiversity in core and buffer zones.

Study area The study area is secondary dry deciduous forest in which all trees are growing with

less than 30cm girth. The primary forest completely degraded due to anthropogenic

activities. The tree begin to shed their leaves by about December and between

February and May the forest looks very open and at times eye-soaring, but some areas

are bald hills in the study area. Flowering and fruiting are generally far advanced

before the first flush of new leaves appears with the conventional showers in April-

May.



3 - 56

Diospyros sylvatica is perhaps the commonest tree in this area. Wrightia tinctoria,

Cochlospermum religiosum, Gardenia latifolia, Sterculia urens, Strychnos potatorum,

Ziziphus xylopyrus, Terminalia spp., Chloroxylon swietenia, Pterospermum

xylocarpum, Albizia chinense,Cassia fistula, Diospyros melanoxylon etc. are some of

the typical trees;Flaucortia indica, Gmelina asiatica and Naringi crenulata are armed

trees present, at the edges of the mine.Holarrhena antidysenterica,Alangium

salvifolium, Bauhinia racemosa, Tarenna asiatica, Flacourtia indica, Helicteris isora,

Woodfordia fruticosa, Grewia rothii etc. are some of the common small trees found in

this area.

A number climbers and twiners are found in this type of forests. To mention, some of

them areButea superba, Cansjera rheedii, Celastrus paniculatus, Combretum

ovalifolium, Dioscorea spp., Pueraria tuberosa, Ventilago denticulata, Mucuna spp.

etc.

The ground flora is mostly seasonal. Achyranthes aspera, Aerva sanguinolenta, Sida

glutinosa, Solanum indicum, Scilla hyacinthina, Habenaria roxburghii etc. are some

of the common examples.

Forest blocks in studyarea

The details of forest blocks in study area are presented below in the Table 3.15Small

plantations agro forestrycould also be seen in the buffer zone of the projecti.e.

Anacardium occidentale, Tectona grandis and Mangifera indica.

Table 3.15 Details of the forest blocks in the study area

S.No Details of forest blocks Distance (KM) Direction 1 Ananthagiri Reserved Forest 0.57 N & NW 2 Mariki Reserved Forest 2.0 SW

Cropping pattern The agriculture is dependent on the moderate monsoon. Irrigation facilities in form of

canals/ponds/wells are available in the study area. The main crop of the area is paddy.

The area under major field crops and horticulture is given in Table 3.16.



3 - 57

Table 3.16 Area under major field crop & Horticulture in the study area

S.No. Particulars Major field crop cultivated

1 Paddy 2 Horse gram 3 Green gram 4 Black gram 5 Groundnut 6 Sugarcane

Horticulture crops - fruits 1 Mango 2 Citrus 3 Cashew 4 Coconut 5 Banana

Horticulture crops - Vegetables 1 Tomato 2 Onion 3 Sweet potato 4 Vegetables

Medicinal and Aromatic crops 1 Garlic 2 Turmeric 3 Ginger 4 Coriander

Plantation crops 1 Eucalyptus 2 Teak 3 Casurina

Methodology Flora Vegetation and plant species composition observed and documented during field visit

in and around the mining siteduring study period. Besides primary surveys in the

mining site, published literature and various floras were consulted to prepare an

inventory of plant species growing at project sites. The vegetation of the study area is

highly degraded. The plant diversity is classified into various plant groups such as

tree, shrubs, herbs, climbers, sedges and grasses. The plant diversity survey in the

project area was undertaken during the summer season with the objectives of

preparing a checklist of flora in the study area.



3 - 58

Fauna Information pertaining to the existence of migratory corridors and breeding habitats of

endangered and threatened fauna were assessed based on the information provided

by the local inhabitants and forest department personnel. The conservation status of

each faunal species recorded from the project areas were ascertained as per schedules

of Indian wildlife (protection) Act, 1972 and IUCN -Red Data Book (RDB).The

survey of faunal elements of core and buffer zone were assessed as per the following

sampling techniques:

Taxa Sampling techniques Butterflies Random walk, Opportunistic observations Amphibians Visual encounter survey (Search) Reptiles Visual encounter survey (Search) Birds Random walk, Opportunistic observations Mammals Tracks and Signs, and Fishes Landings

Flora of the Core zone The core zone comprises of hill, where mining operation is being carried out. This

area consists of secondary forest in which Diospyros sylvatica, Pterospermum

xylocarpum, Lannea coromandelica and Garuga pinnata are common trees. No

ecologically sensitive and threatened plant species has been reported from this area.

The checklist of plants given in the Table 3.16.

Table 3.16 List of plant species observed in core area of the project

S.No. Botanical name Family Local name Habit 1 Abrus precatorius L. Fabaceae Gurivinja Climber 2 Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet Malvaceae Tuthurabenda Shrub 3 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Willd. Mimosaceae Tella thumma Tree 4 Acalypha indica L. Euphorbiaceae Muripindi Herb 5 Achyranthes aspera L. Amaranthaceae Duchena Herb 6 Aerva lanata (L.) Juss. Amaranthaceae Pindikura Herb 7 Aganosma caryophyllata G.Don Apocynaceae Mogari Climber 8 Alangium salviifolium (L.f.)

Wangerin Alangiaceae Udugu Tree

9 Albizia chinensis (Osbeck) Merr. Mimosaceae Nalla regi Tree 10 Albizia odoratissima (L.f.) Benth. Mimosaceae Ganara Tree 11 Alloteropsis cimicina (L.) Stapf Poaceae - Grass



3 - 59

12 Alysicarpus monilifer (L.) DC. Fabaceae Amera Herb 13 Andrographis paniculata (Burm.f.)

Nees Acanthaceae Nela vemu Herb

14 Antidesma acidum Retz. Stilaginaceae Pulleru Tree 15 Apluda mutica L. Poaceae - Grass 16 Argyreia nervosa (Burm. f.) Bojer Convolvulaceae Samudra pala Climber 17 Aristida funiculata Trin. & Rupr. Poaceae Cheepurugaddi Grass 18 Aristolochia indica L. Aristolochiaceae Nall eswari Herb 19 Asparagus racemosus Willd. Liliaceae Pilli tigalu Herb 20 Asystasia gangetica (L.)

T.Anderson Acanthaceae - Herb

21 Atalantia monophylla DC. Rutaceae Karu nimma Tree 22 Atylosia scarabaeoides (L.) Benth. Fabaceae - Herb 23 Azadirachta indica A.Juss. Meliaceae Vepa Tree 24 Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Caesalpiniaceae Are Tree 25 Biophytum sensitivum (L.) DC. Oxalidaceae Jala puspa Herb 26 Boerhavia diffusa L. Nyctaginaceae Atikamamidi Herb 27 Spermacoce hispida L. Rubiaceae Nadana Herb 28 Brachiaria ramosa (L.) Stapf Poaceae - Grass 29 Breynia vitis-idaea (Burm.f.)

C.E.C.Fisch. Euphorbiaceae Tella pulcheri Shrub

30 Bridelia montana (Roxb.) Willd. Euphorbiaceae Balli chettu Tree 31 Bridelia retusa (L.) A.Juss. Euphorbiaceae Anemu Tree 32 Buchanania lanzan Spreng. Anacardiaceae Jarumamidi Tree 33 Bulbostylis barbata (Rottb.)

C.B.Clarke Cyperaceae - Sedge

34 Butea superba Roxb. Fabaceae Tiga moduga Climber 35 Calotropis gigantea (L.) Dryand. Asclepiadaceae Jilledu Shrub 36 Canthium dicoccum (Gaertn.) Merr. Rubiaceae Alli Tree 37 Canthium parviflorum Lam. Rubiaceae Balusu Shrub 38 Capparis zeylanica L. Capparidaceae Uppi Shrub 39 Careya arborea Roxb. Lecythidaceae Kumbi Tree 40 Carissa carandas L. Apocynaceae Vaka Shrub 41 Casearia elliptica Willd. Flacourtiaceae Chilakaya Shrub 42 Casearia tomentosa Roxb. Flacourtiaceae Gidiguru Tree 43 Cassia auriculata L. Caesalpiniaceae Tangedu Shrub 44 Cassia fistula L. Caesalpiniaceae Rela Tree 45 Cassia occidentalis L. Caesalpiniaceae Kasinda Herb 46 Cassia tora L. Caesalpiniaceae Tantemu Herb 47 Cayratia auriculata (Roxb.) Gamble Vitaceae Mura palleru Climber 48 Chloris barbata Sw. Poaceae - Grass



3 - 60

49 Chloroxylon swietenia DC. Flindersiaceae Billa Tree 50 Chromolaena odorata (L.)

R.M.King & H.Rob. Asteraceae Kampu rodda Shrub

51 Cipadessa baccifera (Roth) Miq. Meliaceae Ranaberi Tree 52 Cleistanthus collinus (Roxb.) Benth.

ex Hook.f. Euphorbiaceae Vadisa Tree

53 Clerodendrum serratum (L.) Moon Verbenaceae Bharangi Shrub 54 Clitoria ternatea L. Fabaceae Sanku puspamu Climber 55 Cocculus hirsutus (L.) W.Theob. Menispermaceae Dusarituga Climber 56 Cochlospermum religiosum (L.)

Alston Cochlospermaceae Konda gogu Tree

57 Commelina benghalensis L. Commelinaceae - Herb 58 Corchorus acutangulus Lam. Tiliaceae Nela bera Herb 59 Costus speciosus (J.König) Sm. Costaceae Bogachika dumpa Herb 60 Crotalaria laburnifolia L. Fabaceae Pedda giligicha Herb 61 Crotalaria verrucosa L. Fabaceae Giligicha Herb 62 Croton bonplandianus Baill. Euphorbiaceae Galivana Herb 63 Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Poaceae Gariki Grass 64 Dactyloctenium aegyptium (L.)

Willd. Poaceae - Grass

65 Dalbergia paniculata Roxb. Fabaceae Saibothu Tree 66 Dendrophthoe falcata (L.f.)

Ettingsh. Loranthaceae - Tree

67 Desmodium gangeticum (L.) DC. Fabaceae Kola panna Herb 68 Desmodium triflorum (L.) DC. Fabaceae Munta mandhu Herb 69 Dichrostachys cinerea (L.) Wight &

Arn. Mimosaceae Veluthuru Tree

70 Digera muricata (L.) Mart. Amaranthaceae Chenchalikura Herb 71 Dioscorea bulbifera L. Dioscoreaceae Karukanda Climber 72 Dioscorea pentaphylla L. Dioscoreaceae Tella gadda Climber 73 Dioscorea tomentosa J.Koenig ex

Spreng. Dioscoreaceae Tiga dumpa Climber

74 Diospyros chloroxylon Roxb. Ebenaceae Thorika Tree 75 Diospyros melanoxylon Roxb. Ebenaceae Thummika Tree 76 Diospyros sylvatica Roxb. Ebenaceae Gatha Tree 77 Dipteracanthus prostratus (Poir.)

Nees Acanthaceae - Herb

78 Dolichandrone atrovirens (Roth) K.Schum.

Bignoniaceae Tree

79 Eclipta prostrata (L.) L. Asteraceae Guntagalagara Herb 80 Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC. ex DC. Asteraceae - Herb 81 Euphorbia antiquorum L. Euphorbiaceae Benta jemudu Tree



3 - 61

82 Euphorbia hirta L. Euphorbiaceae Reddi vari nanubalu

Herb

83 Evolvulus alsinoides (L.) L. Convolvulaceae Vishnukrantha Herb 84 Evolvulus nummularius (L.) L. Convolvulaceae - Herb 85 Ficus hispida L.f. 86 Ficus racemosa L. Moraceae Medi Tree 87 Ficus semicordata Buch.-Ham. ex

Sm. Moraceae Bommala marri Tree

88 Ficus tomentosa Roxb. ex Willd. Moraceae Tree 89 Flacourtia indica (Burm.f.) Merr. Flacourtiaceae Kanaregu Tree 90 Gardenia latifolia Aiton Rubiaceae Bikki Tree 91 Garuga pinnata Roxb. Burseraceae Garugu Tree 92 Gisekia pharnaceoides L. Aizoaceae Isaka dintikura Herb 93 Glycosmis mauritiana (Lam.)

Tanaka Rutaceae Golugu Shrub

94 Gmelina arborea Roxb. Verbenaceae Gummidi Tree 95 Gmelina asiatica L. Verbenaceae Salla gummidi Tree 96 Grewia rothii DC. Tiliaceae Pedda chipuru Tree 97 Grewia tiliifolia Vahl Tiliaceae Tada Tree 98 Gynura lycopersicifolia DC. Asteraceae - Herb 99 Gyrocarpus americanus Jacq. Hernandiaceae Poliki Tree

100 Oldenlandia corymbosa L. Rubiaceae - Herb 101 Helicteres isora L. Sterculiaceae Chemali-Nara Shrub 102 Holarrhena pubescens Wall. ex

G.Don Apocynaceae Tedla pala Tree

103 Hybanthus enneaspermus (L.) F.Muell.

Violaceae Ratna purusa Herb

104 Hyptis suaveolens (L.) Poit. Lamiaceae Simathulasi Herb 105 Ipomoea hederifolia L. Convolvulaceae Kasirathnam Herb 106 Ipomoea obscura (L.) Ker Gawl. Convolvulaceae Nalla kokita Herb 107 Ixora pavetta Roxb. Rubiaceae Kolimi Tree 108 Jatropha gossypiifolia L. Euphorbiaceae Seema nepalamu Herb 109 Justicia betonica L. Acanthaceae Tellarantu Herb 110 Justicia glauca Rottler Acanthaceae Konda pindi Herb 111 Lagerstroemia parviflora Roxb. Lythraceae Chennangi Tree 112 Lannea coromandelica (Houtt.)

Merr. Anacardiaceae Gumpena Tree

113 Lantana camara L. Verbenaceae Gajukampa Shrub 114 Leucas cephalotes (Roth) Spreng. Lamiaceae Thummi Herb 115 Lindernia anagallis (Burm.f.)

Pennell Scrophulariaceae - Herb

116 Lindernia crustacea (L.) F.Muell. Scrophulariaceae - Herb



3 - 62

117 Litsea glutinosa (Lour.) C.B.Rob. 118 Ludwigia perennis L. Onagraceae - Herb 119 Maba buxifolia (Rottb.) Pers. Ebenaceae Pisini Tree 120 Mallotus philippensis (Lam.)

Müll.Arg. Euphorbiaceae Sindhuaram Tree

121 Mangifera indica L. Anacardiaceae Mamidi Tree 122 Manilkara hexandra (Roxb.)

Dubard Sapotaceae Palachettu Tree

123 Martynia annua L. Pedlaiaceae Geddagoru Shrub 124 Maytenus emarginata (Willd.) Ding

Hou Celastraceae Danti Shrub

125 Memecylon edule Roxb. Melastomataceae Alli Tree 126 Merremia tridentata (L.) Hallier f. Convolvulaceae Suraputiga Herb 127 Mimosa pudica L. Mimosaceae Attipatti Herb 128 Mimosa rubicaulis Lam. Mimosaceae Korendum Shrub 129 Mimusops elengi L. Sapotaceae Pogada Tree 130 Mitragyna parvifolia (Roxb.) Korth. Rubiaceae Nirkadamba Tree 131 Momordica charantia L. Cucurbitaceae Kakara Climber 132 Morinda pubescens Sm. Rubiaceae Togaru Tree 133 Mucuna pruriens (L.) DC. Fabaceae Dulagondi Climber 134 Mollugo nudicaulis Lam. Aizoaceae Pedda paripata Herb 135 Mollugo pentaphylla L. Aizoaceae Verri chatarasi Herb 136 Naringi crenulata (Roxb.) Nicolson Rutaceae Torru velaga Tree 137 Ochna obtusata DC. Ochnaceae Tammi Tree 138 Oplismenus burmannii (Retz.)

P.Beauv. Poaceae - Grass

139 Oxalis corniculata L. Oxalidaceae Puli chinta Herb 140 Pavetta tomentosa Roxb. ex Sm. Rubiaceae Tella papidi Shrub 141 Pavonia zeylanica (L.) Cav. Malvaceae Karu benda Herb 142 Pedalium murex L. Pedlaiaceae Enugu palleru Herb 143 Pergularia daemia (Forssk.) Chiov. Asclepiadaceae uriti tiga Climber 144 Perotis indica (L.) Kuntze Poaceae Nakka thoka Grass 145 Phyllanthus amarus Schumach. &

Thonn. Euphorbiaceae Nela usiri Herb

146 Phyllanthus reticulatus Poir. Euphorbiaceae Nalla pulugudu Shrub 147 Plumbago zeylanica L. Plumbaginaceae Chitra mulamu Herb 148 Polyalthia cerasoides (Roxb.) Bedd. Annonaceae Chilka dudduga Tree 149 Polyalthia suberosa (Roxb.)

Thwaites Annonaceae Chilka dudduga Tree

150 Polycarpaea corymbosa (L.) Lam. Caryophyllaceae Rajuma Herb 151 Premna latifolia Roxb. Verbenaceae Nelli Tree 152 Premna tomentosa Willd. Verbenaceae Kokkitha Tree



3 - 63

153 Protium serratum (Wall. ex Colebr.) Engl.

Burseraceae Chitrek chettu Tree

154 Pseudarthria viscida (L.) Wight & Arn.

Fabaceae Muyak Herb

155 Pterospermum xylocarpum (Gaertn.) Santapau & Wagh

Sterculiaceae Lolugu Tree

156 Rhynchosia minima (L.) DC. Fabaceae - Herb 157 Rothia indica (L.) Druce Fabaceae - Herb 158 Sapindus emarginatus Vahl Sapindaceae Kunkudu Tree 159 Schleichera oleosa (Lour.) Merr. Sapindaceae Busi chettu Tree 160 Securinega virosa (Roxb. ex Willd.)

Baill. Euphorbiaceae Tella puplcheri Shrub

161 Semecarpus anacardium L.f. Anacardiaceae Nalla jeedi Tree 162 Sida acuta Burm.f. Malvaceae Gayapaku Herb 163 Sida cordifolia L. Malvaceae Chiru benda Herb 164 Solanum torvum Sw. Solanaceae Vusti Shrub 165 Sphaeranthus indicus L. Asteraceae Kukka pogaku Herb 166 Stachytarpheta jamaicensis (L.)

Vahl Verbenaceae - Herb

167 Sterculia urens Roxb. Sterculiaceae Kondathamara Tree 168 Streblus asper Lour. Moraceae Barnika Tree 169 Strychnos nux-vomica L. Loganiaceae Mushidi Tree 170 Strychnos potatorum L.f. Loganiaceae Indupu Tree 171 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Myrtaceae Neredu Tree 172 Tamarindus indica L. Caesalpiniaceae Chinta Tree 173 Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers. Fabaceae Vempali Herb 174 Teramnus labialis (L.f.) Spreng. Fabaceae Masha parni Herb 175 Terminalia alata Roth Combretaceae Nallamaddi Tree 176 Terminalia bellirica (Gaertn.) Roxb. Combretaceae Thadi chettu Tree 177 Terminalia chebula Retz. Combretaceae Karaka Tree 178 Thysanolaena maxima (Roxb.)

Kuntze Poaceae Konda cheepuru

gaddi G

179 Tiliacora acuminata Miers Menispermaceae Kappa teega Cl 180 Tragia involucrata L. Euphorbiaceae Duradagondi Herb 181 Tridax procumbens (L.) L. Asteraceae Gaddi chamanti Herb 182 Triumfetta rhomboidea Jacq. Tiliaceae Chiru sitrika Herb 183 Tylophora indica (Burm. f.) Merr. Asclepiadaceae Gori pala Herb 184 Urena lobata L. Malvaceae Nalla benda Herb 185 Vernonia cinerea (L.) Less. Asteraceae - Herb 186 Woodfordia fruticosa (L.) Kurz Lythraceae Jeguru Shrub 187 Wrightia tinctoria R.Br. Apocynaceae Ankudu Tree 188 Xylia xylocarpa (Roxb.) Taub. Mimosaceae Konda tangini Tree



3 - 64

189 Ziziphus mauritiana Lam. Rhamnaceae Regu Tree 190 Ziziphus oenopolia (L.) Mill. Rhamnaceae Parimi Climber 191 Ziziphus xylopyrus (Retz.) Willd. Rhamnaceae Gotti chettu Tree

Flora of the buffer zone Buffer zone of the proposed project is mainly forest and agricultural land. The flora of

buffer zone comprises of Wrightia tinctoria, Hollarhena pubescens, Diospyros

sylvatica, Pterospermum xylocarpum, Lannea coromandelica, Cassia fistula, Gmelina

arborea and Garuga pinnata trees are growing. Many tree species are planted in the

area because of their usefulness, economic and aesthetic values. The tree species

observed in the area are, Mangifera indica, Albizia lebbeck, Bombax ceiba, Sapindus

emarginatus, and Tamarindus indica etc. Flora of the buffer zone provided in the

Table 3.17.

Table 3.17 List of plant species observed in buffer area of the project

S.No Plant Name Vernacular name

Family Habit

1 Abrus precatorius L. Gurivinja Fabaceae Climber 2 Abutilon crispum(L.) Medik. Tutturabenda Malvaceae Herb 3 Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet Tutturabenda Malvaceae Herb 4 Acacia caesia (L.) Will. Korintha Mimosaceae Climber 5 Acacia chundra (Rottler) Willd. Sundra Mimosaceae Tree 6 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Wild. Tella tumma Mimosaceae Tree 7 Acacia nilotica (L.) Delile Nallathumma Mimosaceae Tree 8 Acacia pennata (L.) Willd. Guba korintha Mimosaceae Climber 9 Acalypha alnifolia Klein ex Willd. Euphorbiaceae Herb

10 Acalypha indica L. Muripindi Euphorbiaceae Herb 11 Acanthospermum hispidum DC. Asteraceae Herb 12 Achyranthes aspera L. Dechena Amaranthaceae Herb 13 Adhatoda vasica Nees Pink Morning

Glory Acanthaceae Shrub

14 Aegle marmelos (L.) Corrêa Maredu Rutaceae Tree 15 Aerva javanica (Burm.f.) Juss. Ex

Schult. Amaranthacea Herb

16 Aerva lanata (L.) Juss. Pindi kura Amaranthaceae Herb 17 Aganosma heynei (Spreng.) ined. Paalamalle Apocynaceae Climber 18 Aganosma caryophyllata G.Don Paalamalle Asclepiadaceae Climber 19 Agave americana L. Kithanara Agavaceae Herb



3 - 65

20 Ageratum conyzoides (L.) L. Asteraceae Herb 21 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Peddamanu Simaroubaceae Tree 22 Alangium salviifolium (L.f.) Wangerin Uduga Alangiaceae Tree 23 Albizia amara (Roxb.) B.Boivin Chikreni Mimosaceae Tree 24 Albizia chinensis (Osbeck.) Merr. Nallaregi Mimosaceae Tree 25 Albizia lebbeck (L.) Benth. Siris Mimosaceae Tree 26 Albizia odoratissima (L.f.) Benth. Ganara Mimosaceae Tree 27 Albizia saman (Jacq.) Merr. Ganneru Mimosaceae Tree 28 Allmania nodiflora (L.) R.Br. ex

Wight Amaranthaceae Herb

29 Allophylus cobbe (L.) Raeusch. Guvva gutti Sapindaceae Tree 30 Aloe vera (L.) Burm.f. Katabanda Liliaceae Herb 31 Alstonia scholaris (L.) R. Br. Yedakulapala Apocynaceae Herb 32 Alternanthera tenella Colla Mullu

ponnaganti Amaranthaceae Herb

33 Alternanthera pungens Kunth Ponngantikura Amaranthaceae Herb 34 Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R.Br. ex

DC. Ponngantikura Amaranthaceae Herb

35 Alysicarpus monilifer (L.) DC. Amera Fabaceae Herb 36 Amaranthus spinosus L. Needle burr Amaranthaceae Herb 37 Amaranthus viridis L. Thotkura Amaranthaceae Herb 38 Ammannia baccifera L. Agnivendramu Lythraceae Herb 39 Anacardium occidentale L. Cashew Nut Anacardiaceae Tree 40 Andrographis echioides (L.) Nees Acanthaceae Herb 41 Andrographis paniculata (Burm.f.)

Nees Nelavemu Acanthaceae Herb

42 Anisomeles indica (L.) Kuntze Chinna ranaberi Lamiaceae Shrub 43 Annona reticulata L. Ramaphalamu Annonaceae Tree 44 Annona squamosa L. Seetaphalamu Annonaceae Tree 45 Anogeissus latifolia (Roxb. Ex DC)

Wall. Ex Bedd. Sirumanu Combretaceae Tree

46 Antidesma acidum Retz. Pulleru Euphorbiaceae Tree 47 Apluda mutica L. Poaceae Grass 48 Argemone mexicana L. Baluranshasi Papavaraceae Herb 49 Argyreia hirsuta Arn. Adavi gummadi Convolvulaceae Climber 50 Argyreia nervosa (Burm. f.) Bojer Samudrapala Convolvulaceae Climber 51 Aristida adscensionis L. Poaceae Grass 52 Aristida funiculata Trin. & Rupr. Poaceae Grass 53 Aristida setacea Retz. Paraka gaddi Poaceae Grass 54 Aristolochia indica L. Nalla eeswari Aristolochiaceae Climber 55 Artocarpus heterophyllus Lam. Panasa Moraceae Tree



3 - 66

56 Arundinella pumila (Hochst.) Steud. Poaceae Grass 57 Asparagus racemosus Willd. Pilliteegalu Asparagaceae Herb 58 Asystasia gangetica (L.) T.Anderson Acanthaceae Herb 59 Atalantia monophylla DC. Karunimma Rutaceae Shrub 60 Atylosia scarabaeoides (L.) Benth. Fabaceae Herb 61 Azadirachta indica A.Juss. Vepa Meliaceae Tree 62 Azima tetracantha Lam. Uppukampa Salvadoraceae Shrub 63 Bacopa monnieri (L.) Wettst. Jalabrahmi Verbenaceae Herb 64 Balanites aegyptiaca (L.) Delile Gara, Ingalukke Balanitaceae Shrub 65 Bambusa arundinacea Willd. Veduru Poaceae Herb 66 Bambusa vulgaris Schrad. Golden veduru Poaceae Herb 67 Barleria prionitis L. Neellagorinta Acanthaceae Herb 68 Bauhinia vahlii Wight & Arn. Adda teega Caesalpiniaceae Climber 69 Bauhiniapurpurea L. Caesalpiniaceae Tree 70 Bauhiniaracemosa Lam. Aare Caesalpiniaceae Tree 71 Benkara malabarica (Lam.) Tirveng. Peddalli Rubiaceae Shrub 72 Biophytum sensitivum (L.) DC Pulichinta Oxalidaceae Herb 73 Blepharis maderaspatensis (L.)

B.Heyne ex Roth Athrintapulu Acanthaceae Herb

74 Blepharis repens (Vahl) Roth Acanthaceae Herb 75 Blumea mollis (D.Don) Merr Kukkapogaku Asteraceae Herb 76 Blumea virens DC. Kondapogaku Asteraceae Herb 77 Blumea solidaginoides (Poir.) DC. Kukka pogaku Asteraceae Herb 78 Boerhavia diffusa L. Atikamamidi Nyctaginaceae Herb 79 Boerhavia erecta L. Kanne komali Nyctaginaceae Herb 80 Bombax ceiba L. Buruga Bombacaceae Tree 81 Borassus flabellifer L. Thati chettu Arecaceae Tree 82 Borreria hispida Spruce ex K.Schum. Madana ghettu Rubiaceae Herb 83 Brachiaria mutica (Forssk.) Stapf Paragaddi Poaceae Grass 84 Brachiaria reptans (L.) C.A.Gardner

& C.E.Hubb Poaceae Grass

85 Brachiaria ramosa (L.) Stapf Aduru gaddi Poaceae Grass 86 Brachiaria semiverticillata (Rottler)

Alston Korama gaddi Poaceae Grass

87 Breynia vitis-idaea (Burm.f.) C.E.C.Fisch.

Coral Berry Tree Phyllanthaceae Shrub

88 Bridelia monoica (Lour.) Merr. Balli chettu Euphorbiaceae Tree 89 Bridelia montana (Roxb.) Willd. Pariki Euphorbiaceae Tree 90 Bridelia retusa (L.) A.Juss. Kora maddi Euphorbiaceae Tree 91 Buchanania lanzan Spreng. Morli Anacardiaceae Tree



3 - 67

92 Bulbostylis barbata (Rottb.) C.B.Clarke

Poaceae Grass

93 Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Modugu chettu Fabaceae Tree 94 Cadaba fruticosa (L.) Druce Chikonda Capparidaceae Shrub 95 Caesalpinia bonduc (L.) Roxb. Gachapodha Caesalpiniaceae Shrub 96 Callicarpa arborea Roxb. Verbenaceae Tree 97 Calotropis gigantea (L.) Dryand. Jilledu Asclepiadaceae Shrub 98 Calotropis procera (Aiton) Dryand. Jilledu Asclepiadaceae Shrub 99 Calycopteris floribunda (Roxb.) Lam.

ex Poir. Pottengi Combretaceae Climber

100 Canavalia gladiata (Jacq.) DC. Tamma kaya Fabaceae Climber 101 Canthium dicoccum (Gaertn.) Merr. Neeralli Rubiaceae Tree 102 Canthium parviflorum Lam. Balusu Rubiaceae Shrub 103 Capparis sepiaria L. Nalla uppi Capparaceae Climber 104 Capparis zeylanica L. Nallabalasi Capparaceae Climber 105 Caralluma adscendens (Roxb.) R.Br. Kundetikommulu Asclepiadaceae Herb 106 Cardiospermum halicacabum L. Buddabudasa Sapindaceae Climber 107 Carissa carandas L. Vaka Apocynaceae Climber 108 Carissa spinarum L. Vaaka Apocynaceae Climber 109 Casearia tomentosa Roxb. Giduguru Salicaceae Shrub 110 Cassia auriculata L. Tangedu Caesalpiniaceae Shrub 111 Cassia fistula L. Rela Caesalpiniaceae Tree 112 Cassia occidentalis L. Kasintha Caesalpiniaceae Shrub 113 Cassia siamea Lam. Seemathangedu Caesalpiniaceae Tree 114 Cassia uniflora Mill. Rtagarisa Caesalpiniaceae Herb 115 Cassiaabsus L. Chanupalavittulu Caesalpiniaceae Herb 116 Cassiaalata L. Thamara mokka Caesalpiniaceae Shrub 117 Cassiatora L. Chinnakasinda Caesalpiniaceae Herb 118 Cassytha filiformis L. Aakashavalli Convolvulaceae Climber 119 Casuarina equisetifolia L. Kajurina Casuarinaceae Tree 120 Catharanthus roseus (L.) G.Don Billaganneru Apocynaceae Shrub 121 Catunaregam spinosa (Thunb.)

Tirveng. Manga chettu Rubiaceae Shrub

122 Cayratia trifolia (L.) Domin Kanupu tiga Vitaceae Climber 123 Ceiba pentandra (L.) Gaertn. Buruga Bombacaceae Tree 124 Celastrus paniculatus Willd. Manertiga Celastraceae Climber 125 Celosia argentea L. Gurumu Amaranthaceae Herb 126 Cenchrus ciliaris L. African Foxtail

Grass Poaceae Grass

127 Chloris barbata Sw. Uppu gaddi Poaceae Grass 128 Chloroxylon swietenia DC. Billudu Flindersiaceae Tree



3 - 68

129 Chromolaena odorata (L.) R.M.King & H.Rob.

Kampurodda Asteraceae Shrub

130 Chrysopogon orientalis (Desv.) A.Camus

Peddapala Poaceae Grass

131 Cipadessa baccifera (Roth) Miq. Ranaberi Meliaceae Shrub 132 Cissampelos pareira L. Adavi banka

teega Menispermaceae Climber

133 Cissus quandrangularis L. Nalleru Vitaceae Climber 134 Cissus vitiginea L. Adavidraksha Vitaceae Shrub 135 Cissus trifoliata (L.) L. Vitaceae Climber 136 Citrullus colocynthis (L.) Schrad. Eriipucha Cucurbitaceae Climber 137 Cleistanthus patulus (Roxb.)

Müll.Arg. Euphorbiaceae Tree

138 Cleistanthuscollinus (Roxb.) Benth. ex Hook.f.

Vadisa Euphorbiaceae Tree

139 Cleomeviscosa L. Kukkavaminta Cleomaceae Herb 140 Clerodendrum inerme (L.) Gaertn. Nillavuppi Verbenaceae Shrub 141 Clitoriaternatea L. Sankupuspi Fabaceae Climber 142 Cocciniaindica Wight & Arn. Kakidonda Cucurbitaceae Climber 143 Cocculushirsutus (L.) W.Theob. Dusaratiga Menispermaceae Climber 144 Cochlospermum religiosum (L.)

Alston Kondagogu Cochlospermaceae Tree

145 Cocosnucifera L. Kobbari Arecaceae Tree 146 Coldeniaprocumbens L. Hamsapadu Boraginaceae Herb 147 Colebrookeaoppositifolia Sm. Jolidi Lamiaceae Shrub 148 Combretumalbidum G.Don Bontha teega Combretaceae Climber 149 Commelinabenghalensis L. Kodukalu Commelinaceae Sedge 150 Commelinaerecta L. Commelinaceae Sedge 151 Commiphora caudata (Wight & Arn.)

Engler Kondaregu Burseraceae Tree

152 Corchorus trilocularis L. Bankitutturu Tiliaceae Herb 153 Corchorusacutangulus Lam. Nelabera Tiliaceae Herb 154 Cordiadichotoma G.Forst. Banka nakkera Boraginaceae Tree 155 Crateva religiosa G.Forst. Tree 156 Crotalaria angulata Mill. Fabaceae Herb 157 Crotalaria hebecarpa (DC.) Rudd Fabaceae Herb 158 Crotalaria medicaginea var. neglecta

(Wight & Arn.) Baker Fabaceae Herb

159 Crotalaria verrucosa L. Giligicha Fabaceae Herb 160 Crotalarialaburnifolia L. Giligicha Fabaceae Herb 161 Crotalarianana Burm.f. Fabaceae Herb



3 - 69

162 Crotonbonplandianus Baill. Galivanamokka Euphorbiaceae Herb 163 Cryptolepis buchanani Roem. &

Schult. Adavipalateega Apocynaceae Climber

164 Cucumismelo L. Gummadi Cucurbitaceae Climber 165 Curculigoorchioides Gaertn. Nakkudumpa Hypoxidaceae Herb 166 Cuscutareflexa Roxb. Sitamma

pogunalu Convolvulaceae Climber

167 Cyanotisaxillaris (L.) D.Don ex Sweet Golla gundi Commelinaceae Sedge 168 Cyanotiscristata (L.) D.Don Nethakina Commelinaceae Sedge 169 Cymbopogon citratus (DC.) Stapf Nimmagaddi Poaceae Grass 170 Cymbopogon coloratus (Hook.f.) Stapf Bodha gaddi Poaceae Grass 171 Cynodondactylon (L.) Pers. Gariki Poaceae Grass 172 Cyperus castaneus Willd. Cyperaceae Sedge 173 Cyperus pangorei Rottb. Cyperaceae Sedge 174 Cyperusiria L. Cyperaceae Sedge 175 Cyperusrotundus L. Thunga Cyperaceae Sedge 176 Dactylocteniumaegyptium (L.) Willd. Crow foot Poaceae Grass 177 Dalbergiapaniculata Roxb. Pachari Fabaceae Tree 178 Dalbergiasissoo DC. Sisam Fabaceae Tree 179 Daturastramonium L. Ummetha Solanaceae Shrub 180 Delonix regia (Hook.) Raf. Thurai Mimosaceae Tree 181 Dendrocalamus strictus (Roxb.) Nees Veduru Poaceae Herb 182 Dendrophthoe falcata (L.f.) Ettingsh. Badanika Loranthaceae Herb 183 Desmodium gangeticum (L.) DC. Kola panna Fabaceae Herb 184 Desmodium triflorum (L.) DC. Munta m andhu Fabaceae Herb 185 Dichanthium annulatum (Forssk.)

Stapf Marvel Grass Poaceae Grass

186 Dichrostachys cinerea (L.) Wight & Arn.

Veluthuru Mimosaceae Shrub

187 Digera muricata (L.) Mart. Chenchlakura Amaranthaceae Herb 188 Digitaria ciliaris (Lam.) Roem. &

Schult. Poaceae Grass

189 Dioscorea bulbifera L. Pendalam Dioscoriaceae Climber 190 Diospyros chloroxylon Roxb. Erragatha Ebenaceae Tree 191 Diospyros melanoxylon Roxb. Tuniki Ebenaceae Tree 192 Diospyros sylvatica Roxb. Ghaatha Ebenaceae Tree 193 Diospyrosvera (Lour.) A.Chev. Pisini Ebenaceae Shrub 194 Dipteracanthus prostratus (Poir.) Nees Acanthaceae Herb 195 Dodonaeaviscosa (L.) Jacq. Bandaru Sapindaceae Shrub 196 Dolichandrone falcata (Wall. ex DC.)

Seem. Chittodi Bignoniaceae Tree



3 - 70

197 Dolichandroneatrovirens (Roth) K.Schum.

Bignoniaceae Tree

198 Echinochloacrus-galli (L.) P.Beauv. Poaceae Grass 199 Echinopsechinatus Roxb. Brahmadandi Asteraceae Herb 200 Ecliptaprostrata (L.) L. Guntagalagaraku Asteraceae Herb 201 Ehretia laevis (Rottler ex G.Don)

Roxb. Tellapisini Boraginaceae Shrub

202 Elephantopus scaber L. Yeddu adugu Asteraceae Herb 203 Emiliasonchifolia (L.) DC. ex DC. Asteraceae Herb 204 Eragrostis amabilis (L.) Wight & Arn. Udaragaddi Poaceae Grass 205 Eragrostis minor Host Goobbai gaddi Poaceae Grass 206 Eragrostistenella (L.) Roem. & Schult. Small blade grass Poaceae Grass 207 Eragrostisunioloides (Retz.) Nees ex

Steud. Gobbi gaddi Poaceae Grass

208 Erythroxylum monogynum Roxb. Devadaru Linaceae Tree 209 Eucalyptusglobulus Labill. Neelagii Euphorbiaceae Tree 210 Eugeniabracteata (Willd.) Raeusch. ex

DC. Myrtaceae Shrub

211 Euphorbia heterophylla L. Wild Poinsettia Euphorbiaceae Herb 212 Euphorbia nivulia Buch.-Ham. Aku jemudu Euphorbiaceae Herb 213 Euphorbiaantiquorum L. Bonthajemudu Euphorbiaceae Shrub 214 Euphorbiacattimandoo Elliot ex Wight Kattimandu Euphorbiaceae Shrub 215 Euphorbiahirta L. Nanubalu Euphorbiaceae Herb 216 Evolvulus alsinoides (L.) L. Vishnukrantha Convolvulaceae Herb 217 Evolvulus nummularius (L.) L. Convolvulaceae Herb 218 Ficus racemosa L. Medi Moraceae Tree 219 Ficus tomentosa Tree 220 Ficusbenghalensis L. Banyan tree Moraceae Tree 221 Ficushispida L.f. Bodda Moraceae Tree 222 Ficusmollis Vahl Juvvi Moraceae Tree 223 Ficusnervosa B.Heyne ex Roth Vonjar Moraceae Tree 224 Ficusreligiosa L. Indian peepal

tree Moraceae Tree

225 Fimbristylis ferruginea (L.) Vahl Cyperaceae Sedge 226 Fimbristylisdichotoma (L.) Vahl Cyperaceae Sedge 227 Fimbristylisvahlii (Lam.) Link Cyperaceae Sedge 228 Flacourtiaindica (Burm.f.) Merr. Raamanchi Flacourtiaceae Shrub 229 Flacourtiajangomas (Lour.) Raeusch. Flacourtiaceae Tree 230 Flemingia semialata Roxb. Fabaceae Shrub 231 Flueggea virosa (Roxb. ex Willd.)

Royle Purugudu Euphorbiaceae Shrub



3 - 71

232 Galactia tenuiflora (Willd.) Wight & Arn.

Fabaceae Herb

233 Gardenia gummifera L.f. Bikki Rubiaceae Tree 234 Glinus lotoides L. Thella Aizoaceae Herb 235 Glinus oppositifolius (L.) Aug.DC. Chayuntharasi Aizoaceae Herb 236 Gloriosa superba L. Adavi Nabhi Liliaceae Climber 237 Glycosmis mauritiana (Lam.) Tanaka Golugu Rutaceae Shrub 238 Gmelina arborea Roxb. Gummudu teku Verbenaceae Tree 239 Gmelina asiatica L. Chiru nelli Verbenaceae Tree 240 Gomphrena serrata L. Neeru bogada Amaranthaceae Herb 241 Grewia rhamnifolia Heyne ex Roth Bampudu Tiliaceae Shrub 242 Grewiadamine Gaertn. Tiliaceae Tree 243 Grewiahirsuta Vahl Tadiki Tiliaceae Shrub 244 Grewiarothii DC. Peddachipuru Tiliaceae Shrub 245 Grewiatiliifolia Vahl Tada Tiliaceae Tree 246 Gymnemasylvestre (Retz.) R.Br. ex

Sm. Podapthri Asclepiadaceae Climber

247 Gymnosporia emarginata (Willd.) Thwaites

Danthi Rubiaceae Shrub

248 Gyrocarpus americanus Jacq. Poliki Hernandiaceae Tree 249 Hardwickia binata Roxb. Yepi Caesalpiniaceae Tree 250 Hedyotis corymbosa L. Rubiaceae Herb 251 Hedyotis umbellata L. Rubiaceae Herb 252 Helicteres isora L. Nulitada Tiliaceae Shrub 253 Heliotropium curassavicum L. Golividi Boraginaceae Herb 254 Heliotropium indicum L. Nagadanti Boraginaceae Herb 255 Hemidesmus indicus (L.) R. Br. ex

Schult. Sugandhi Asclepiadaceae Climber

256 Heteropogon contortus (L.) P.Beauv. ex Roem. & Schult.

Kaseri gaddi Poaceae Grass

257 Hibiscus micranthus L.f. Nityamalli Malvaceae Herb 258 Hibiscus lobatus (Murray) Kuntze Malvaceae Herb 259 Hibiscus vitifolius L. Malvaceae Herb 260 Holarrhena pubescens Wall. ex G.Don Tedlapala Apocynaceae Shrub 261 Holoptelea integrifolia Planch. Nemalichettu Ulmaceae Tree 262 Hugonia mystax Cav. Kakibira Linaceae Shrub 263 Hybanthus enneaspermus (L.)

F.Muell. Ratnapurusha Violaceae Herb

264 Hygrophila auriculata (Schumach.) Heine

Gobbi Acanthaceae Herb

265 Hyptis suaveolens (L.) Poit. Sima tulasi Lamiaceae Herb



3 - 72

266 Ichnocarpus frutescens (L.) W.T.Aiton Nallateega Apocynaceae Climber 267 Imperata cylindrica (L.) Raeusch. Dabbagaddi Cyperaceae Grass 268 Indigofera cassioides DC Cheragadam Fabaceae Herb 269 Indigoferaaspalathoides DC. Neeli Fabaceae Herb 270 Indigoferalinnaei Ali Yerra palleru Fabaceae Herb 271 Ipomoea pes-tigridis L. Tiger's Foot Convolvulaceae Climber 272 Ipomoeaaquatica Forssk. Tutikura, Convolvulaceae Climber 273 Ipomoeadichroa Choisy Convolvulaceae Climber 274 Ipomoeahederifolia L. Kasiratnamu Convolvulaceae Climber 275 Ipomoeamarginata (Desr.) Verdc. Tellatuthi Convolvulaceae Climber 276 Ipomoeaobscura (L.) Ker Gawl. Nallakokkitha Convolvulaceae Climber 277 Iseilema laxum Hack. Errachengali

gaddi Poaceae Grass

278 Ixora pavetta Lam. Korivichettu Rubiaceae Tree 279 Jasminum grandiflorum L. Jaji Oleaceae Climber 280 Jatrophacurcas L. Nepalamu Euphorbiaceae Shrub 281 Jatrophagossypiifolia L. Seema nepalamu Euphorbiaceae Herb 282 Justicia prostrata Gamble Acanthaceae Herb 283 Justicia procumbens L. Acanthaceae Herb 284 Justiciaglauca Rottler Kondapindi Acanthaceae Herb 285 Kyllinganemoralis (J.R.Forst. &

G.Forst.) Dandy ex Hutch. & Dalziel Cyperaceae Sedge

286 Lagerstroemia parviflora Roxb. Chennangi Lythraceae Tree 287 Lanneacoromandelica (Houtt.) Merr. Gumpena Anacardiaceae Tree 288 Lantanacamara L. Gajupulu Verbenaceae Shrub 289 Lemna perpusilla Torr. Lemnaceae Herb 290 Lepidagathis cristata Willd. Suryakantha Acanthaceae Herb 291 Leptochloa chinensis (L.) Nees Cyperaceae Se 292 Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de Wit Subabul Mimosaceae Tree 293 Leucas aspera (Willd.) Link Tella tummi Lamiaceae Herb 294 Leucas cephalotes (Roth) Spreng. Tummi Lamiaceae Herb 295 Lindernia anagallis (Burm.f.) Pennell Scrophulariaceae Herb 296 Lindernia crustacea (L.) F.Muell. Scrophulariaceae Herb 297 Litsea glutinosa (Lour.) C.B.Rob. Naramamidi Lauraceae Tree 298 Ludwigia perennis L. Lavangakaya Onagraceae Herb 299 Madhuca indica J.F. Gmel. Ippa Sapotaceae Tree 300 Mangifera indica L. Lantana Anacardiaceae Tree 301 Manilkara hexandra (Roxb.) Dubard Pala chettu Sapotaceae Tree 302 Maytenus emarginata (Willd.) Ding

Hou Danthi Rubiaceae Shrub

303 Melochia corchorifolia L. Sithakura Sterculiaceae Herb



3 - 73

304 Memecylon edule Roxb. Alli Melastomataceae Tree 305 Merremia emarginata (Burm. f.)

Hallier f. Elakachevulu Convolvulaceae Herb

306 Merremia gangetica Cufod. Elikajemudu Convolvulaceae Herb 307 Merremia tridentata (L.) Hallier f. Convolvulaceae Herb 308 Michelia champaca L. Sampangi Magnoliaceae Tree 309 Micrococca mercurialis (L.) Benth. Euphorbiaceae Herb 310 Microstachys chamaelea (L.)

Müll.Arg. Euphorbiaceae Herb

311 Mimosa rubicaulis Lam. pariki kampa Mimosaceae Shrub 312 Mimosapudica L. Attipatti Mimosaceae Herb 313 Mimusops elengi L. Pogada Sapotaceae Tree 314 Mollugonudicaulis Lam. Pedda paripata Molluginaceae Herb 315 Mollugopentaphylla L. Verrichatarasi Molluginaceae Herb 316 Morindatinctoria Roxb. Thogaru Rubiaceae Tree 317 Moringaoleifera Lam. Munaga Moringaceae Tree 318 Mukiamaderaspatana (L.) M.Roem. Potti budamu Cucurbitaceae Climber 319 Munduleasericea (Willd.) A.Chev. Neelamurri Fabaceae Tree 320 Muntingiacalabura L. Muntingiaceae Tree 321 Murraya koenigii (L.) Spreng. Karivapaku Rutaceae Tree 322 Naringicrenulata (Roxb.) Nicolson Torruvelaga Rutaceae Tree 323 Neolamarckia cadamba (Roxb.)

Bosser Kadambam Rubiaceae Tree

324 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis L. Parijathamu Oleaceae Shrub 325 Nymphaea nouchali Burm.f. Kaluva Nymphaeaceae Se 326 Ochna obtusata DC. Errajammi Ochnaceae Shrub 327 Ocimum americanum L. Bhutulasi Lamiaceae Herb 328 Ocimum tenuiflorum L. Tulasi Lamiaceae Herb 329 Olax scandens Roxb. Kogita teega Olacaceae Climber 330 Oldenlandia corymbosa L. Rubiaceae Herb 331 Oplismenus burmanni (Retz.)

P.Beauv. Kodijuttu gaddi Poaceae Grass

332 Opuntia dillenii (Ker Gawl.) Haw. Nagajamudu Opuntiaceae Shrub 333 Oxalis corniculata L. Pulichinta Oxalidaceae Herb 334 Oxystelma esculentum (L. f.) Sm. Palakikura Asclepiadaceae Climber 335 Panicum psilopodium Trin. Poaceae Grass 336 Parthenium hysterophorus L. Vayyaribhama Asteraceae Herb 337 Paspalidium flavidum (Retz.)

A.Camus Udagaddi Poaceae Grass

338 Passiflora foetida L. Tella jumiki Passifloraceae Climber 339 Pavetta tomentosa Roxb. ex Sm. Papidi Rubiaceae Shrub



3 - 74

340 Pavonia odorata Willd. Chitti benda Malvaceae Herb 341 Pavonia zeylanica (L.) Cav. Karu benda Malvaceae Herb 342 Pedalium murex L. Pedda palleru Pedaliaceae Herb 343 Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.)

K.Heyne Copper Pod Fabaceae Tree

344 Pennisetum orientale Rich. Fox tail grass Poaceae Grass 345 Pergularia daemia (Forssk.) Chiov. Duchaputeega Asclepiadaceae Climber 346 Peristrophe paniculata (Forssk.)

Brummitt Chebura Acanthaceae Herb

347 Perotis indica (L.) Kuntze Indian Comet Grass

Poaceae Grass

348 Phoenix loureiroi Kunth Chitti eetha Arecaceae Shrub 349 Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb. Date palm Arecaceae Tree 350 Phragmites karka (Retz.) Trin. ex

Steud. Eela karra Poaceae Grass

351 Phyla nodiflora (L.) Greene Bokkena Verbenaceae Herb 352 Phyllanthus amarus Schumach. &

Thonn. Nela usiri Euphorbiaceae Herb

353 Phyllanthus debilis Klein ex Willd. Euphorbiaceae Herb 354 Phyllanthus maderaspatensis L. Ranavali Euphorbiaceae Herb 355 Phyllanthus reticulatus Poir. Pindi Euphorbiaceae Shrub 356 Phyllanthus virgatus G.Forst. Euphorbiaceae Herb 357 Physalis minima L. Buddbudasa Solanaceae Herb 358 Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Benth. Seemachinta Mimosaceae Tree 359 Plumbago zeylanica L. Chitramulamu Plumbaginaceae Herb 360 Polyalthia cerasoides (Roxb.) Bedd. Chilaka dudduga Annonaceae Tree 361 Polyalthia longifolia (Sonn.) Thwaites Naramamidi, Annonaceae Tree 362 Polyalthia suberosa (Roxb.) Thwaites Dudduga Annonaceae Tree 363 Polygala arvensis Willd. Polygalaceae Herb 364 Polygonum chinense L. Polygonaceae Herb 365 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre Kanugua Fabaceae Tree 366 Portulaca oleracea L. Pappukura Portulacaceae Herb 367 Portulaca quadrifida L. Sanna pappukura Portulacaceae Herb 368 Pouzolzia zeylanica (L.) Benn. & R.

Br. Urticaceae Herb

369 Premna latifolia Roxb. Nelli Verbenaceae Tree 370 Premna tomentosa Willd. Kokkiti Verbenaceae Tree 371 Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) DC. Sarkaruthumma Mimosaceae Tree 372 Pseudarthria viscida (L.) Wight &

Arn. Fabaceae Herb



3 - 75

373 Pterolobium hexapetalum (Roth) Santapau & Wagh

Kadi mudasa Caesalpiniaceae Climber

374 Pterospermum xylocarpum (Gaertn.) Oken

Lolugu Sterculiaceae Tree

375 Pupalia lappacea (L.) Juss. Antreetha Amaranthaceae Herb 376 Randia dumetorum (Retz.) Lam. Manga chettu Rubiaceae Shrub 377 Rauvolfia tetraphylla L. Papataku Apocynaceae Herb 378 Rhynchosia minima (L.) DC. Nela alumu Fabaceae Herb 379 Richardia scabra L. Rubiaceae Herb 380 Rivea hypocrateriformis Choisy Boddi teega Convolvulaceae Climber 381 Rothia indica (L.) Druce Fabaceae Herb 382 Sansevieria roxburghiana Schult. &

Schult.f. Saganara Herb

383 Sapindus emarginatus Vahl Kunkudu Sapindaceae Tree 384 Sarcostemma acidum (Roxb.) Voigt Pulla jemudu Asclepiadaceae Shrub 385 Scleria lithosperma (L.) Sw. Cyperaceae Sedge 386 Scoparia dulcis L. Nallakorintha Rhamnaceae Shrub 387 Scutia myrtina (Burm.f.) Kurz Nallakorintha Rhamnaceae Climber 388 Sebastiania chamaelea (L.) Müll.Arg. Euphorbiaceae Herb 389 Semecarpus anacardium L.f. Nalla jeedi Anacardiaceae Tree 390 Setaria italica (L.) P.Beauv. Korralu Poaceae Grass 391 Setaria verticillata (L.) P.Beauv. Bristly fox tail Cyperaceae Grass 392 Sida acuta Burm.f. Chittemu Malvaceae Herb 393 Sida cordata (Burm.f.) Borss.Waalk. Gayapaku Malvaceae Herb 394 Sida cordifolia L. Chiru benda Malvaceae Herb 395 Sida rhombifolia L. Chiru benda Malvaceae Herb 396 Solanum americanum Mill. Kamanchi Solanaceae Herb 397 Solanum anguivi Lam. Vankudu Solanaceae Shrub 398 Solanum surattense Burm. f. Nela mulaka Solanaceae Herb 399 Solanum torvum Sw. Kondavusti Solanaceae Herb 400 Sorghum halepense (L.) Pers. Gala Poaceae Grass 401 Spermacoce articularis L.f. Madanaku Rubiaceae Herb 402 Spermacoce hispida L. Rubiaceae Herb 403 Sphaeranthus indicus L. Bodasaramu Asteraceae Herb 404 Stachytarpheta jamaicensis (L.) Vahl Verbenaceae Herb 405 Stenosiphonium cordifolium (Vahl)

Alston Nelakurji Acanthaceae Herb

406 Sterculia urens Roxb. Kovela chettu Sterculiaceae Tree 407 Stereospermum tetragonum DC. Isikarasi Bignoniaceae Tree 408 Streblus asper Lour. Baranika Moraceae Shrub



3 - 76

409 Striga asiatica (L.) Kuntze Scrophulariaceae Herb 410 Strychnos nuxvomica L. Mushidi Loganiaceae Tree 411 Synedrella nodiflora (L.) Gaertn. Asteraceae Herb 412 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Neredu Myrtaceae Tree 413 Tamarindus indica L. Chinta Fabaceae Tree 414 Tarenna asiatica (L.) Kuntze ex

K.Schum. Papidi Rubiaceae Shrub

415 Tectona grandis L.f. Teku Verbenaceae Tree 416 Tephrosia procumbens (Ham.) Benth. Vempali Fabaceae Herb 417 Tephrosiamaxima (L.) Pers. Fabaceae Herb 418 Tephrosiapurpurea (L.) Pers. Vempali Fabaceae Herb 419 Tephrosiavillosa (L.) Pers. Nugu vempali Fabaceae Herb 420 Teramnuslabialis (L.f.) Spreng. Mashaparni Fabaceae Climber 421 Terminalia alata Roth Nalla maddi Combretaceae Tree 422 Terminalia arjuna (Roxb. ex DC.)

Wight & Arn. Arjuna Combretaceae Tree

423 Themeda quadrivalvis (L.) Kuntze Kangaroo Grass Poaceae Grass 424 Thespesia populnea (L.) Sol. ex

Corrêa Portia Tree Malvaceae Tree

425 Thysanolaena maxima (Roxb.) Kuntze Kondacheepuru Poaceae Grass 426 Tiliacora acuminata Miers Bandi teega Menispermaceae Climber 427 Tinospora cordifolia (Willd.) Miers Tippateega Menispermaceae Climber 428 Toddalia asiatica (L.) Lam. Kondamirapa Rutaceae Herb 429 Tragia involucrata L. Duradagondi Euphorbiaceae Herb 430 Tragia plukenetii Radcl.-Sm. Duradagondi Euphorbiaceae Herb 431 Trema orientalis (L.) Blume Morali Ulmaceae Tree 432 Trianthema portulacastrum L. Galijeru Aizoaceae Herb 433 Tribulus terrestris L. Palleru Zygophyllaceae Herb 434 Trichodesma indicum (L.) Lehm. Guvvagutti Boraginaceae Herb 435 Trichosanthes tricuspidata Lour. Avuduta Cucurbitaceae Climber 436 Tridax procumbens (L.) L. Gaddichamanthi Asteraceae Herb 437 Triumfetta pentandra A.Rich. Bankathuthara Tiliaceae Herb 438 Triumfetta rhomboidea Jacq. Dekki Tiliaceae Herb 439 Tylophora indica (Burm. f.) Merr. Goripala Asclepiadaceae Herb 440 Typha angustata Bory & Chaub. Jambu gaddi Typhaceae Grass 441 Urena lobata L. Nalla benda Malvaceae Herb 442 Vanda tessellata (Roxb.) Hook. ex

G.Don Vadanika Orchidaceae Herb

443 Vernonia cinerea (L.) Less. Sahadevi Asteraceae Herb 444 Vetiveria zizanioides (L.) Nash Vattivellu Poaceae Grass



3 - 77

445 Vitex negundo L. Vavili Verbenaceae Tree 446 Wattakaka volubilis (L. f.) Stapf Pala teega Asclepiadaceae Climber 447 Woodfordia fruticosa (L.) Kurz Jeguru Lythraceae Shrub 448 Wrightia arborea (Dennst.) Mabb. Ankudu Apocynaceae Tree 449 Wrightia tinctoria R.Br. Ankudu Apocynaceae Tree 450 Xanthium strumarium L. Marulamatangi Asteraceae Herb 451 Xylia xylocarpa (Roxb.) Taub. Tangini Mimosaceae Tree 452 Ziziphus rugosa Lam. Gacha Rhamnaceae Tree 453 Ziziphusmauritiana Lam. Regu Rhamnaceae Tree 454 Ziziphusoenopolia (L.) Mill. Parimi Rhamnaceae Climber 455 Ziziphusxylopyrus (Retz.) Willd. Gotti kaya Rhamnaceae Tree 456 Zornia diphylla (L.) Pers. Fabaceae Herb 457 Zornia gibbosa Span. Fabaceae Herb

Fauna As the core area is not isolated from its surroundings by any barrier, there are no

chances for any kind of isolation or restriction of any wild animal to the core area or

the buffer area. As they are capable of moving from place to place either for food or

shelter or mate. Hence, common lists are prepared based on available secondary data

and on the basis of direct observation, indirect or circumstantial evidence such as foot

prints, feathers, skin, hair, hooves etc. The area of survey and study extends up to a

radius of 10 km in case of terrestrial fauna. As there are no dense forests or wildlife

reserves or other protected areas around the mine lease area and as the area is

surrounded by croplands and villages. Among the mammals, monkeys, squirrels and

rats were found. There were no attacks on sheep or goat though sheep and goat rearing

is very common. Many terrestrial birds such as Indian Ring dove, Minnows, Finches,

Crows, Sparrows, Parrots, Mynas, Swifts, Doves, Pigeons, Egrets and Weaver birds

etc were common. A list of birds either spotted or reported from the study area is

given in Table 3.18. None of the species listed in Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife

(protection) Act was found in the study area.

Table 3.18. Checklist of fauna recorded in the study area

S.No. Scientific name Common name IWPA, 1972 Amphibians

1 Bufo melonostrictus Common Indian Toad Schedule IV 2 Duttaphrynus melanostictus Asian common toad Schedule IV



3 - 78

3 Microhyla ornata Ornate narrow mouth frog Schedule IV 4 Polypedates leucomystax Common tree frog Schedule IV 5 Rana cyanophlyctis Indian Skipper Frog Schedule IV 6 Rana limnocharis Asian grass frog Schedule IV 7 Acanthodactylus cantoris Indian Fringe-fingered

Lizard Schedule IV

8 Ahaetulla nasuta Common Vine snake Schedule II 9 Argyrogena fasciolata Banded Racer Schedule II

10 Bungarus caeruleus Common Krait Schedule II 11 Calotes versicolor Garden lizard Schedule IV 12 Chamaeleon zeylanicus Indian Chameleon Schedule IV 13 Cnemaspis indica Indian day gecko Schedule IV 14 Dryophis nasutus Whip Snake Schedule II 15 Dryophis pulverulentus Tree Snake Schedule II 16 Eublepharis macularius Common leopard gecko Schedule IV 17 Eutropis carinata Common keeled skink Schedule IV 18 Hemidactylus brookii Brook,s House Gecko Schedule IV 19 Hemidactylus frenatus Asian house gecko Schedule IV 20 Hemidactylus prashadi Wall lizard Schedule IV 21 Ptyas mucosus Rat snake Schedule II 22 Typholops braminus Blind Snake Schedule II 23 Varanus bengalensis Monitor lizard Schedule II

Mammals 24 Bandicota bangalensis Field Rat Schedule V 25 Funambulus palmarum Three Striped Squirrel Schedule IV 26 Golunda Indian bush Rat Schedule IV 27 Herpestes javanicus Small Indian Mongoose Schedule IV 28 Herpestes edwardsi Common Mongoose Schedule IV 29 Macaca mulatta Rhesus monkey Schedule II 30 Rattus rattus House Rat Schedule IV 31 Rousettus leschenaulti Fruit bat Schedule V 32 Suncus murinus Musk shrew Schedule V 33 Sus scrofa Wild Boar Schedule III 34 Hyaena hyena Indian striped Hyna Schedule III 35 Axis axis Spotted deer Schedule III 36 Gazella bennettii Chinkara Schedule IV 37 Lepus nigricollis Black naped hare Not listed

Avi fauna 38 Acedo atthis Common kingfisher Schedule IV 39 Acrocephalus dumetorum Schedule IV



3 - 79

40 Actitis hypoleucos Common sandpiper Schedule IV 41 Actitis macularia Spotted sandpiper Schedule IV 42 Alcedo atthis Small blue kingfisher Schedule IV 43 Amandava amandava Red munia Schedule IV 44 Anthus hodgosoni Oriental tree pipit Schedule IV 45 Anthus novaeseelandiae Paddy field Pipit Schedule IV 46 Ardea cinerea Grey heron Schedule IV 47 Ardeola grayii Indian pond Heron Schedule IV 48 Aythya ferina Common pochard Schedule IV 49 Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret Schedule IV 50 Butorides striatus Little green heron Schedule IV 51 Caprimulgus asiaticus Common Indian nightjar Schedule IV 52 Centropus sinensis Crow pheasant Schedule IV 53 Ceryle rudis Lesser Pied Kingfisher Schedule IV 54 Chaetornis striatus Bristled grass bird Schedule IV 55 Charadrius 14lexandrines Kentish plover Schedule IV 56 Charadrius dubius Little ringed plover Schedule IV 57 Chrysomma sinense Yellow eyed babbler Schedule IV 58 Chloropsis aurifrons Green Bulbul Schedule IV 59 Clamator jacobinus Pied crested cuckoo Schedule IV 60 Claridris temminckii Temmincks stint Schedule IV 61 Columba livia Blue rock pigeon Schedule IV 62 Copsychus saularis Oriental magpie robin Schedule IV 63 Coracena melanopetra Black headed cuckoo shrike Schedule IV 64 Coracias benghalensis Blue Jay Schedule IV 65 Coracina macei Large cuckoo shrike Schedule IV 66 Corvus macrorhyncos Jungle crow Schedule IV 67 Corvus splendens House crow Schedule IV 68 Cosmerodius albus Large egret Schedule IV 69 Coturnix coturnix Common grey quail Schedule IV 70 Cuculus micropterus Indian cuckoo Schedule IV 71 Culicicapa ceylonensis Grey headed flycatcher Schedule IV 72 Cyorns tickelliae Tickells blue flycatcher Schedule IV 73 Cypsiurus parvus Palm swift Schedule IV 74 Dendrocitta vagabunda Indian tree pie Schedule IV 75 Dendrocopos mahrattensis Yellow fronted pied

woodpecker Schedule IV

76 Dendrocopos nanus Brown capped pigmy woodpecker

Schedule IV

77 Dicaeum erythrorhynchos Blyth's reed warbler Schedule IV 78 Dicrurus asimilis Black drongo Schedule IV



3 - 80

79 Dicrurus paradiseus Greater Rocket tailed drongo Schedule IV 80 Dinopium benghalense Golden backed woodpecker Schedule IV 81 Egretta garzeta Little egret Schedule IV 82 Egretta intermedia Intermediate egret Schedule IV 83 Eudynamys scolopacea Asian koel Schedule IV 84 Falco tinnunculus Common kestrel Schedule IV 85 Francolinus pondicerianaus Grey Partridge Schedule IV 86 Gallinago gallinago Common snipe Schedule IV 87 Gallinula chloropus Common moorhen Schedule IV 88 Halcyon smyrnensis White breasted kingfisher Schedule IV 89 Hemiprocne coronata Crested tree swift Schedule IV 90 Himantopus himantopus Black winged stilt Schedule IV 91 Hippolais caligata Booted warbler Schedule IV 92 Hirundo daurica Striated swallow Schedule IV 93 Hirundo rustica Common swallow Schedule IV 94 Hirundo smithii Wire tailed swallow Schedule IV 95 Hydrophasianus chirurgus Pheasant tailed jacana Schedule IV 96 Limosa limosa Black tailed godwit Schedule IV 97 Lochura striata White rumped munia Schedule IV 98 Lonchura malabarica Silver billed munia Schedule IV 99 Lonchura puctulata Spotted munia Schedule IV

100 Luscinia svecica Blue throat Schedule IV 101 Megalaima haemocephala Copper smith Schedule IV 102 Melophus lathami Crested bunting Schedule IV 103 Merops etanus Chestnut headed bee eater Schedule IV 104 Merops orientalis Small green bee-eater Schedule IV 105 Merops persicus Blue cheeked bee eater Schedule IV 106 Merops philippinus Blue tailed bee eater Schedule IV 107 Mesophoyx intermedia Median egret Schedule IV 108 Metopidious indicus Bronze winged jacana Schedule IV 109 Microternus brachyurus Rufous Woodpecker Schedule IV 110 Milvus migrans Black kite Schedule IV 111 Monticola solitarius Blue rock thrush Schedule IV 112 Motacilla alba linnaeus White wagtail Schedule IV 113 Motacilla cinerea tunstall Grey wagtail Schedule IV 114 Motacilla flava linnaeus Yellow wagtail Schedule IV 115 Motacilla maderaspatensis White browed wagtail Schedule IV 116 Nectarinia asiatica Purple sunbird Schedule IV 117 Nectarinia lotenia Long billed sunbird Schedule IV 118 Nectarinia zeylonica Purple rumped sunbird Schedule IV



3 - 81

119 Numenius arquata Eurasian curlew Schedule IV 120 Nyticorax nyticorax Night heron Schedule IV 121 Orthotomus sutorius Common tailorbird Schedule IV 122 Parus major Great tit Schedule IV 123 Passer domesticus House sparrow Schedule IV 124 Pelargopsis capensis Spot billed kingfisher Schedule IV 125 Pericrocotus erythropygius White bellied minivet Schedule IV 126 Petronia xanthocollis Yellow throated sparrow Schedule IV 127 Pitta bracyura Indian pitta Schedule IV 128 Ploceus philippinus Baya weaver Schedule IV 129 Prinia hodgsonii Franklins prinia Schedule IV 130 Prinia inornata Plain prinia Schedule IV 131 Prinia socialis Ashy prinia Schedule IV 132 Psittacula krameri Rose ringed parakeet Schedule IV 133 Pycnonotus cafer Red vented bulbul Schedule IV 134 Rhipidura aureola lesson White browed fantail fly

catcher Schedule IV

135 Rhodonesa rufina Red crested pochard Schedule IV 136 Rostratula benghalensis Greater painted snipe Schedule IV 137 Saxicola caprata Pied bush chat Schedule IV 138 Saxicola torquata Common stonechat Schedule IV 139 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian robin Schedule IV 140 Sterna acuticauda Black bellied tern Schedule IV 141 Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove Schedule IV 142 Streptopelia decaocto Indian Ring dove Schedule IV 143 Sturnus contra Asian pied myna Schedule IV 144 Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy starling Schedule IV 145 Sylvia curruca Lesser white throat Schedule IV 146 Tachybaptus ruficollis Little grebe Schedule IV 147 Tephrodornis pondicerianus Common wood shrike Schedule IV 148 Tringa glareola Wood sandpiper Schedule IV 149 Tringa ochropus Green sandpiper Schedule IV 150 Tringa stagnatilis Marsh sandpiper Schedule IV 151 Turdoides caudatus Common babbler Schedule IV 152 Turdoides malcolmi Large grey babbler Schedule IV 153 Turdoides striatus Jungle babbler Schedule IV 154 Turnix suscitator Common buttonquail Schedule IV 155 Upupa epops Hoopoe Schedule IV 156 Vanellus malabaricus Yellow wattled lapwing Schedule IV 157 Zosterops palpebrosus Oriental white eye Schedule IV



3 - 82

Based on the data collected and the survey conducted on

endangered/threatened/endemic plant/animal species were found in the study area

(core and buffer zones). The Indian Wildlife (protection) Act 1972 notified list of

fauna coming under the Schedule-I. During faunal survey no Schedule-I species have

reported from the study area.

Aquatic flora

The study area having major waterbody is Sarada River, several small streams and

village tanks on all sides within the 10 Km buffer zone. Most tanks were either totally

or partially dry during the period of survey. The present survey is confined to fresh

water environment only. Apart from the River and the tanks, the aquatic environment

is also represented by paddy fields and a few stagnant water ponds. In addition to

these village tanks, drains, and paddy fields provide the aquatic habitat for a

variety of very common aquatic plants and animals. All the aquatic plant

species listed in Table 3.19 is found in the study area only.

Table 3.19. Aquatic flora observed in the study area

Scientific name Family Status Aponogeton natans Aponogetonaceae Common Blyxa octandra Hydrocharitaceae Sporadic Ceratophyllum demersum Ceratophyllaceae Widespread Cyperus exaltatus Cyperaceae Locally abundant Cyperus pangorei Cyperaceae Scattered Eichhornia crassipes Pontederiaceae Extensive and

widespread Hydrilla verticillata Hydrocharitaceae Widespread Ipomoea aquatica Convolvulaceae Extensive and

widespread Limnophila heterophylla Scrophulariaceae Common Limnophila indica Scrophulariaceae Common Nechamandra alternifolia Hydrocharitaceae Sporadic Nelumbo nucifera Nelumbonaceae Very common Nymphaea nauchali Nymphaceae Widely scattred Nymphaea stellata Nymphaceae Widely scattred Numphoides hydrophylla Nymphaceae Scattered Nymphoides indica Nymphaceae Scattered Ottelia alismoides Hydrocharitaceae Widely scattred



3 - 83

Paspalidium geminatum Poaceae Common Phragmites karka Poaceae Dominant along

boundaries Pistia stratiotes Araceae Widespread Salvinia auriculata Salviniaceae Widespread Salvinia cucullata Salviniaceae Common Schoenoplectus articulatus Cyperaceae Occasional Typha angustata Typhaceae Extensive and

widespread Urticularia flexuosa Lentibulariaceae Sporadic Utricularia stellaris Lentibulariaceae Sporadic Vallisneria spiralis Hydrocharitaceae Widespread

3.12 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT Overview This report presents the socio-economic impact assessment (SIA), as part of the EIA

for the proposed Project. The socio-economic baseline focuses on demographic

patterns of socio economic conditions and livelihood profile and infrastructure

facilities in the study area. Based on the data that is collected in this section, the socio

economic impact assessment will envisage and evaluate any potential impacts of the

proposed project on the local community, livelihoods and other social systems.

METHODOLOGY: Aim and objectives: The study area presented in the socio-economic baseline comprises of the following:

Proposed project location – within the limits of St. A. KAMALA, (Mining of

Road Metal & Building Stone), Lease Area: 8.90 Hectares, Sy.No. 1, Mallipudi

(V), S.Kota(M), Vizianagaram District, Andhra Pradesh, and India

To identify the potential socio-economic positive and negative impacts of the

proposed project;

To develop attainable mitigation measures to enhance positive impacts and reduce

or avoid negative impacts; and

To develop management and monitoring measures to be implemented throughout

the life of the project.



3 - 84

Procedure and data collection The socio-economic baseline has been prepared in two phases of secondary and

primary methods.

The secondary data mainly focused on studies include of review of published

secondary data (District Census Statistical Handbooks- 2011 and Primary Census

Abstract of Census-2011), and other govt related govt office and web sources of

available secondary sources of information as well as select primary consultations

in the vicinity of the project area with respect to population, density, household

size, sex ratio, social stratification, literacy rate and occupational structure for 10

km radius study area.

The primary data has bee collected through Individual Questionnaire Survey

(IQS) and Focused Group Discussions (FGD). Samples of 58 persons were

participated from different communities from the study villages. Data analysis

was by using SPSS. It measures the impacts on proposed project in various

aspects, awareness of the project and community perceptions about the proposed

project and other related information.

DEMOGRAPHICAL DETAILS OF VIZIANAGARAM DISTRICT

Brief profile of Vizianagaram District Vizianagaram is the main city of the Vizianagaram District of North Eastern Andhra

Pradesh in Southern India. It is located about 18 km inland from the Bay of Bengal,

and 52 km northeast of Visakhapatnam. One becomes nostalgic when one looks at the

proud and undestroyed forts of antiquity. The land, inhabited by high spirited rajahs,

passionate poets and writers is not a stone, which is everywhere. With regard to

administration, the District is divided into 2 Revenue Divisions (Vizianagaram and

Parvathipuram), 34 Mandals, 14 towns and 1,520 villages. According to 2011 census

the district has a total population of 23,44,474 out of which 11,61,477 are males and

11,82,997 are females. The district has a sex ratio of 1019 females for every 1000

males. In the year 2001-2011 the population growth rate in the district was 4.23% out

of which 3.75% are males and 4.72% are females. The major religion in the


district is Hindu with 98.07% of the total population. As per 2001 census

language in the district is

Table 3.20 Demographic details of Vizianagaram district

Brief Profile of Visakhapatnam District

The Visakhapatnam district has witnessed positive trends in indicators such as

density, sex ratio, literacy rate, economic livelihood and urban population. For

instance, the sex ratio has improved from 985 in 2001 to 1006 females per 1000 males

in 2011. The density is 384

aaverage literacy rate in 2011 were 66.91 compared to 59.96 of 2001.

development of urban agglomerations has increased urban population from 23.5

2001 to 25.5% in 2011.

Paderu, Narisipatnam and Visakhapatanm 43 Tehsils 3 nagar nigam, 3 nagar palika,

944 gram panchayats and 3294 revenue villages

DEMOGRAPHICAL DETAILS OF THE STUDY AREA The study area falls between

Mandal’s covered in Vizianagaram are Vepada and Lakkavarapu Kota with 40

Series1, Population Growth, 4.23%

Series1, Area Sq. Km, 6,539

Series1, Density/km2, 359

Series1, Sex Ratio (Per 1000), 1019

Series1, Child Sex Ratio (0-6 Age), 960

Series1, Average Literacy, 58.89

Series1, Total Child Population

(0-6 Age), 2,41,657

Series1, Child Proportion (0-6

Age), 10.31%

ntal Impact Assessment Report for Smt. A. Kamala – 8.90 Ha.


district is Hindu with 98.07% of the total population. As per 2001 census

Telugu with 94.84%.


Brief Profile of Visakhapatnam District




e density is 384 people per sq. km. In addition, the literacy rate, the

average literacy rate in 2011 were 66.91 compared to 59.96 of 2001.

development of urban agglomerations has increased urban population from 23.5

. The district has 4 revenue divisions namely, Anakpalle,


944 gram panchayats and 3294 revenue villages.

DEMOGRAPHICAL DETAILS OF THE STUDY AREA The study area falls between Vizianagaram and Visakhapatnam Districts. The


Series1, Population, 23,44,474

Series1, Male, 11,61,477

Series1, Female, 11,82,997

Series1, Total Child Population

Age), 2,41,657

Series1, Literates,12,38,388

III

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3 - 85

district is Hindu with 98.07% of the total population. As per 2001 census the principal





In addition, the literacy rate, the

average literacy rate in 2011 were 66.91 compared to 59.96 of 2001. The gradual

development of urban agglomerations has increased urban population from 23.5% in

The district has 4 revenue divisions namely, Anakpalle,


Vizianagaram and Visakhapatnam Districts. The


Series1, Population, 23,44,474



3 - 86

villages. The mandal’s in Visakhapatnam are Devarapalle, Ananthagiri and K.

Kotapdu and the villages are 50.

As per 2011 Census, the population of Vizianagaram area is 54585 population with

13,576 households. If look into the gender wise population is found that male 26,961

and female are 27624. The Children population of 0-6 year age group is 5,261. The

total Schedule Caste (SC) and Schedule Tribes (ST) are 5,030 and 3,071 respectively

in the study area. With regard to literacy and non literacy in this area population is

27,557 and 27,028. The below table represents the demographical of the study area of

Vizianagaram.



3 - 87

Table 3.21 Demographical details of the study area-Vizianagaram

S.No Mandal Name of the Village No_HH TOT_P TOT_M TOT_F P_06 P_SC P_ST P_LIT P_ILL

1

Ananthagiri

Medaparti 103 358 175 183 53 0 268 129 229 2 Karivesu 33 168 67 101 23 1 167 69 99 3 Karakavalasa 39 240 73 167 29 1 239 116 124 4 Porlu 14 58 27 31 4 0 58 15 43 5 Vootamamidi 11 46 20 26 1 0 46 11 35 6 Maddipadu 23 92 46 46 6 1 91 13 79 7 Palabandavalasa 23 84 40 44 11 0 84 25 59 8 Cheedivalasa 74 334 160 174 65 2 330 39 295 9 Cherukubidda 43 190 86 104 27 0 190 84 106 10 Eguvamallelu 3 15 9 6 2 0 15 1 14 11 Diguvamallelu 4 20 10 10 2 0 20 4 16 12 Devarapalle Sammeda 196 679 337 342 115 7 659 184 495 13 Chintalapudi 165 701 354 347 107 1 693 118 583 14

Vepada

Ramaswamipeta 260 887 443 444 88 97 0 413 474 15 Boddam 795 3094 1523 1571 313 105 14 1585 1509 16 Mukundapuram 219 950 487 463 90 25 1 509 441 17 Vobulaiah Palem 217 866 425 441 71 30 146 482 384 18 Paturu 446 1831 886 945 191 74 0 933 898 19 Sompuram 620 2477 1260 1217 244 130 276 1286 1191 20 Jakeru 280 1224 597 627 149 91 3 501 723 21 Karakavalasa 139 506 241 265 45 79 0 274 232 22 Chamalapalle 201 797 401 396 104 90 216 392 405 23 Dabbirajupeta 432 1682 812 870 149 144 13 802 880



3 - 88

24 Vepada 773 3754 1611 2143 288 907 46 2251 1503 25 Veeluparthi 236 884 455 429 96 6 84 452 432 26 Veldam 166 548 269 279 58 116 42 273 275 27 Vallampudi 711 2688 1287 1401 237 209 35 1373 1315 28 Gudivada 701 2715 1358 1357 250 277 2 1437 1278 29 Arigipalem 253 1007 497 510 94 193 0 561 446 30 Singarai 413 1563 787 776 146 162 0 832 731 31 Athava 358 1410 702 708 97 247 0 709 701

32

Lakkavarapukota

Lakkavarapukota Seetharampuram 174 650 318 332 78 80 0 352 298

33 Goljam 786 3004 1491 1513 328 126 0 1580 1424 34 Kallampudi 308 1111 561 550 117 5 4 575 536 35 Veerabhadrapeta 398 1520 738 782 131 109 1 786 734 36 Kotyada 637 2551 1211 1340 257 225 0 1164 1387 37 Khasapeta 591 2211 1109 1102 183 66 0 1139 1072 38 Lakkavarapukota 1154 4759 2375 2384 424 841 16 3085 1674 39 Kithannapeta 398 1702 849 853 178 69 0 549 1153 40 Marlapalle 873 3628 1842 1786 361 157 9 1773 1855 41 Chanduluru 865 3298 1641 1657 310 206 26 1792 1506 42

Srungavarapukota

Daraparthi 152 648 328 320 97 0 644 118 530 43 Kuridi 48 214 104 110 29 0 214 29 185 44 Gunapadu 34 171 83 88 32 0 171 20 151 45 Moolaboddavara 244 997 508 489 97 12 924 402 595 46 Tennuboddavara 622 2257 1099 1158 226 152 899 1299 958 47 Cheedipalem 61 189 83 106 22 4 170 106 83 48 Mushidipalle 212 1365 378 987 96 240 448 1022 343 49 Chinakhandepalle 68 201 107 94 17 0 19 105 96



3 - 89

50 Kiltampalem 518 2239 1162 1077 173 160 682 1425 814 51 Marupalle 91 358 188 170 28 2 328 170 188 52 Krishnamahanti Puram 97 354 171 183 39 61 0 204 150 53 Jirayathi Kumaram 181 651 312 339 57 50 137 365 286 54 Pedakhandepalle 681 2502 1238 1264 229 204 8 1346 1156 55 Kapusompuram 232 928 476 452 116 45 230 371 557 56 Srungavarapukota 7187 28304 13867 14437 2767 2484 1741 18615 9689 57 Kondamallipudi 13 54 25 29 8 0 54 20 34 58 Kasipathi Rajapuram 35 137 64 73 29 0 62 27 110 59 Mallipudi 8 32 15 17 8 0 0 16 16 60 Veeranarayanam 457 1658 800 858 121 288 0 933 725 61 Dampuram 68 266 135 131 25 5 0 162 104 62 Kothavooru 1113 4627 2279 2348 532 306 0 2215 2412 63 Balakrishna -Rajapuram 335 1300 626 674 126 126 0 684 616 64 Thimidi 607 2312 1136 1176 213 205 17 1282 1030 65 Santagavarampeta 428 1536 746 790 124 163 15 942 594 66 Pothanapalle 323 1283 650 633 124 142 110 755 528 67 Krishnapuram 352 1282 644 638 137 148 28 675 607 68 Viswanadhapuram 3 8 4 4 0 0 0 8 0 69 Vemulapalle 345 1252 636 616 113 22 1 664 588 70 Dharmavaram 1294 4740 2391 2349 424 659 133 2908 1832 71 Mamidipalle 297 1145 543 602 107 130 1 685 460 72 S. Kotatalari 497 1834 888 946 177 118 0 974 860 73 Vinayakapalle 218 816 393 423 88 89 0 419 397 74 Vasi 292 1067 526 541 91 117 0 618 449 75 Usiri 128 493 248 245 53 0 4 226 267



3 - 90

76 Alugubilli 459 1631 790 841 128 323 4 895 736 77 Chamalapalle 272 962 475 487 93 16 0 488 474 78 Kothakota 26 97 46 51 6 0 0 34 63 79 Gopalapalle 675 2566 1294 1272 231 111 17 1342 1224 80 Kottam 949 3441 1665 1776 348 277 17 1637 1804 Total 33757 132219 64703 67516 12853 11538 10872 72874 59345

Source: https://censusindia.gov.in/pca/cdb_pca_census/Houselisting-housing-AP.html



3 - 91

The Table 3.21 shows the demographical information of the study area of

Vizianagaram. As per 2011 Census, the population of Vizianagaram area is 1, 32,129

population with 33,757 households. If look into the gender wise population is found

that male 64,703 and female are 67,516. The Children population of 0-6 year age

group is 12,853. The total Schedule Caste (SC) and Schedule Tribes (ST) are 11,538

and 10,872 respectively in the study area. With regard to literacy and non literacy in

this area population is 72,874 and 59,345.

ECONOMIC & LAND BASED LIVELIHOOD OF VIZIANAGARAM

Economical resources Agriculture is the backbone of the economy of the in this study area and district. More

than half of their rural populations are engaged in agriculture in order to earn their

livelihood. Since the district has no big irrigation project, the farmers of the study

areas are solely dependent on rain water. The chief agricultural products in the

district are paddy, groundnut, cotton, sugarcane, pulses, etc. Every year a huge chunk

of revenue comes from the agricultural products in the district helps in its economy

to a greatextent.

Agricultural Resources: The project proposed area is predominantly an agricultural district as 68.4% of the

workers are engaged in Agriculture and about 82% of the population of the District is

livinig in Rural area s and depend on agriculture for theri livelihood. Rainfed farming

is the characteristic of Agriculture in the District as about 80% of its area is cultivated

purely under Rain fed conditions. Even the rest of the area which is termed as

irrigated area is mostly dependent on the rainfall received in the District. In view of

the un assured irrigation conditions in the district majority of crops grown are dry

crops. Paddy crop is irrigation conditions in the district majority of crops grown are

dry crops. Paddy crop is cultivated mainly during Kharif season with 80% of its area

under tank fed conditions which is turn depend on the local rainfall. The major crops

grown in the District are Paddy, Ragi, Bajra, Sugarcane, Pulses, Mestha, Cotton,

Maize, Korre Chillies, Seasonal Tobbaco and Groundnut. The average yields obtained

in the district are low due to the erratic rainfall generally received in the district.


Fig 3.16 Main and Marginal workers in the study area

Live Stock Resources: The Live stock maintained by

mostly less productive. Cross bredding program was taken up in the district. The

sheep in the district are nondescriptive type while pigs belong to Zenu type.

According to 2007 live stock census, the

which 4.91 lakhs are cattle, 2.59 lakhs are buffaloes and 3.88 lakhs are sheep. The

Poultry population of the District is 19.65 Lakhs. 150 veternary institutions including

hospitals are functioning in the district a

Industry

The study area and vizianagaram have rich in industrial resources which are utilized

by the FACOR andother industries. Sometime its economy is based on industrial

sector as well. The foremost industries in the district are Ferro

Limited, Jindal Stainless Limited, Andhra Ferro Alloys Limited, Matrix Laboratories

Limited, HBL Power systems Limited, APSRTC Garage

Workshop,Vizianagaram



Fig 3.16 Main and Marginal workers in the study area

The Live stock maintained by the inhabitants are non descriptive type in majority and



According to 2007 live stock census, the Live stock population is 13.70 lakhs of



hospitals are functioning in the district as on 31.3.2003.



sector as well. The foremost industries in the district are Ferro Alloys Corporation


Limited, HBL Power systems Limited, APSRTC Garage

Andhra Pradesh Tanneries Limited,etc.

III


3 - 92

the inhabitants are non descriptive type in majority and



Live stock population is 13.70 lakhs of





Alloys Corporation


and Zonal


ECONOMIC AND LAND BASED Land-Based LivelihoodsThe illustration of land-use patterns in the study area indicates the acute dependence

of land-based livelihood patterns such as agriculture, aquaculture, salt pans etc.

Agriculture Agriculture is the main stray of nearly 70% of the households.

Visakhapatnam city is industrially developing, the rural areas continued to be

backward. Rice is a staple food of the people and Paddy is therefore the principal

food crop of the district followed by Ragi, Bajra and Jowar and Cash Crops such as

Sugarcane, Groundnut, Sesamum Niger and Chillies are important.

Major Irrigation system, only about 36% of the cropped area is irrigated under the

Ayacut of the Medium Irriga

the cultivated area is covered under dry crops depending upon the vagaries of the

monsoon. The productivity of the crops is low. Fig 3.17 shows the Main and

Marginal Workers details of the Visakhapat

Fig 3.17 Main and Marginal Workers



ECONOMIC AND LAND BASED LIVELIHOOD-VISAKHAPATNAMBased Livelihoods

use patterns in the study area indicates the acute dependence

based livelihood patterns such as agriculture, aquaculture, salt pans etc.

Agriculture is the main stray of nearly 70% of the households.


Rice is a staple food of the people and Paddy is therefore the principal

rict followed by Ragi, Bajra and Jowar and Cash Crops such as

Sugarcane, Groundnut, Sesamum Niger and Chillies are important. Since there is no


Ayacut of the Medium Irrigation System and Mimnor Irrigation Tanks.


The productivity of the crops is low. Fig 3.17 shows the Main and

Marginal Workers details of the Visakhapatnam district.

Fig 3.17 Main and Marginal Workers

III


3 - 93

VISAKHAPATNAM

use patterns in the study area indicates the acute dependence

based livelihood patterns such as agriculture, aquaculture, salt pans etc.

Agriculture is the main stray of nearly 70% of the households. Though


Rice is a staple food of the people and Paddy is therefore the principal

rict followed by Ragi, Bajra and Jowar and Cash Crops such as

Since there is no


The rest of


The productivity of the crops is low. Fig 3.17 shows the Main and



3 - 94

PHYSICAL AND SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES- VISAKHAPATNAM

Transport and Communications The study area and District is well served by roads and railways. About 260.44 Kms

route length of broad gauge railway line with 31 railway stations (2015-16, DES) is

serving the needs of the people.

The network of National highways, State highways, District roads and Panchayat

roads is shown in. Lakkavarapukota Seetharamapuram Railway Station at 12.87 km.

The nearest airport and sea port are 37.6 KM (approximately) away at Visakhapatnam.

A new International Airport is coming up near Bhogapuram in the district which is the

only international airport in the north coastal districts. Most of the villages in and

around the villages well connected with metal and black top roads.

Tourism The study area and district has several centers of attraction which allures many

travelers from different parts of the country as well as all over the globe.

Vizianagaram fort, a beautiful fort in the district was constructed by Vijayarama Raju-

I in 1713 A.D. on the auspicious day of Vijaya Dashmi. The Victory arch was the

main entrance to the Vizianagaram fort.

Education There are Anganwadi’s and government and private schools also available in these

proposes study area villages. Most the villages have High schools. For vocational

education and higher secondary education and for college education is source

Anakaplle.

Health Health care facility is mainly lacking in the studied area, very less villages have the

dispensaries or Primary Health Care Centre (PHC) among in these villages. For

getting medical facility, people have to go to Mandal Head Quarter and nearby town

villages are the main source for visiting.



3 - 95

INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES: Post offices: All most all the villages have post offices.

Electricity: All the villages have electricity facilities.

Drinking Water Source: Bore well, Self-hand pump, water tankers and public

hand pumps are the main source of drinking water. Few over-head water tanks

(OHT) and mini water tanks are available in these villages.

Transport Facility: Among four villages, all villagers have good transport

facility through bus And nearest railway station is SKota (5 km approximately)

and airline services are from Visakhapatnam (55 km approximately).

Community Hall: Very fewvillages have community hall.

Recreational Facility: From four surveyed villages’ don’t have the recreational

facility likevillage level playground.

Temples: As majority of the people belong to Hindu religion, the villages have

many Hindutemples altogether. The villagers celebrate the village temple

function during August and April.

Toilet Facility: Toilet facility is not available in all the villages; this is the most

basic felt need of the people, which needs to be addressed immediately.

PRIMARY STUDY:

Community Perceptions The primary study was done during the period of baseline period. The study has been

done in folds such as Individual Questionnaire Survey and Focused Group

Discussion. This included the collection of baseline demographic and socio-economic

information through a standardized survey focusing on household composition,

education levels, general health status, livelihood strategies, employment, and income

and expenditure. In light of potential resettlement requirements, the survey took the

form of a census in villages of 10 km radius.

A primary survey was conducted within study areas of villages such as; Pedadungada,

Dharmavaram, Kothavooru, Vemulapalle Boddam, Vasi, Gopalapalle, and Sompuram

Villages. 58 participants were selected by sampling random method. The experts

have been collected the demographical details of participant and also focused on



3 - 96

various dimensions of economical, social & cultural, health & wellbeing, economical,

personal & psychological and heath & public infrastructure aspects to assess that

significant impact differences about this proposed project.

OVERALL OUTCOME OF THE PRIMARY SURVEY:

The proposed site is located with different sub castes. As a part of primary survey,

socio economic functional area expert raised different questioned related proposed

and impact due to project.

69% participants from primary participants of the study said that they are aware

of the proposed project mining project which is located in Village.

It was observed that the economic benefits with proposed in the study area are

commonly have direct, indirect, and induced

Increase the land and labour cost and direct and indirect economy to the stud area.

Households that receive income from employment in stevedoring and related

activities spend some of their income on local goods and services.

The economic benefits of are value-added, taxation revenue Govt. and return on

investment.

85% of the participants positively responded that the mining project has positive

developments various aspects such as employment to the local people on regular

and contractual bases and other related developments.

Many communities would be benefited in various aspect, such as establishment of

related stakeholders, opportunities to the transportation, suppliers, rental services,

self employment and many other aspects.

Local transport and infrastructure might be developed, namely roads, are usually

provided.

No community cohesion related issues were found.

No historical places and temple are found within the port proposed lands.



3 - 97

There is no R& R with proposed project. So, No change in envisaged.

It was also responded that there would be no lose of agricultural lands, trees

dwells due to this project.

No health issues will be raised due to this proposed mining project

Air and noise pollution would be during production, however, it will be resolved

by environment management plan

Helps to raise the profile of safety and health issues to the local people and in

ports.

Minimal level of noise can be emitted from engines and transmission equipment

fitted to lifting appliances and vehicles, and can be heightened when the

equipment is being used in a shed, warehouse or ship’s hold.

81% of the participants said they have positive opinion towards this project.

Majority of the participants are inviting mining and related services.

NEED ASSESSMENT:

From the survey of socio economic report, people are expressed various desires and

requirements to the local core and buffer villages. It has been suggested to the project

authorities through this survey, following facilities need to be provided to those

villages.


Majority of the local participants (25%) said that are looking work opportunities

on regular or temporary bases.

Some of the people (22%) have expectation on health related facilities.

CSR activity, management can take positive step by conducting frequent health

camps, medical assistance other health related. People not having proper any

health centers. Hence, the company should conduct health camp

Few of the respondents (19%

infra structure in school, support. If the management supports by sponsoring

education to those poor and low income students could be educated. In future,

those students also would have chance to get an

The socio economic survey revealed that the nearest villages of not having proper

connectivity in this villages. Hence, people (15%) are expecting civic amenities.

Some of the participants (11%) looking for skill development pr

candidates in the study area.

Series1Civic Amenities



Fig 3.18 Need Assessment


on regular or temporary bases.

Some of the people (22%) have expectation on health related facilities.



health centers. Hence, the company should conduct health camp

Few of the respondents (19%) have expectation on education related support like



those students also would have chance to get an employment in this project.



Some of the participants (11%) looking for skill development programs qualified

candidates in the study area.

Series1Employement

5225%

Series1Health

4622%

Series1Education

4119%

Series1Civic Amenities

3416%

Series1Skill

Development24

11%

Series1Others

157%

Need Assessment

III


3 - 98


Some of the people (22%) have expectation on health related facilities. As part of



) have expectation on education related support like



employment in this project.



ograms qualified



3 - 99

CONCLUSION Sri. A. Kamala, Mallipudi (V), S.Kota (M), Vizianagaram District, Andhra Pradesh,

and India has done Socioeconomic study. The study was designed with secondary

and primary source. The primary data was collected within the study area Proposed

project location – within the limits of. Sample of 48 participants were participated in

this survey method. The early consideration of social impacts, the alignment of

activities with regional and community planning objectives, and meaningful

participation of community in decision making are key features. Apart from the

socioeconomic process and findings it can be concluded that most the respondents

have positive perception about this proposed project.

CHAPTER –IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

& MITIGATION MEASURES


CHAPTER- IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 1

4.0 INTRODUCTION The mining activity especially opencast mining is likely to make significant changes in land

use pattern. This activity may adversely alter existing Environmental conditions, biological

attributes, existing ecosystem and associated biodiversity unless proper environmental

management plan is adopted. This mining project has both positive as well as negative

impacts on Environment. Keeping in mind the Environmental baseline scenario as detailed

in Chapter III and the mine activity described in Chapter II, it is attempted to predict the

likely impacts, their extent on various parameters and likely mitigation measures to be

adopted.

Impact prediction is a very important phenomenon in evaluating the environmentally

potential adverse impacts for mining project. The impact prediction is always carried out

under worst possible conditions so as to mitigate or to eliminate the Environmental hazards.

These predictions thus calculated are superimposed over the baseline data (the quality of

Environment in the vicinity of the project site) so as to calculate the net impact on the

Environment after the project comes into production.

Table: 4.1Expected Nature of Impacts

ASPECT IMPACT Fugitive dust, Air emissions.

Effects on air quality, ecology due to increase in PM10& PM2.5, SO2, NOXand free silica levels depending up on the type of process involved in mining.

Noise emissions & Vibrations.

Effects on community noise environment of the region due to increase in day and night equivalent noise levels.

Transportation Impact on existing infrastructure.




4 - 2

Table: 4.2 Identified/Predicted Environmental Impacts with & without Mitigation Measures

S.No Description Activity Effect

Impact without

mitigation measure

Mitigation measure proposed

Impact after

mitigation Remarks

1 Impact on

Topography&

Drainage

Excavation Changes in land

use pattern

High It is proposed to

develop avenue

plantation on either

side of the approach

road.

After removal of

mineral the benches

are formed below the

surface level and the

top benches will be

applied with top soil

and developed with

grasses and plantation

The pits formed will

be used as water

Medium The

topographical

changes caused

due to mining

activity can be

transformed

into social

benefit by

adopting and

implementing

proper

reclamation

plan




4 - 3

storage structures.

The mining activity

will not intersect with

ground water.

2 Air Pollution Excavation operation

Fugitive dust

emissions

effecting ambient

air quality &

workers health

High Covered aprons with

nose masks will be

provided to the work

force.

Regular inspection

and maintenance of

machinery will be

practiced.

Low Localized

effect which

can be

mitigated with

controlled

mining

practices

Blasting Dust emissions High Covered aprons with

nose masks will be

provided to the work

force.

Controlled blasting

will be practiced.

Delayed detonators

will be used.

Low Periodical

impact on air

environment




4 - 4

Drilling by wet jacket

method will be

implemented.

Loading & Dispatch. Fugitive dust

effecting air

quality & health

effect

High Vehicles will be

covered with

tarpaulin.

Water will be

sprinkled regularly

along the haulage

roads

Vehicular speed will

be limited to

25KMPH.

Haul road compaction

and grading at

periodic intervals will

be practiced.

Green belt

development on either

side of the haulage

Low Localized

effect which

can be

mitigated




4 - 5

roads.

Vehicular movement and

machinery operation

Release of SO2

and NOx due to

combustion of

fossil fuels

Low Regular maintenance

of vehicles and

machineries will be

practiced to improve

their efficiency

Negligible

3 Water

Pollution

Run off from surrounding area

into ML area

Siltation of mine

pits.

High

During mining activities

desiltation works will be

carried out regularly

Low Negligible

effect which

can be

mitigated

Domestic sewage from mine

area

Increases BOD

levels of the water

bodies if released

directly

High Domestic waste water

generated is disposed

through septic tank

followed by soak pit

Low Negligible

effect which

can be

mitigated

Seepage of mine water to

aquifers

Contaminates

Ground water

High No effluents will

released from this

mine

Mining activity will

not intersect with

Low Negligible

effect which

can be

mitigated




4 - 6

aquifer.

4 Soil Erosion Exposure of soil results in soil

erosion

Loss of soil and

accreditation of

deposits in other

area

High Regular water

sprinkling is carried

out during mining

activities.

After removal of

mineral the top

benches will be

applied with top soil

and grasses and

plantation will be

developed

Plantation

development (plants

with soil binding

capacity) on plain area

is encouraged.

Low Effect can be

mitigated by

practicing

control

measures.

5 Noise

Pollution &

Excavation activities &

transportation of vehicles

Increase of

Ambient noise

levels resulting

High Excavation is through

semi mechanized

operations.

Low Localized

effect which

can be




4 - 7

Vibrations health effects Proper maintenance

and periodic

lubrication of noise

generating parts of the

machinery & vehicle

machines.

PPE such as ear plug

will be supplied for

the workers.

Vehicle speed is

controlled to a

maximum of

25KMPH

Green belt

development

mitigated.

Blasting Increase of

Ambient noise

levels and

Vibrations

High Controlled blasting

will be practiced to

regulate ground

vibrations within the

limits.

Delayed detonators

Medium No human

habitation is

located near the

mine area, thus

there will be no

impact for local




4 - 8

will be used.

PPEs such as Ear

plugs will be supplied

for worker’s

protection.

people.

Nearest village

is

Gadabavalasa

at a distance of

0.22 km.

6 Biological &

Socio-

economic

aspect

Operational activities of mine The mine area

comprised thorny-

scrub vegetation

with very few tree

species

High It is proposed to

develop avenue



road to 1.0km stretch.

After complete

exploration of the

mineral the land on top

benches will be

applied top soil and

developed with grasses

and plantation.

Medium No notable

biodiversity

resources are

present within

the mine site

Positive socio -- Medical/first aid

facilities, Employment

Positive --




4 - 9

economic effect. opportunities., Water

supply,

communication will

be enhanced due to the

mine activity

It is proposed to

develop avenue



road to 0.7km stretch.

7 Occupational

Health &

Safety

Operational activities of mine

like excavation, loading etc.

Pulmonary health

effects predicted

and other minor

injuries.

High Provision of appropriate

PPE viz., nose masks,

hand gloves, shoes and

aprons

First aid/Medical check

facilities will be provided

Low Medical/ Life

insurance &

Workman

compensation

procedures will

be followed.




4 - 10

4.1 IMPACTS ON AIR QUALITY The impact on air quality due to production of Road metal and Building Stone with

maximum production of about 80078.40m3/annum is limited to the mining lease area. The

Road Metal and Building Stone by nature is medium hard so drilling and blasting is

mandatory. The operations involve drilling, blasting, excavation by excavators. The major

source for dust emissions are from excavation operations and transportation of the material.

The mine rated capacity and the baseline ambient air quality values were monitored during

non-monsoon season reflects the emissions in the area. The impact due to mining activities

and transport of material has been considered to estimate the contribution of dust levels to

the existing ambient air quality by the mine.

4.1.1 Quantitative estimation of impacts on air environment The followingoptions have been employed to predict the ground level concentrations due to

emissions from the mine.

1. Area being rural, rural dispersion parameters is considered.

2. Predictions have been carried out to estimate concentration values over radial distance

of10 km around the sources.

3. Polar receptor network has been considered.

4. Emission rates from the point sources and area sources were considered as constant

during the entire period.

5. The ground level concentrations computed were as is basis without any consideration of

decay coefficient.

6. Calm winds recorded during the study period were also taken into consideration.

7. Site specific meteorological data to estimate ground level concentrations for period of

October21 to December21.

4.1.2 Sources of dust emission Based on the various operations involved in the production, the various emission sources at

each stage have been identified as given below.

a. Area sources

b. Line sources




4 - 11

Area Sources: Drilling, blasting & excavation by excavators and directly load into the

tippers/tractorsoperations of the mine are considered as area sources.

Line Sources: Transportation from mining pit to stock pile area and stockpile to end users is

considered as line sources.

The impacts of emission from above sources on air environment are discussed below:

4.1.3 Emission details All the emissions discussed above are quantified for material handling for Road metal &

Building Stone of 80078.40m3/annum. The existing baseline concentrations are already

covered in the baseline scenario (Chapter - III). Operational hours and activity rate have

been considered for estimation of emissions from point and area sources. For line source,

apart from operational hours and activity rate, moisture and silt content of the haulage road

have been considered.

4.1.4 Meteorological data The meteorological data recorded continuously during the months of October 2021 to

December 2021 on hourly basis on wind speed, wind direction and temperature has been

processed to extract the 24 – hourly meteorological data.

4.1.5 Assumptions made in the prediction of air pollution impacts For the purpose of computation of rise in the ground level concentrations due to mining

operations, the following assumptions have been considered.

Mining operations are carried out for a period of 8-10 hours a day and hence it is not a

continuous source of emission and other operations may not be simultaneous and

continuous. However, for the prediction of worst case concentration, the sources mentioned

in the above are assumed to be under simultaneous and continuous operation for8-hours.

4.1.6 Summary of predicted ground level concentrations of particulate matter By using the above-mentioned inputs, ground level concentrations due to the mining

activities have been estimated to know the incremental rise and distance of impact in the

study area.




4 - 12

The major source of dust pollution is from mining operations and transportation. This raises

suspended particulate matter concentrations in the mine area. Another major activity being

transport from the working pit to the stock pile and stock pile to end users, the dust levels

are distributed all along the transport route from the mine.

4.1.7 Air Quality Mitigation Measures

Preventing dispersal of air borne dust The main constitute of air pollutants from this mine will be suspended particulate matter.

The following mitigation measures will be brought into practice for maintaining emissions

within permissible limits.

1. Controlled blasting techniques with delayed detonators will be employed. Small

quantities of explosives will be used for blasting. The blasted blocks (temporary) are

wetted by spraying water.

2. Drilling by wet jacket method will be implemented.

3. Avoiding blasting during high windy periods, night times and temperature inversion

periods.

4. Effective water sprinkling at the time of mining operation i.e., excavation and

loading.

5. Development of green belt within the buffer zone area.

6. Material should be transported by truck which will be covered by tarpaulin.

7. Haul roads and approach roads should be graded to minimize dust suspension.

8. Regular air monitoring will be taken so that necessary steps can be practiced to

control emissions

Controlling gaseous emissions Since the mining activities are not expected to generate considerable quantities of gaseous

emissions such as NOx and SO2, hence there is no need of any special measures. However,

the following measures shall be implemented during operation as precautionary measures.

Controlled blasting techniques will be employed.




4 - 13

Water sprinkling arrangements such as specially fabricated tankers mounted on

tipper are deployed at mine site to control the fugitive dust generation from the

haulage roads.

The vehicles and machinery will be maintained in good condition so that emission

of gaseous constituents will be minimized.

Periodical monitoring of air quality will be done to take steps for controlling the

pollutant emissions.

4.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT

4.2.1 Impacts on surface water bodies and control measures The operation of Road Metal & Building Stone mining activity will require water for

drilling and the water will be used for drinking/domestic purpose and dust

suppression/plantation purpose. Hence, no impact on the quality of surface and ground

water is expected. Whereas the core zone will ultimately fall in safe zone, there is no

possibility of any changes in the water quality. The chemical analysis of water samples

collected reveal that there is no significant change in the constituents and surface water and

ground water in the nearby mining areas have remained suitable for all purposes and all

constituents within the water standards of IS-10500-2012.

There are no perennial or seasonal stream within or adjacent to the mine area. However,

garland drains along with siltation pond will be arranged to collect rain water.

The total water requirement is about 11.2KLD for various activities such as,

Green-belt watering

Dust suppression

Domestic use

Drilling by wet jacket method

The processes of mining do not generate any hazardous liquid effluent except domestic

sewage. About 1.0 KLD of domestic sewage will be generated during mine operations; the

same will be disposed through septic tank followed by soak pit.




4 - 14

The water requirement will be met from water supply through tankers from nearest village

and no bore well is proposed.

The mining operations will be carried out throughout the year avoiding rainy days. Rain

water collected in mine pits are withdrawn and will be used for water plants and sprinkling

on haul roads.

4.2.2 Rain water harvesting During mining operations the rain water stored in the pit area is pumped out to carry out

excavation operations without hindrance. At the end of mine life, rain water collected in pit

will be allowed to soak into the ground for recharging the ground water table.

4.2.3 Impacts on ground water table There are no ground water bodies such as open wells or bore wells in this lease area. The

ground water table is about 48 m depth from the ground level. Maximum depth of workings

is up to RL 70 m and minimum depth of workings is RL 80 m. The proposed maximum

quarry operations during the plan period, a depth of 98 m from the top hill i.e. which is

above the ground level; thus no chances for accumulation of ground water in working pit

and no water will be discharged from the pit.Hence, the possible impacts on the ground

water table because of open cast mining will be minimal.

4.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT Land environment is divided into the following three components

Solid waste management

Soil Erosion

Reclamation of degraded areas

Afforestation /Plantation/ Greenbelt development.

4.3.1 Solid waste generation

100% of the excavated mineral will be utilized; out of which 90% is Road Metal & Building

Stone and 10 % OB generated will be will be disposed in dump yard over an extent of




4 - 15

1.0218 Ha within mine lease area as step dumping and will be made useful for road

gradation, retention wall arrangement on hill slopes and strengthening garland drains.

4.3.2 Soil Erosion The mine activity will expose out the loose earthy material which leads to soil erosion

through runoff or wind action. This may cause in deposition of silt in low-lying water

bodies.

This effects can be controlled by following the below suggested conservation practices.

Regular water sprinkling is carried out during mining activities.

After removal of mineral the top benches will be applied with top soil and grasses and

plantation will be developed

Plantation development (plants with soil binding capacity) on plain area is encouraged

Construction of garland drains should be done to avoid siltation of nearby water

sources

4.3.3 Reclamation of degraded areas

i) Impact due to land degradation The mine lease area of 8.90hectares is a foothill. The lease area covers on slope of the

hillock. The proponent is maintaining a buffer zone of 7.5 m. It is proposed to develop

avenue plantation on either side of the approach road to a stretch of 1.0 km.

ii) Land reclamation Control Measures Opencast mining activity will change land use pattern of the present mine area. There will

be no top soil generation during this mine operation. The land degradation is minimal and

restricted only to the mining area and the facilities within the mine lease boundary.

iii) Reclamation of land affected due to mining activities. The Proponent must take steps to keep the granted lease area under disturbance at any stage

to the minimum. This can be achieved by ensuring reclamation practices.

Since it is envisaged that the quarry will be operate for at least for 39 years, no back filling

is proposed during the lease period. After removal of mineral the benches below the surface




4 - 16

level the top benches will be applied with top soil and developed with grass and plantation.

The pits created will be used as rain water harvesting structure.

iv) Soil conservation measures and Top soil management The top soil generation will be minimal. However the generated top soil will be used for

green belt development.

v) Maintenance of road The road for movement of trucks to the mine will be kept in good condition during the

reclamation/afforestation period till the mine is fully reclaimed and afforested. The material

required for planting and growth of plants and trees, measures, water etc. can be transported

to the site by trucks.

4.3.4 Program of Afforestation It is proposed to develop avenue plantation on either side of the approach road 1.0 km with 950 plants.

4.3.5 Impact on land use and reclamation measures Open cast semi mechanized mining activities may alter the landscape of the lease area and

some disturbance to the surface features of the surrounding areas. The total mine lease area

is about 8.90Ha. During the ensuing plan period an area of 2.4942 Ha of land will be mined

out.

It is proposed to develop avenue plantation on either side of the approach road. It can be

used for native species plantation at the end of the mining activity.

4.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT AND VIBRATIONS:

4.4.1 Impact due to Noise and Vibration At mines, noise is generated by movement of machinery & transportation by vehicles, etc.

The noise level in the working environment are compared with the standards prescribed by

Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA-USA) which has been adopted and

enforced by the Govt. of India through model rules framed under Factories Act, 1980 and




4 - 17

CPCB 2000 norms. The summary of the permissible exposures in case of continuous noise

as per above rules is given below:

Table4.3:Noise impact

Total time of exposure per day in hour

Sound pressure dB(A)

Remarks

1 2 ----

8.0 90 No exposure in excess of 115 dB(A) is permissible

6.0 92 --

4.0 95 For any period of exposure falling in between any figure and lower figure as indicated in column (1), the permissible sound is to be determined by extrapolation or proportionate scale.

3.0 97

2.0 100

1 ½ 102

1 105

¾ 107

½ 110

¼ 115

Noise at lower levels (sound pressure) is quite acceptable and does not have any bad effect

on human beings, but when it is abnormally high- it incurs some maleficent effects. For the

mining operations, the noise is expected to be generated from machineries used for this

project. During the mining the noise pollution can take place due to external transport

machinery as dumper/tractor etc.

4.4.2 Noise and Vibration Control Measures The ambient noise level monitoring carried out has revealed that the ambient noise levels

are well within the prescribed limits. However, the following measures will further tend to

abate the noise levels:

Excavation of Road metal and Building Stone is through semi mechanized

operations by wet jacketed drilling, blasting and excavating by excavator. Proper

maintenance and periodic lubrication of noise generating parts of the machinery &

vehicle machines.




4 - 18

Vehicle speed will be restricted to a maximum of 25KMPH.

Controlled blasting and delayed detonators will be practiced to regulate noise levels

within the limits.

A thick tree plantation will be developed.

Provision of silencers, to module the noise generated by the machines, where ever

required.

Equipments with permissible noise level will be procured.

Provision of Protective Devices like ear muffs/ear plugs will be provided to

workmen.

Control of ground vibrations During blasting, proper blast pattern should be adopted. The latest technology delay

detonator blasting should be adopted to reduce the impact on the ground vibration

generation during blasting operations.

Shock tube initiation system with sequential blasting should be adopted.

Charge weights per delay should be properly adopted so that the peak particle velocity

will be maintained as per the DGMS requirement.

4.5 SOLID WASTE GENERATION AND STACKING OF WASTES Out of the total excavated mineral 90% is Road Metal & Building Stone and 10 % OB

generated will disposed in dump yard over an extent of 1.0218 Ha within mine lease area as

step dumping. It will be made useful for road gradation, retention wall arrangement on hill

slopes and strengthening garland drains.

4.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

4.6.1 Impacts on Biological Environment Mining activities generally result in the deforestation, land degradation, water, air and noise

pollution which directly or indirectly affect the faunal and floral status of the project area.

However, occurrence and magnitude of these impacts are entirely dependent upon the

project location, mode of operation and technology involved. Impact prediction is the main

footstep in impact evaluation and identifies project actions that are likely to bring significant

changes in the project environment. The present study was carried out to predict the likely




4 - 19

impacts of the existing Road Metal &Building Stone Mine of Smt. A. Kamala at Mallipudi

Village surrounding environment with special reference to biological attributes covering

habitats/ecosystems and associated biodiversity. Although impacts on key habitat elements

will occur on a local scale, but on a regional scale they would not be critical for the life

cycle needs of the species observed or expected. Moreover the successive reclamation of

mined out areas, following completion of mining activities, will replace habitat resources for

fauna species in this locality over a longer time.

The lease area comprised thorny-scrub vegetation owing to dry and hot summer season. The

lease area is having very few tree species. Apart from few tree species some grasses and

shrubs observed within the mine lease area. Wild life is not commonly found in the lease

area and its immediate environs because of lack of vegetal cover and surface water.

4.6.2 Mitigation Measures Keeping all in mind the mitigations have been suggested under environmental management

plan. With the understanding of the role of plant species as bio-filter to control air pollution,

appropriate plant species (mainly tree species) have been suggested conceding the area/site

requirements and needed performance of specific species.

In order to improve the fodder availability some of the grass species suggested growing

within the plantation area proposed by the proponent as silvopastural adaptation in the initial

phase. Wherever mining is completed, area of top benches will be grown with some grass

species by applying some fertile top soil before the onset of monsoon season. This can

provide fodder for the local livestock and also act as protective measure for soil erosion.

4.6.3 Greenbelt Development Development of the green belt is one of the most sensitive issues and shall be done with due

care. Selection of proper locally grown species in addition to checking of their growth rate,

quality, thickness of canopy cover, etc. shall be duly done as it helps in abatement of

fugitive noise, reduce the pollution level, thus making the place worth dwelling for the

diversified species flora. The plant species suitable for green belt development need to be

selected based on the flowing criteria.




4 - 20

Native plant species will be preferred

Fast growing plants will be planted

Plants having thick canopy cover will be used

Preferably perennial and evergreen species will be selected

Plants having large leaf area index will be considered

Road sides will be planted with local vegetation

While making choice of plant species for cultivation in green belts, weightage has to be

given to the natural factor of bio-climate. It is also presumed that the selected plants will be

grown as per normal horticultural or forestry practices.

Trees are important sinks for air pollutants. Trees absorb noise and by enhancing the green

cover, improve the ecology and aesthetics and affect the local micrometeorology. Trees also

have major long-term impacts on soil quality and the ground water table. By using suitable

plant species, green belts can be developed in strategic zones to provide protection from

emitted and noise.

In view of this, the list of species to be planted in the green belt area is illustrated below.

The suitable variety/species shall be finalized in consultation with local forest officer and

horticultural experts. Mixed plantation shall be done keeping optimum spacing between the

saplings.

Table 4.4 Selected Lists of Plant Species for Greenbelt Development

S.No. Botanical name Family 1 Albizia odoratissima Mimosaceae

2 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae

3 Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae

4 Delonix regia Mimosaceae

5 Feronia elephanta Rutaceae

6 Ficus benghalensis Moraceae

7 Ficus religiosa Moraceae




4 - 21

8 Hardwickia binata Fabaceae

9 Mangifera indica Anacariaceae

10 Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae

11 Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae

12 Sapindus emarginatus Sapindaceae

13 Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae 4.7 TRAFFIC ANALYSIS

During mine operation

Road Metal& Building Stone : 80078.40m3/annum

Truck Capacity :6.8m3 for dump truck (17 T)

No. of trips deployed/day : 43 - 44 trips per day

No. of working hours per day : 8 hours

No. of trips deployed/hour : 5 - 6 trips per hour

4.7.1 Impact on road network Following control measures will implemented for traffic management.

Usage of project vehicles will be restricted near sensitive zones such as schools,

settlements etc.

Speed of the vehicles will be restricted to 25 KMPH.

Vehicular movement will be restricted to specific routes.

Adequate training on traffic and road safety operations will be provided to the drivers.

Routine maintenance vehicles will be ensured to prevent any abnormal emissions and

high noise generation.

Road network within site and nearby site will be graded.

The entry and exit points carefully designed to avoid any disturbance to traffic and will

have enough buffer before merging into the main roads.

Signal for speed limit will be placed and are maintained.




4 - 22

4.8 SOCIO ECONOMIC IMPACT ASSESSMENT IN THE STUDY AREA This study mainly focused on six major domains and its impact with this project of Sri A

Kamala (Mining Of Road Metal & Building Stone), Mallipudu Village, Vizianagaram. The

domains are 1) Economical; 2) Public Infrastructure and services; 3) Social/cultural; 4)

Environmental; 5) Health and well-being 6) Psychological/personal.

4.8.1 Economical impact

This dimension mainly focuses impact of economical aspect the proposed mining project. It

can be said from the nature and scope of the proposed project there are direct and indirect

economical benefits with this project, If, we look into the direct benefits, manpower will be

required during pre and post production of the mining activities. People will be needed in

various levels such as contract, regular and also technical and non technical aspects. It is

approximately estimated that a total of 27 workers might be required for the proposed

project on pre and post production of mining work. The proposed project is surrounded with

different habitations with different communities and cultures. It was noticed during the

primary survey that most of villages in and around the study have mining and mining related

skills. Hence, most of employees would be recruited based on their skill like; skilled, semi

skilled people and unskilled. These people might be recruited as technical back ground like;

technicians, service providers, tipper driver, machine operators, supervisors in this project.

The uneducated persons would be useful as labor and helpers. Increases in income-earning

opportunities will also increase spending potential, providing opportunities for supply of

such services, indirectly increasing the overall wealth of the area. Indirect benefits are taxes

to the state Govt., Indirect income source to the local vendors, transportations, petty

business opportunities

4.8.2 Social & Cultural impacts: The socio & cultural domain is related to study the impact on social and cultural aspect with

the proposed project. It can be said from the primary survey that there is no in and out

migration are observed within the study area. Hence, No R& R are envisaged. With regard

to cultural aspect, it can be said that people were positively responded towards this project.




4 - 23

Most of the people in the study area are well aware with mining and mining related

activities. Hence, It can be said that people may not be have break ups with cohesion, may

not have any differences in social and cultural norms due to this project.

4.8.3 Health & wellbeing impacts:

It area focuses to know the impact of health and wellbeing. In general, the mining site

loaded with tipper, and drilling machines any other vehicles may temporarily generate

ambient noise and fugitive, dust from roads. Noise and air quality studies are included in the

full EIA and associated impacts need to refer to the social environment. But, the proposed

site is situated far away to the community livings. Control blasting and advanced methods

have been adopted as per the CPCB guidelines. Hence, it may be said the there would be

minimal health impact on local communities. With Regard to wellbeing, local communities

will have positive wellbeing in the form of income and other indirect source.

4.8.4 Public infrastructure & Services

It is estimated that the proposed project would be caused for Improvement in

communication, transport, education, community development and medical facilities. The

infrastructure development, extension of new roads for smooth transportation of vehicle,

increase of private services due to the activity, frequent health camps will be campaigned for

local people. By increasing of connectivity, people have more opportunities to enrich their

business in various sectors. As a part of Corporate Social Responsibility, proposed mine can

spend money for the development of infrastructure and services.

4.8.5 Personal and psychological Impact It is observed from personal and psychological context, most of the respondents have

positive attitude towards this project. Participants felt that have more economical and

infrastructure. And another words, it come to known people have thought of expression

towards encouraging new industries. Hence, this could be more helpful to the coming

generations, in context of education, business and employment aspect.




4 - 24

4.8.6 Impact-Pre and Post Mitigations Table 4.5 Pre and Post Mitigation of proposed project

Impact Area Pre- Mitigation significance

Mitigation Post- Mitigation significance

Relocation of Local Community

Low No R& R is envisaged Low

General Characteristics and trends in population of region

Low No potential change on

population of region

due to this project &

hence no mitigation

envisaged.

Low

Migration trends in

study area Low No Impact on

migration trends as

local labour utilized

during construction

and very few people of

non locals with

necessary expertise

during pre and post

mining operation stage

Low

Population characteristics in study area, including distributions by age, sex, ethnic groups, educational level and family size

Low No Impact on population Distributions, and

hence no mitigation

envisaged.

Low

Distinct settlement of ethnic groups or deprived economic/ minority groups

Low No Disruption in

settlement patterns of

people envisaged

Low

Economic history for

the region Low Positive Impact due to

Increase of income

levels of the region due

to this project

High

Employment pattern in study area, including

Low Temporary or regular employment is

High




4 - 25

occupational distribution and location and availability of work force

expected to work during mining period and laying activity.

Income levels and

tends for study area Low Positive Impact -

Increase the income

levels

High

Land values in study

area Low Positive Impact -

Increase land values

around the vicinity

Medium

Housing characteristics in study area, including in types of housing and occupancy levels

Low No Change Envisaged Low

Health and social services in study area, including health, workforce, law enforcement, fire protection, water supply, wastewater treatment facilities, solid waste collection and disposal and utilities

Low Periodic Health Check up of Construction Workers & necessary medication if required. Periodic Check on Potable Water supplied and good housekeeping practices.

Low

Public and private educational resources in study area

Low No Change Envisaged High

Community cohesion, including organized community groups

Low No adverse impact on

community cohesions Low

Areas of unique significance such as cemeteries of religious camps

Low No Disruption of

unique areas Low

Archaeological Heritage Sites effected

Low No Archaeological

Heritage Sites are

disturbed or lost or

effected in any way

and hence no

preservation plan

Low




4 - 26

The resulting terms for the overall assessment for each socio economic environment aspect

were defined as follows:

High: impact acceptable if any criterion is awarded as high grade.

Medium: tolerable risk/ impact not acceptable if managed to level that is As low As

reasonably practicable, if the criteria have grades combining medium & low; and

Low: negligible risk/impact acceptable than all criteria are low

4.9 IMPACT ON OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY During the high windy days in summer the Road Metal & Building Stone could be the

problems for eyes like itching and watering of eyes. Dust in air can be a health hazard

leading to respiratory issues such as asthma and irritating the lungs and bronchial

passages.Air Blast and fly rock may pose problem during blasting, thus blasting will be

avoided.

For mitigating the aspects following measures will be implemented:

Regular water sprinkling on haul roads.

Controlled blasting with prior warning system will be practiced.

Periodical medical examinations will be carried out for the workers as per norms,

Medical records will be maintained,

Medical facilities to the workers,

Any early symptom of diseases, if observed, such workers will be taken off in the

dusty atmosphere and suitably employed elsewhere,

Personal Protective Equipments such as helmets, safety shoes and aprons with nose

masks will be provided to the workers,

Good quality water will be provided to the workers and proper test for water quality

to be carried out regularly.

A well equipped first aid facility will be available in mine lease area,

Safety of the employee during operations, maintenance of mining equipments will be

taken care as per Mine Regulations 1961.

required,




4 - 27

Effective communication system like mobile phones, land line phones, e-mail etc.

facilities will be available at the mine site.

Uniforms will be provided to the workers and they will be allowed to go home after

changing clothes.

Trespassers are not allowed.

CHAPTER –V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES


CHAPTER-V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5- 1

5.0 GENERAL The analysis of alternative is the process of comparing potential impacts and mitigation

options of a series of alternative location, technologies, operation to identify optimal

alternatives.

5.1 ALTERNATE TECHNOLOGY Smt. A. Kamala has a Quarry lease for Road Metal & Building Stone over an extent of

8.90 Ha. in Sy. No. 1 of Mallipudi Village, S. Kota Mandal, Viziznagaram District,

Andhra Pradesh. The proposed production capacity is 80078.40m3/Annum of Road Metal

& Building Stone.

The production technology for excavation of Road Metal &Building Stone is open cast

semi mechanized method of mining with the help of drilling, blasting and excavation by

excavators. Road metal is medium hard mineral, so blasting and drilling are unavoidable

activities for this mine. The technology suggested is best suited for Road Metal and

Building Stone production. The present technology will be implemented in safe and

environmental friendly manner.

5.2 ALTERNATIVE SITE Mining activities are carried out based on local geology and availability of the mineral.

As it is existing mine, alternate site selection is not applicable.

CHAPTER –VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAMME


CHAPTER-VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAMME.

6 - 1

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING Success of any environmental management programme depends upon the efficiency of

the organizational set up responsible for Implementation of the programme. Post project

monitoring is an essential part to check the impact of any project activity. Hence

monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out a regular basis to

ascertain the following:

State of pollution within the mine and in its vicinity.

Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution.

Examine the efficiency of pollution control systems installed in the ML area.

To assess and monitor environmental impacts.

Environmental monitoring will be taken up for various environmental components

as per conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance Letter issued by SEIAA

Committee &Consent to operate issued by the State Pollution Control Board. Compliance

of same will be submitted to respective authorities on regular basis. The Management

will assign the third party which is recognized by MoEF&CC/NABL to monitor the

environmental parameters in the mine site and the surroundings as per the schedule and

will maintain the log books.

6.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT In order to maintain the environmental quality within the stipulated standard, regular

monitoring of various environmental components is necessary which will be complied as

per condition.

An environmental management cell will be implemented. The structure of the team

proposed for environmental management is a simple one; this is due to the limited size of

the organization. As the employees are mostly unskilled labourers and the operating size

of the management is small, it is better that a member of senior management or a

manager level employee assumes the responsibility of complying with environmental

measures.



PROGRAMME.

6 - 2

6.2 MONITORING AROUND THE MINE SITE a. Meteorology The Management will assign the third party which is recognized by MoEF&CC to

monitor the weather conditions in the mine site and the surroundings as per the schedule

and will maintain the log books.

b. Ambient air quality monitoring Ambient air quality will be monitored in the mine site and in the surrounding villages

through a third party as per the guidelines.

c. Ground water monitoring Ground water levels for physical and chemical parameters will be monitored in and

around the mine site premises during the pre and post monsoon seasons.

d. Wastewater sampling The wastewater sample will be collected regularly for analysis.

6.3 POST PROJECT MONITORING PROGRAMME In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular monitoring of

various environmental components is necessary.

The proponent will allocate Capital Cost Rs. 5.6 Lakhs and recurring cost is 4.3 Lakhs

per annum budget towards environmental protection initiatives. The annual budget

allocated for Environmental monitoring is 0.5 Lakhs/annum.

6.3.1 Environmental Monitoring Regular monitoring of various Environmental parameters shall be carried out to ascertain

the following points.

Status of air, noise, water, land pollution within the mining activity and in its vicinity;

Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution; and

To assess and monitor Environmental impacts periodically.



PROGRAMME.

6 - 3

6.4 MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS Table: 6.1Monitoring Schedule for Environmental Parameters

S.No. Particulars Monitoring Frequency

IMP. Monitoring Parameters

1.

Water and Wastewater Quality

a. DomesticSewage

b. Ground Water Quality

Once in a month

Pre monsoon and

Post monsoon season

pH,TDS,BOD,COD

pH,TDS,BOD,COD

2.

Air Quality

a. Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring at mine site &

other sampling locations

given in the report

Quarterly

PM10, PM2.5,SO2,

NOXand Free Silica

3. Noise levels in and around

Mine site Quarterly

Noise levels -

Day and Night in

dB(A)

6.5 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE The mitigation measures suggested above should be implemented so as to reduce the

impact on environment due to the operation of the mining activities. In order to facilitate

easy implementation, the mitigation measures are phased as per the priority of

implementation. The implementation schedule is given as below (Table - 6.2) Table - 6.2Implementation Schedule

S.No Recommendations Time

Requirement Immediate Progressive

Discretion of the

Management

1 Air pollution

control measures

Being

implemented

* -- --

2 Water pollution

control measures

Being

implemented

* -- --



PROGRAMME.

6 - 4

3 Noise control

measures

Being

implemented

* -- --

4 Ecological

preservation and

Up gradation

Stagewise

implementation

* * --

5 Land

reclamation/Soil

waste management

Stagewise

implementation

* * --

6 Socio-economic

measures

As per the CER

activities

proposed by the

company and

the need of the

local residents

-- * *

Note (*) indicates implementation of recommendations

6.6 MONITORING EQUIPMENT AND CONSUMABLES 1. Handy samplers

2. Respirable Dust Sampler / Fine Particulate Sampler

3. Meteorological station

CHAPTER –VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Smt. A. Kamala – 8.90Ha.

CHAPTER-VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7 - 1

7.0 PUBLIC CONSULTATION: As per MoEF&CC Notification S.O. 804 (E) 14.03.2017“Started the work onsite without

obtaining prior EC as per EIA notification – 2006”. Production started without EC from

the year 2016, the project attracted violation. Therefore, public consultation is mandatory

to seek the opinion of the people regarding the violation mine through public hearing

organized by the State Pollution Control Board.

The present Draft EIA is being submitted for conducting Public Hearing. The issues

raised during the public hearing, the response of the proponent along with action plan and

budgetary allocation will be given in the Final EIA report and submitted to MoEF&CC

for obtaining environmental clearance.

7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk analysis provides identification of the risks/accidents and to take necessary steps to

prevent it happening. The main objective of risk assessment includes;

To identify the potential hazardous areas so that necessary design safety measures

can be adopted to minimize the probability of accidents.

To identify the potential areas of Environmental disaster, this can be prevented by

proper design of the installations and their control operations.

To manage emergency situations or a disastrous event, if any, from the mining

operations.

It begins with the identification of probable hazardous events at an operational area and

categorization as per the predetermined criteria. Risk assessment should be done on the

basis of past accident analysis at similar projects, previous judgments and expertise in the

field of risk analysis especially in accident analysis.

7.1.1 Drilling and Blasting Risks Drilling is common operation for mining Road Metal & Building Stone, which is medium

hard mineral. The main hazards involved are as follows:

Drill falling from the edge of a bench

Dust created during the drilling operations



7 - 2

Noise produced during drilling

The risk will occur during the drilling of the first line of holes parallel with the working

edge of the bench. Measures that can be taken to reduce the risk of falling off the edge of

the bench is to provide suitable portable rail fencing which can be erected between the

drill and the edge of the bench and direction by the supervisor from guidance of the

driller.

The major issue during blasting is fly rock. Fly rock is controlled by implementing

controlled blasting with delayed detonators. Early warnings such as sirens or

announcements will be given for safety. Trespassers are not allowed during blasting

activity.

Control measures for Dust and Noise produced during drilling and blasting are discussed

in detail in Chapter IV.

7.1.2 Failure of Slope in the Pit In open pit mining, mineral deposits are mined from the ground surface and downward.

Consequently, pit slopes are formed as the mineral is being extracted. The issues

concerned with slope stability in the open cast mines have come to forefront in the

mining operations due to increasing pit depth.

The pit slopes must thus be inclined at some angle to prevent failure of the rock mass.

This angle is governed by the geo-mechanical conditions at the specific mine and

represent an upper bound to the overall slope angle. The actual slope angles used in the

mine depend upon (i) the presence of haulage roads, or ramps, necessary for the

transportation of the blasted ore from the pit (ii) possible blast damage (iii) mineral

grades, and (iv) economical constraints.

Besides determining factor of safety, the slopes shall be monitored at regular intervals by

using real time slope stability radar system to monitor for any possible failure. The well

developed drainage system over the lease area should ensure that storm water does not

accumulate in the lease area and therefore hydrostatic pressure remains at a low level.



7 - 3

7.1.3 Filling up the mine pit due to excessive rains

Filling up the mine pit due to excessive rains in the worked out area is a remote

possibility. Normally there will be sufficient warning time before such an incident takes

place, harming equipment and human life. However, as a precautionary measure,

interceptor ditches along the outer boundary of the pit area constructed to control inflow

of runoff into the mine pits. Water that collects in the mine pit from rainfall will be

coursed out from the pits, through garland drains.

7.1.4 Accidents of heavy machinery Most of the accidents during transfer of product, trucks and other vehicles are often

attributed to mechanical failures, in which the factor of human errors cannot be ruled out.

Regular maintenance and testing of all mine equipment as per manufacturer’s guidelines

can largely eliminate accidents of heavy machinery. Competent drivers will be employed

to minimize accidents during transportation.

7.2 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN A disaster is a catastrophic event in which personnel working in the affected area are

immediately planed into a chaotic situation, which demands their immediate rescue,

medical and social case to restore normalcy. It creates a major emergency in mining area

requiring an Emergency response in accordance with a Mine Disaster Management Plan

formulated by the management.

A detailed DMP for handling emergencies includes;

Identification and assessment of major credible risk scenarios anticipated at a

particular workplace/activity (Slope failure, fly rock fragments, fires, etc.)

Setting up an Emergency response organization identified key personnel at the mine

with assigned duties and responsibilities for incident response and emergency

response.

Emergency action plan with implementation procedures by emergency response

personnel for each scenario after emergency warning.

Details of safety measures to prevent accident and disaster.



7 - 4

Emergency notification by sending warning messages to identified agencies for

liaison and stake holders.

Setting up a permanent organization for completion of emergency and restoration of

normalcy by complying with health, safety, and environmental laws and regulations

Supplementary response plans under mutual aid

Any other stipulations made by regulatory agencies for handling emergency

situations that may arise either from natural or manmade.

7.3 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP AND MONITORING SYSTEM

7.3.1 General Various measures have been proposed to implement for mitigating the adverse impacts

due to mining on the environment in the area. A separate wing “Environmental

Management Cell (EMC)” will be formed to look after the inspection / monitoring

requirements. The mine management will undertake the control measures in coordination

with the State Forest Department, Regional APPCB and Environmental consultant. The

management of EMC shall be made an integral part of the major activities of mining.

Mines Manager

Geologist (Incharge of Supervisor

Mine monitoring and

Supervision& APPCB/ MoEF works)

Dust Suppression Mate

Helpers

Fig.7.1 Organizational setup of EMC



7 - 5

Important records to be maintained by EMC are: Field monitoring results for air, water, meteorology

Inspection records of slope failure, land erosion, drainage, Socio-economic

development.

Format to record / monitor plantation measures.

Nursery records

Environmental and related standards / norms

Records pertaining to statutory consents, approvals

Periodic medical examination (PME) records.

Records pertaining to laboratory equipment maintenance and calibration.

Complaints register (environmental pollution).

Records on water and electricity consumption.

Periodic progress records

Environmental audit records

Records of annual budgetary requirement and allocation for pollution control.

7.3.2 Implementation

The following system shall be followed to see that the environmental scheme is

implemented as per schedule.

a. A separate wing will be created to see that the engineering measures such as

construction of garland drains and retention walls are taken up, wherever necessary.

b. A crew attends for afforestation measures on a regular basis for culturing, manuring

and watering.

c. On an annual/quarterly basis, the quality of air, water, noise and soil will be

monitored to understand the status vis-à-vis the baseline data. This will enable the

management for taking up any corrective measures, if required. The frequency of

sampling will be as prescribed by the MoEF&CC guidelines issued in this regard.



7 - 6

7.4 ACTIVITIES TO BE MONITORED / INSPECTED BY EMC 7.4.1 Land erosion

The mine activity will expose out the loose earthy material which leads to soil erosion

through rain water runoff or wind action. This phenomenon should be monitored

regularly and necessary actions should be implemented. Garland drains will be

constructed around the mine area to avoid siltation of nearby lands/water bodies. These

constructed drains should be regularly inspected and desiltation works should be taken up

by the proponent.

7.4.2 Drainage There are no ground water bodies like open wells or bore wells in this area, the ground

water table is more than 48 m depth from the ground level. Since the mine workings are

proposed on top of the mound, no chances for accumulation of ground water in working

pit and no water will be discharged from the pit.

7.4.3 Re-vegetation and green belt development Planned schedule for green belt development will be checked after every year and

improvement required will be implemented. Post plantation status will be regularly

checked in every season. Phase wise development in the areas of plantation including rate

of growth, survival rate etc. will be recorded systematically.

7.4.4 Occupational Health Since it is opencast mining, health problems due to dust may be expected at various

locations (excavation & loading) during mining of Road Metal & Building Stone. Control

blasting will be done to minimize the impact on surroundings.

Monitoring: The efficiency of installed dust controlling equipments and water sprinkling system

should be monitored on regular basis. Measurements to determine employee ceiling

exposure can be taken during period of maximum expected air borne concentrations of

Road Metal & Building Stone. Safety measures followed by the work force during



7 - 7

mineral production (like usage of PPE) should be monitored by the mine

supervisor/management.

Control Measures: Location of dust generation:

1. Mining area

2. Loading & Transportation

It is advisable to use water sprinkling on haul roads to suppress the dust generated, so that

the work men will not get expose to the dust.

Precautions: By using various PPEs, the chances of occupational health disease will be

lowered.

Periodical medical checkups for lungs functioning and breathing.

First aid will be given for in case of emergency.

Each group of mine worker will undergo regular medical checkup at regular

intervals by specialist doctors.

Persons not wearing protective equipment and clothing should be restricted from

areas of spills until clean up has been completed.

The workmen especially who are literate should be sent for first aid training

conducted by the group vocational training centre to maintain by the DGMS

(Director General of Mine Safety).

7.4.5 Operation and Maintenance: The problem of occupational health in the operation and maintenance phase is primarily

due to dust and noise which could affect the workers from respiratory and hearing

problems. The necessary personal protective equipments will be provided to all the

workers. The working personnel will be given the following appropriate personnel

protective equipments.

Safety helmets

Face shield



7 - 8

Plain goggles with cut type filters on both ends.

Goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue color glasses

Cylindrical type earplug

Ear muffs

Dust mask

Self contained breathing apparatus

Leather apron

Safety belt

Leather hand gloves

Safety shoes with steel toe

Full-fledged hospital facilities will be available round the clock for attending emergency

arising out of accidents, if any. All working personnel will be medically examined at least

once in every year.

7.5 COMPLIANCE FOR ADDITIONAL TERMS OF REFERENCE: TOR has been issued and the following points were added as additional conditions along

with terms of standard TOR vide Lr. No. SEIAA/AP/VSP/VIO/MIN/11/2021/3236-991

Dated: 23.12.2021. Additional TOR issued and the compliance to the same is given

below:

7.5.1 Proponent shall submit Cluster EIA & EMP. As per cluster notification by MoEF&CC mines which not executed lease or

Environmental Clearance before 9th September 2013 were considered and were included

in preparation of cluster EMP. As per records of the Asst. Director of Mines and

Geology, Vizianagaram vide Lr. No. 2515/Q/2009 Dt: 30.03.2021 there are no areas for

which L.O.I is issued for grant of mine lease, where as there are 3 working mines present

within 500 m distance which were granted before 09.09.2013 and those mines shall not

counted for cluster formation. Thus, the condition of cluster needs preparation of cluster

EMP for all working mines and attached as Annexure IV.

CHAPTER –VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS


CHAPTER-VIII PROJECT BENEFITS

8 - 1

8.0 GENERAL The surrounding inhabitants depends mainly agriculture for their livelihood.

Unemployment and under employment are the main problems of the inhabitants. No

displacement or evacuation of human settlement has been anticipated during mining

operation. Resuming the mining operations will help in improving the socio-economic

status in the area like employment, infrastructure development etc. It improves the living

standard of the people, supports for education and increase the ability of people to

understand the changes.

The following paragraphs will discuss the benefits that are obtained from this mining

activity.

8.1 EMPLOYMENT The upcoming project will generate direct and indirect employment opportunities for the

local people. The mine will create employment for a total of approximately 27 persons

including skilled as well as semi-skilled staff directly. Additionally, certain works like

security, housekeepers will be outsourced on contract. The secondary employment is in

the form of providing services to the employed manpower will also be developed in the

neighbouring villages. This will enhance their income and lead to overall economic

growth of the area.

8.2 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH Each group of mine workers undergo regular medical checkup at regular intervals by

specialist doctors as per Mines Act/ Rules and other social development and promotional

activities will be undertaken. All this will lift the general health status of the residents of

the area around the mine.

8.3 IMPROVEMENTS IN PHYSICAL AND SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE The resumed operations of the mine will enhance the socio-economic activities in the

adjoining areas. This will result in following benefits:-

Improvements in physical infrastructure.

Improvements in social infrastructure.

Prevention of illegal mining.



8 - 2

During and post-mining enhancement of green cover.

8.3.1 Improvements in Physical Infrastructure Although the mining area is well connected with important places in the vicinity

however, the resumed operations of the mine will improve the physical infrastructure of

the adjoining areas. This will include the following.

Improved road communication due to operation of the mine.

Strengthening of existing community facilities through the Community Development

Program.

Creation of community assets (infrastructure) like provision for drinking water,

village roads/ linked roads, dispensary & health centre, community centre, market

place etc.

Awareness program and community activities, like health camps, medical aids,

family welfare programs, cultural activities, plantation etc.

8.3.2 Improvements in Social Infrastructure The mining activity shall create awareness with the local people for preferring permanent

services than seasonal agricultural activities. The activities will help them to analyze the

importance of education. With the increased amount of income, people can send their

children for higher education/professional courses. There will be some obvious changes

in various environmental parameters due to mining activity. There will also be positive

impact in socio-economic area due to increased economic activities, creation of new

employment opportunities, infrastructural development and better educational and health

facilities. Lessee will also undertake awareness program and community activities like

health camps, medical aids, family welfare camps, and awareness program etc.

8.3.3 Prevention of Illegal Mining & Contribution to the Exchequer Since the mine lease areas will be leased out to successful allottees, mining operation in

the state will get legalized and it will fetch income to the state exchequer. The proponent

will take due care to avoid illegal mining within the mine lease area. The production will

be as per approved mining plan after obtaining statutory clearances from respective

authorities.



8 - 3

8.3.4 Enhancement of Green Cover Plantation/Afforestation will be done as per program i.e. along the road sides and near

civic amenities. Post plantation, the area will be regularly monitored in every season for

evaluation of success rate. For selection of plant species local people will also be

involved. The management will provide free saplings of fruit and other trees, etc. to local

people during monsoon.

8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

The resumed operations of mining activity are likely to have other tangible benefits as

given below.

Indirect employment opportunities to local people in contractual works like

transportation, sanitation, for supply of goods and services to the project and other

community services.

Market and business establishment facilities will also increase.

Improvement in communication, transport, education, community development and

medical facilities.

Overall change in employment and income opportunity.

The State Government will also be benefited directly from the project, through

increased revenue from royalties, excise duty.

CHAPTER –IX ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


CHAPTER-IX ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

PLAN

9 - 1

9.0 INTRODUCTION Any types of development project exert certain benefits and adverse impacts on the

surroundings. The major objective and benefit of utilizing Environmental impact

Assessment in project planning stage itself, is to prevent avoidable losses of

Environmental resources and values as a result of Environmental Management Plan.

Environmental Management Plan includes protection/mitigation/enhancement measures

as well as suggesting post project monitoring program. Environmental Management Plan

may often suggest additional project operations that have to be incorporated in the

conventional operation.

Any development in the study area needs to be with judicious utilization of non-

renewable resources of the study area and within the limits of permissible assimilative

capacity. The assimilative capacity of the study area is the maximum amount of pollution

load that can be discharged in the environment without affecting the designated use and is

governed by dilution, dispersion, and removal due to physico-chemical and biological

processes. The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable

development in the study area of the Mine Lease Area.

It has been evaluated that the study area has not been affected adversely as there are no

major polluting activities in the study area and likely to get economical fillip.

Environmental Management Plan aims at the preservation of ecosystem by considering

the pollution abatement facilities at the site inception.

Fully conscious towards Environmental responsibility the proponent mainly focuses,

apart from other relevant concerns, on the following important aspects,

a) Dust suppression measures by water sprinkling

b) Proper maintenance of vehicles and equipment.

The different Environmental components that are identified in the assessment chapter are

dealt hereunder with necessary Environmental Management Plan.



PLAN

9 - 2

Applicable Regulations Following Regulations & policies with the amendments thereof need to be taken into

consideration under comprehensive environmental management systems (EMS)

programme as an integral part of the mine operation:

The Mines Act, 1952

The Mines and Mineral (regulation and Development) Act, 1957.

Mineral conservation and Development Rules (MCDR), 1988.

Mines Rules, 1955 for Health and Safety of Mining workers.

Section 21 of Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981.

Section 25 and 26 of Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974.

Gazette Notifications of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) as and when

notified for pollution prevention and control.

Applicable State Acts and Rules for Mining.

Directives of Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board (APPCB) in their Consent

Letters and Notifications.

EP Act 2006

Table: 9.1 EMP costing for the project

S.No Details Capital Cost (in Lakhs)

Recurring Cost

(Lakhs) Remarks

1 Air Pollution Nose masks (Rs. 25/- each) - 0.24 Replaceable

once in a week

Sprinkling system 3.0 KLD (Rs. 750/- for 1 tank of capacity 10KL)

0.4 0.1 Required daily on 250 working days

Wet jacketed Drilling 5.0 KLD -- 0.8

Required daily on 250 working days

Gunny bags -- 0.05

Graded road Construction -- 0.04

2 Water Pollution Garland drains (approx top 0.5 0.1 Drains



PLAN

9 - 3

width 2m, bottom width 1m & height 1m) Rs. 270/- per sq.m & RWH

construction around the mine site

Construction of Septic tank -- 0.1 Cleaning twice in a year

3 Noise Pollution Regular maintenance of machinery (1500/- per month)

-- 0.2

Ear muffs (Rs. 50/- each) -- 0.03 Thrice in a year

4 Occupational Safety and Health First aid kits

0.1 0.03 Replaceable twice for every year

Fire extinguishers 0.1 0.03

PPE for all workers (hand gloves Rs. 30 /- each, helmets 500/- and Safety shoes 500/- each)

-- 0.3

Regular health checkups -- 0.28 Carried out once in a year

Training and awareness programs on risk factors during emergencies

0.3 0.1

5 Environmental Monitoring

Ambient air, water quality, Noise studies and Vibration studies

-- 0.5

6 Green belt development

Avenue Plantation along the approach road of 1.0 km stretch.

3.8 1.4 950 plants

TOTAL 5.6 4.3 CSR Budget 3.0 0.4

GRAND TOTAL 8.6 4.7

EMP BUDGET

Capital Cost : 5.6 Lakhs

Recurring cost per annum : 4.3 Lakhs



PLAN

9 - 4

9.1 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY Smt. A. Kamala will follow Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) as per O.M.

File No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated: 01.05.2018.

The following measures will be taken to maintain a clean and sustainable environment in

and around the plant:

Integrate sound environmental practices in all its activities.

Promote development of innovate environment friendly processes

Improve employee commitment and responsibility towards environment

protection

Promote environmentally responsible behaviour amongst contractual workforce

and suppliers.

Development of greenbelt in surrounding areas and along the approach road.

CER activities by the proponent Development of Infrastructure facilities in nearby schools

Health camps

Providing public toilets in nearby villages

Development of greenbelt in surrounding areas

9.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Overall objectives of EMP are:

Prevention: Measures aimed at impeding the occurrence of negative environmental

impact and/or preventing such as occurrence having harmful environmental impacts.

Preservation: Preventing any future actions that might adversely affect as environmental

resource or attribute.

Minimization: Limiting or reducing the degree, extent, magnitude or duration of adverse

impacts.

9.3 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT The mining activity would result in the increase of PM concentrations due to fugitive

dust. Frequent water sprinkling in the vicinity would be undertaken and will be continued



PLAN

9 - 5

as there is possibility for dust generation due to truck mobility. It will be ensured that

vehicles are properly maintained to comply with exhaust emission requirements.

Table: 9.2Ambient Air Quality Standards

Concentration Microgram's per Meter Cube

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX 100 60 80 80

Mitigative measures suggested for air pollution control are based on the baseline ambient

air quality monitoring data. From the point of view of maintenance of an acceptable

ambient air quality in the region, it is desirable that air quality should be monitored on a

regular basis to check it vis-à-vis the standards prescribed by CPCB and in case of non-

compliance, appropriate mitigative measures shall be adopted.

As per the results of ambient air quality monitoring data, the background concentrations

of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX and Free Silica are within the stipulated CPCB standards.

9.3.1 Air Pollution Control Measures Dust is the major pollutant generated from the mining operations. Dust would be

generated during mining, handling and transportation of the material. The Environmental

control measures proposed to control the fugitive dust releases during the Road Metal

&Building Stone production are given in the below table.

Table: 9.3Air Pollution Control Measures

S.No Dust Source Control measure

1 Haul Road Compaction, gradation and drainage on both sides. Proper maintenance. Regular water spraying.

2 Truck Movement

No overloading of trucks. Trucks to be covered with tarpaulin while

transporting Road Metal &Building Stone Enforcing speed limit.



PLAN

9 - 6

3 Blasting area

Proper charge per delay shall be regulated. Stemming column shall be more than the burden to

avoid blown out shots. Each blast would be is carefully planned,

supervised executed and observed by expert staff

In addition the following measures will be undertaken

Development of Green belt

Periodical monitoring of air quality to take steps to control the pollutants.

Regular water sprinkling to suppress the dust on haul roads, service roads and mining

face by truck mounted water tankers.

9.3.2 Controlling of other emissions The other emissions are mainly SO2, NOx and the source would be from vehicles. But,

these emissions are very minimal. This will be controlled by proper maintenance and

servicing of vehicles.

9.4 WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT There will not be any waste water generation except domestic waste water, therefore no

post waste water monitoring required.

Water Pollution Management Channels and bunds would be constructed and maintained to avoid any erosion and

contamination.

The mine pit water collected due to rains will be utilized for water spraying on the

haul roads and for watering plantation.

9.5 NOISE LEVEL MONITORING There will be intermittent noise levels due to vehicular movement and mining activities.

The Management Plan for controlling noise pollution is envisaged as follows.

No mining activities are planned during night time.

A thick greenbelt will be developed

Selection of suitable machinery and equipment,



PLAN

9 - 7

Proper mounting of equipment,

Providing noise insulation/padding wherever practicable and

Machinery will be fitted with properly designed noise acoustic silencers.

Proper maintenance and periodic lubrication of noise generating parts of the

machines.

9.5.1 Parameters The noise level recordings are measured in dB (A) Leq values, where dB (A) denotes the

time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A, which is relatable to

human hearing.

9.5.2 Methodology Precision integrated sound level meters are being used for monitoring of Leq noise levels

in dB (A) scale at the work place and also in the surrounding villages.

9.5.3 Noise Quality Management The following measures shall be implemented

Proper lubrication, fitting of effective silencers and good maintenance.

Provision of personnel hearing protective equipment to all workers likely to be

exposed to noise.

Restricting duty hours of operators likely to be exposed to higher noise levels.

The maintenance of natural vegetation as well as afforestation in the lease shall serve

as acoustic barriers.

9.5.4 Noise Pollution Control The ambient noise level monitoring carried out in and around the mine shows that

ambient noise levels are well within the stipulated limits of CPCB.

Noise generation may be for an instant, intermittent or for continuous periods, with low

to high decibels. Periodic inspection and checks of the risk prone areas and equipments

have to be conducted.



PLAN

9 - 8

To control noise pollution during the proposed mining operations following steps will be

practiced.

Proper selection of machinery

Proper and timely maintenance of mining and plant machinery

Limiting of speed of haulage vehicles/tippers.

9.6 WATER CONSUMPTION AND WASTE WATER GENERATION A total of approximately 11.2 KLD of fresh water is required for the mining activity

which will be met through water tankers. Out of the total quantity, 1.2 KLD will be

utilized for domestic purpose, 5.0 KLD will be used for drilling by wet jacket method and

2.0 KLD for Green belt development. Remaining 3.0 KLD of water is required for dust

suppression as follows.

Fig 9.1 Water balance flow diagram

11.2 KLD (Water tankers)

11.2 KLD

Domestic purpose (1.2 KLD) Green Belt

(2.0 KLD) Dust Suppression

(3.0 KLD)

Septic Tank (Soak pit) (1.0 KLD)

No outflow No outflow No outflow

Drilling by wet jacket method

(5.0 KLD)



PLAN

9 - 9

9.7 BIOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT Trees are very suitable for detecting, recognizing and monitoring air pollution effects.

Monitoring of biological effects of air pollutant by the use of plants as indicators has

been applied on local, regional and national scale. Trees function as sinks of air

pollutants, besides their bio esthetical values, owing to its large surface area. Annual need

of oxygen for one person is met by 150 sq.m of leaf surface. So it is necessary to develop

green belt in and around the polluted site with suitable species to combat the air pollution

effectively. The plantation scheme covers the following areas.

Plantation around peripheral portion of mine and other structures.

Gardens, parks and haul road plantation.

Plantation by way of reclamation/rehabilitation of mined out blocks.

9.7.1 Tree Plantation Program The main aim of plantation of mined out areas is to stabilize the land, to protect it from

erosion and provide an aesthetic landscape. It is proposed to develop avenue plantation

on either side of the approach road to a stretch of 1.0 km out of the total approach road.

9.7.2 Mine Drainage: Water table: There are no ground water bodies such as open wells or bore wells in this

lease area. The ground water table is about 48 m depth from the ground level. Maximum

depth of workings is up to RL 70 m and minimum depth of workings is RL 80 m. The

proposed maximum quarry operations during the plan period, a depth of 98m from the

top hill, which is above the ground level; thus no chances for accumulation of ground

water in working pit and no water, will be discharged from the pit.

Encounter and discharge of mine water: There is no chance of groundwater likely to

be encountered in the mine. But the rainwater will accumulate at pit bottom in rainy

seasons and this may be dried up slowly by percolating to ground.



PLAN

9 - 10

9.8 SOIL MANAGEMENT Top Soil Management The minimum top soil preserved will be used for plantation, filling ditches and

reclamation wherever necessary.

Waste Management Out of the total excavated mineral i.e., 90% saleable Road Metal & Building Stone and

10% overburden which will be in dump yard over an extent of 1.0218 Ha within mine

lease area as step dumping. It is useful for road gradation, hence no need of waste dump

management. The topsoil will be preserved within the lease area for mined area

reclamation usage at the time of closure.

9.9 LAND ENVIRONMENT

9.9.1 Land use The project covers a total ML area of 8.90hectares of Govt. land presently granted for

Road Metal & Building Stone mining. During the ensuing plan period an area of 2.4942

hectares of land will be brought under mining by the end of the plan period. About

1.0218 Ha will be maintained as 7.5m buffer area. The remaining area shall be put to use

in the future basing on the demand for Road Metal & Building Stone. The core zone

landscape can be improved by tree plantation, shrub growth etc., which are outlined

separately under eco-restoration.

9.9.2 Mine roads Roads for haulage and access to different locations would be laid as per the statutory

regulations stipulated in the Metalliferrous Mines Regulations, 1961. Some of the basic

features of laying the haul roads at the Mine Lease Area as required from environmental

and safety angle cover the following:

The road layout would be generally followed as per scheme shown in mine general

layout. The main haul road and feeder roads would be generally of 6 m wide keeping

provisions for road side plantation.



PLAN

9 - 11

The corners and bends would be made in such a way as to offer the vehicle operator,

a clear visibility of at least 30m along the road.

The alignment of haul roads and feeder roads may require alteration with the progress of

mining work.

9.9.3 Proposed Mitigating Measures The land management plays an important role in reducing the adverse impacts caused by

surface mining operation. Land management is required in the key areas like land use

scheme with the ML area, calendar plan, mine bench advancement to arrest

indiscriminate degradation of landform, top soil preservation, soil erosion control and the

restoration of the mine pit.

Land restoration: Since it is envisaged that the quarry will be in operation for at least 39 years, so, no back

filling is proposed during the lease period. After removal of mineral, benches will be

formed below the surface level and the top of the benches will be applied with top soil

and developed with grasses and plantation. Fast growing trees and other native shrubs

would be planted to stabilize the reclaimed land and prevent wind erosion of solid

particles.

The pits formed will be used as rain water harvesting structures. While reclaiming the

mined out area, the original land form cannot be fully restored. This would be beneficial

in two aspects, namely (i) it may recharge the spring table by seepage of water through

cracks and joints and (ii) the impounded water reservoir can be utilized for development

of afforestation and irrigation source to nearby agricultural fields.

9.10 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT & SAFETY The company management shall give preference to local people through both direct and

indirect employment.

It will provide ample opportunity to the locals to up-lift their living standards by

organizing events that propagate mutual benefits to all, such as health camps,

awareness campaigns, donations to poorer sections of society and downtrodden.



PLAN

9 - 12

Educational needs of the region will be improved by encouraging the workers to

allow their children to attend schools.

Adequate supply of potable water to the workers will be made during the working

hours. Sufficient funds shall be allocated for these and other emergency needs.

The mines management will supervise the safe working of the contractor and their

employees. The working personnel will be provided with face masks, ear plugs,

safety helmets and goggles in order to reduce health hazards.

The proponent will provide all necessary provisions stipulated under the Mines Act. In

addition a Safety committee will be formed and manned by equal participants from

Management and Workers. Personnel Protection Equipment (PPE) will be issued to each

worker. Other safety equipments shall be used according to the nature of job involved.

9.11 BIOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PLAN The mining activity will have low impact on shrubs in the mine lease area and in order to

minimize the impacts, it is proposed to reclaim the entire plain land available in mined

out area with indigenous plant species as early as possible. Plantation programme is

proposed to be carried out in and around the mine lease area so that the natural habitat is

restored.

9.11.1 Green Belt Development/Afforestation Plan

It is proposed to develop avenue on either side of the approach road to a stretch of 1.0 km

with 950 plants out of the total approach road. The year wise program of tree plantation is

being given in below table:

Table 9.4Details of Year Wise Tree Plantation Program

Year No. of Saplings I 150 II 200 III 200 IV 200 V 200

Total 950



PLAN

9 - 13

9.11.2Criteria for Selection of Species

Species to be selected should fulfill the following specific requirements of the area

- Availability of seed material

- Tolerance to specific conditions or alternatively wide adapts ability to eco-

physiological conditions.

- Rapid growth

- Capacity to endure water stress and climatic extremes after initial establishment

- Differences in height, growth habits

- Pleasing appearance

- Providing shade

- Ability of fixing atmospheric Nitrogen

- Improving waste lands.

9.11.3 Design of green development The greenbelt shall be developed around the mine to act as a sink for pollutants,

attenuation of noise levels and improvement in aesthetic quality of the plant. The

following criteria shall be adopted in the design of greenbelt:

1. Generally fast growing trees should be planted as otherwise it will take many years

for other types of trees to attain their full height.

2. Trees will be planted along the road side in such a way that there is no direct line of

sight when viewed from a point outside the foliage perimeter.

3. Trees growing up to 10 m or more in height with thick perennial foliage should be

planted around the plant.

4. Trees shall be planted staggered in each row (minimum three rows encircling the

perimeter of the plant).

5. Tree trunk being free foliage up to a height of 2 to 3 m, it is advisable to grow shrubs

in front of trees to give coverage to the open portion.

6. It is proposed to develop avenue plantation on either side of the approach road to a

stretch of 1.0 km out of the total approach road.



PLAN

9 - 14

9.12 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MEASURES Mining profession involves exposure of workers to open area& dusty environment

requiring assessment of likely impacts on the health aspects. Workers are prone to be

affected by respiratory and pulmonary diseases, apart from health hazards related to

water pollution, noise and vibrations. Health impact assessment will be undertaken by

studying the nature of the mining activities and its impact. The proponent will appoint a

doctor periodically, well versed with occupational health surveillance to meet the medical

needs of the employees. The employees will be subjected to medical examination on an

annual basis. The medical histories of all the employees shall be maintained in a standard

format. These medical histories over a period will show if there is occupation related

deterioration in the employees’ health. The recurring budget allocated for occupational

health & safety measures is Rs. 0.74 Lakhs/Annum during plan period.

Fugitive dust, noise and fines, may affect the health of workers, safety of employees

during operation will be taken care of as per Mine Regulations Act, 1961. To avoid any

adverse effects on the health of workers due to dust and noise sufficient measures have

been provided in the mining project. These may include:

It should be ensured that all employees are adequately trained and qualified to

perform their duties. Visitors must be familiarized with the safety precautions of the

mine.

One occupational health and safety officer will be employed by the mine.

Provision of rest shelters for mine workers with amenities like drinking water, fans,

toilets etc.

Provision of personal protection devices to the workers.

Dust suppression of haul road.

First aid facilities within lease area.

Height, slope shall be developed as per the approved mining plan.

Regular medical examination shall be conducted for the employees.

Working benches shall be developed as per approved mining plan.



PLAN

9 - 15

9.12.1 Public Health Implication, Occupational Health Survey Program and First Aid: According to ILO and WHO, occupational health should aim at the promotion and

maintenance of the highest degree of physical, mental and social well being of workers in

all occupations; the prevention amongst workers of departures from health caused by

their working conditions; the protection of workers in their employment from risks

resulting from factors adverse to health. In brief, as applicable for Smt. A. Kamala, any

employee should not have any health risk due to its assigned occupation and should not

lose the productivity of the employee on health ground. The health checkups, other

occupational ailments and medical treatment as well as counseling willbe provided to all

employees periodically.

An occupational health survey program includes:

Preliminary screening of all the employees for their baseline health condition.

Medical evaluation of workers condition before joining to the duty.

Educating the workers w.r.t. the safety conditions & occupational health diseases.

Refresher Training will be provided on malaria eradication, health effects on

exposure to mineral dust.

Regular health checkups for all the workers will be conducted.

Data base will be created for individual worker and will be updated regularly to

compare the health status.

Ergonomic Program Manager will take care of all the needs of OH & S.

Doctor specialized in Occupational Health will be appointed for special needs.

Mine Safety Mine Safety is a statutory requirement, which Smt. A. Kamala fully complies. Mining

area will be fenced off to prevent falling down of man and animals.

Proposed security will be providing to prevent pilferage or theft.

Fuels: No fuel is required for minerals processing. Only diesel oil is required for operation of

mining machineries and mine vehicles.



PLAN

9 - 16

9.13 PROJECT COST Cost Estimates of the Project

The Total cost of the project would be around Rs. 89.0 Lakhs

EMP BUDGET

Capital Cost : 5.6 Lakhs

Recurring cost per annum : 4.3 Lakhs

CHAPTER –X SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS


CHAPTER-X SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

10 - 1

10.0 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION Smt. A. Kamala has been granted Quarry Lease for Road Metal & Building stone

mining over an extent of 8.90 Ha, located in Sy. No. 1 of Mallipudi Village, S. Kota

Mandal, Vizianagaram District for a period of 15 years by the DDM&G, Visakhapatnam

vide proceedings No. 3322/Q3/2009, Dated 19.01.2012 and the same was executed by the


lease period of 15 years w.e.f. 19.09.2009 to 18.09.2024..

The lease area is located in Survey of India, Topo sheet No: 65 N/4 at Latitude of

18°05'16.33"N to 18°05'16.74"Nand Longitude of 83°06'20.49"E to 83°06'25.11"E in

Malllipudi Village, S. Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram District, Andhra Pradesh.

10.1 NEED FOR THE PROJECT: Road metal and Building Stone has huge importance in almost any type of construction

activity. Further they are also required by railway projects for track laying and other

construction activities. Thus in current times, where the focus of the governments is on

improvement of basic infrastructure like roads, railways, dams and other social

infrastructure - both in rural and urban areas, there is a constant need for ensuring regular

supply of these and Road metal and Building Stone.

Considering the growing demand of the mineral, it necessitates the operation of this

mining project. In addition, this project will also generate direct and indirect employment

to the local villagers.

10.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT: The salient features of the project are provided in the following table


Extent 8.90 Ha


Location of the project District & State Vizianagaram & Andhra Pradesh



10 - 2

Mandal S. Kota

Village Mallipudi

General climatic conditions Maximum Temperature 47° C

Minimum Temperature 28° C


General location details

Nearest Habitation Gadabavalasa Village at a distance of 0.22 km


District headquarters Viziznagaram at 30.40 km








Nearest Water Bodies Pond -0.12 Km-S Pond – 0.23 Km – E Pond- 0.59 Km - S Pond- 0.71 Km - S Pond- 0.6 Km - S Pond- 0.25 Km - SW Pond- 0.63 Km- SW Pond- 0.84 Km- SW One stream – 1.3 Km - SE Pond- 1.8 Km- E Pond- 1.2 Km- E Pond – 5.76 km SE Stream – 8.90 km SE Kantham Cheruvu – 9.56 km - S



10 - 3

10.3 RESERVES The deposit was estimated through cross sectional method. The reserves are estimated


distance to estimate the reserves. The proved reserves were taken up to a depth RL 70 M

from surface of the area i.e., from hill peak i.e., 168 M RL point to bottom. The probable

reserves were taken up to 20 m below ground level i.e.70 M to 50 M RL.






Life of Mine : 2821145.76/ 73279.58

= 38.5 say 39 years

10.4 MINING Presently, the firm envisages extracting the Road Metal and Building Stone production to

the tune of 366397.92 m3@90% recovery during the plan period. Out of which 73279.58

m3/annum will be sold as mineral and 10 % overburden i.e., 8142.17 m3/annum will be

preserved to use it for regular road gradation and strengthening garland drains. During the

mining period it is proposed to exploit Road Metal & Building Stone from the existing

lease area with an average bench height 3 - 4 m along the Cross Section A-A’. The

workings will advance from South to North direction.

The mining operations were previously carried out by opencast semi mechanized method.

Road metal by nature is medium hard. So blasting is mandatory for excavation of road

metal. The operations will involve wet jacketed drilling, controlled blasting and

excavations and directly loads into the tippers/ tractors. The excavation will be carried

with bench height 5 to 10 meters and width 6 to 12 meters minimum. Haul roads gradient

will be 1:16.



10 - 4

10.5 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

10.5.1 Land Use: The total mining area of 8.90 Hectares is Government land and presently under mining.

The land is no fit for agriculture activities as it is a hill.

Soil Quality The analytical results of the soil samples collected during the study period are

summarized below.

The normal range of pH in the soils is 6.0 to 8.5. The pH values in the study area

are varying from 6.7 to 7.1 indicating that the soils are falling in neutral soil.

Nitrogen encourages the vegetative development of plants by imparting a healthy

green color to the leaves. The available Nitrogen as N in the study area is varying

from 68 to 108 kg/ha. This is less for crops when compared with soil standards.

Phosphorus influences the vigour of plants and improves the quality of crops. In

the study area available, Phosphorus was found in varying quantities of 28.7 to

41.6 kg/ha. This is medium sufficient level when compared to soil standards.

Potassium enhances the ability of the plants to resist diseases, insect attacks, cold

and other adverse conditions. The available potassium in the study area varies

between 141.5 to 179 kg/ha. This is less level for crops.

Organic Carbon in the study area ranges from 0.19 to 0.32%. This is less level for

crops.

Based on the above results, the soils in the region are average fertile enough for

cultivation of crops.

10.5.2 Water Quality

Ground water Quality:

During the study period, the pH of the groundwater was found varying between 7.1

and 7.5. The pH values for all the samples collected in the study area during study

period were found to be within the acceptable limits.

The TDS of all the samples were below the permissible limit of 2000 mg/l.



10 - 5

The Chloride levels in the groundwater samples collected in the study area were

ranging from 98-132 mg/l

In the groundwater samples collected from the study area, the hardness was found to

be varying from 308 mg/l to 423 mg/l.

In the groundwater samples of study area the fluoride values were found to be

within a range of 0.46 mg/l to 0.68 mg/l.

All the heavy metals in all samples were found to be below the permissible limits.

Summary of surface water:


TDS was found to be 215 mg/l to 267mg/l. The tolerance limit of 1,500 mg/l as per

IS:2296




Total coliform in water was 300 MPN/100ml to 900 MPN/100ml. The likely source of

bacteriological contamination was due to the proximity to residential area


10.5.3 Ambient Air Quality: On the perusal of above summary of analysis of ambient air quality in the study are it is

evident that all monitored values in various locations are well within the specified limits

of CPCB. The results are summarized below:

PM10: The highest PM10 concentration 62.2µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station mine site while the lowest PM10concentration was found to be

30.4µg/m3 at Jeelugulapadu. All the monitored values of PM10 are well below the

specified limit of 100 µg/m3.

PM2.5: The highest PM2.5 concentration 31.7µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station mine site while the lowest PM2.5concentration was found to be



10 - 6

14.6µg/m3 at Jeelugulapadu. All the monitored values of PM2.5 are well below the

specified limit of 60 µg/m3.

SO2: The highest SO2 concentration 11.8 µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station mine site while the lowest SO2 concentration was found to be

6.8µg/m3 at Jeelugulapadu. All the monitored values of SO2 are well below the specified

limit of 80 µg/m3.

NOx: The highest NOx concentration 15.2 µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station mine site while the lowest NOx concentration was found to be

8.7µg/m3 at Jeelugulapadu. All the monitored values of NOx are well below the specified

limit of 80µg/m3.

Silica: Free Silica was also monitored at all locations during the study period and was

found to be Below Detectable limit.

10.5.4 Noise Quality: The Leq day noise level at the mine site is 62.3 dB (A) which is within the standard limit

of Industrial area i.e. ~75 dB (A). During night the Leq night noise level is 48.5 dB (A)

which is also within the night-time noise standard limit of 70.0 dB (A).

The noise levels in the buffer zone ranges between 49.6-60.2dB (A) during day time and

35.7-47.5 dB(A) during night time which is also within the standard limit for residential

area.

10.5.5 Biodiversity: The study area comprises thorny-scrub vegetation which is usually confined to the hill

top. This area once covered by dry deciduous forests, are very much exposed due to

biotic factors and the present condition is highly eroded and is primarily responsible for

the development of Thorny-scrub vegetation. In such open low forests, high percentage

of thorny and usually a few hard-wood species predominate where the canopy is open.

Diospyros sylvatica is perhaps the commonest tree in this area. Wrightia tinctoria,

Cochlospermum religiosum, Gardenia latifolia, Sterculia urens, Strychnos potatorum,

Ziziphus xylopyrus, Terminalia spp., Chloroxylon swietenia, Pterospermum xylocarpum,



10 - 7

Albizia chinense, Cassia fistula, Diospyros melanoxylon etc. are some of the typical trees;

Flaucortia indica, Gmelina asiatica and Naringi crenulata are armed trees present, at the

edges of the mine. Holarrhena antidysenterica, Alangium salvifolium, Bauhinia

racemosa, Tarenna asiatica, Flacourtia indica, Helicteris isora, Woodfordia fruticosa,

Grewia rothii etc. are some of the common small trees found in this area.

A number climbers and twiners are found in this type of forests. To mention, some of

them are Butea superba, Cansjera rheedii, Celastrus paniculatus, Combretum

ovalifolium, Dioscorea spp., Pueraria tuberosa, Ventilago denticulata, Mucuna spp. etc.

The ground flora is mostly seasonal. Achyranthes aspera, Aerva sanguinolenta, Sida

glutinosa, Solanum indicum, Scilla hyacinthina, Habenaria roxburghii etc. are some of

the common examples.

Many terrestrial birds such as Indian Ring dove, Minnows, Finches, Crows, Sparrows,

Parrots, Mynas, Swifts, Doves, Pigeons, Egrets and Weaver birds etc. were common.

10.5.6 Socio-Economic: The population distribution of the study area is presented in Section 3.12 of Chapter - III.

The mining site is located in six mandals namely Ananthagiri, Devarapalle, Vepada,

Lakkavarapukota and Srungavarapukota. As per 2011 Census, the population of

Vizianagaram area is 1, 32,129 population with 33,757 households. If look into the

gender wise population is found that male 64,703 and female are 67,516. The Children

population of 0-6 year age group is 12,853. The total Schedule Caste (SC) and Schedule

Tribes (ST) are 11,538 and 10,872 respectively in the study area. With regard to literacy

and non literacy in this area population is 72,874 and 59,345.

10.6 ANTICIPATED IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES: 10.6.1 Land Environment:

The proponent started mining operation without prior EC and presently the mine

operation has been stopped and will resume its production after obtaining necessary

permissions. The land degradation is minimal and restricted only to the mining area and

the facilities within the mine lease boundary.



10 - 8

The total mine lease area is about 8.90 Ha. During the ensuing plan period, an area of

1.0218 Ha of land will be mined and 1.23 Ha of land will be kept as 7.5 m wide safety

zone. It can be used for native species plantation at the end of the mining activity.

10.6.2 Water Environment: Total water requirement of the mining project is 11.2 KLD. This requirement will be met

by water tankers from nearby villages. There will be no wastewater generation. The

domestic waste water of 1.0 KLD generated will be treated through septic tank followed

by soak pit.

10.6.3 Air Environment: The air borne particulate matter comprising of particulate matter is the main air pollutant

contributed by opencast mining. During the mining operations mitigation measures like

regular water sprinkling, plantation, maintenance of equipments, and vehicles etc will be

carried out.

10.6.4 Noise Environment: Mining will be open cast semi mechanized involves drilling and blasting. Still preventive

measures like Controlled blasting, regular maintenance of vehicles and equipments will

be done and protective gears like ear muffs etc will be provided to the workers.

10.6.5 Biological Environment No forest area diversion is required in the mining area and the land is non-agriculture

sandy vacant with insignificant vegetation. The fauna in the vicinity of the mine is

restricted to few common species. There will be no impact on flora and fauna due to the

project. Green belt development will not only increase the ambience of the area but will

also be helpful in the survival of core zone fauna especially avian fauna.

10.6.6 Socio-Economic Environment: The project will enhance chance of direct and indirect employment in the area. Therefore

overall economic development is much likely after resumed operations of the mine. The

budget for district mineral fund that will be given by the management will also increase

the living standard of the local community.



10 - 9

10.6.7 Mine Waste: Out of the total excavated mineral 90% is Road Metal & Building Stone and 10 % OB

generated will be dumped in dump yard over an extent of 1.0218 Ha within mine lease

area as step dumping and will be made useful for road gradation, retention wall

arrangement on hill slopes and strengthening garland drains.

10.6.8 Impacts due to Transportation: Transportation of mined out mineral from the pit head will be transported by hired

/consumer’s trucks. Due to resumed operations of the mine increase in traffic density will

be very less as number of vehicle deployed and the road is capable of bearing the

increased traffic due to the project.

10.7 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANGEMENT PLAN Mining will be carried out by semi-mechanized opencast mining, with mining

equipments such as excavator, dumpers etc. Drilling and blasting activities are proposed.

Operational risks such as drilling & blasting risks, failure of bench stability, accidents by

heavy machinery/vehicles and surface fires can be anticipated.

These risks can be minimized by taking care during mining operations, Providing PPE for

all work force and hiring competent personnel for handling the mine operations.

10.8 PROJECT BENEFITS: The mining project has a significant positive impact on the socio-economic environment

and it will help sustain the overall development of the area. The project significantly

contributes the economic development by providing direct employment to 27 and indirect

employment to many more people in the area. By organizing health checkup camps,

awareness programs about rural development of the locals in the field of education,

personal health care and skill development campaigns to improve standards of living in

the area.

10.9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN: Preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is required for formulation,

implementation and monitoring of environmental protection measures during and after



10 - 10

resuming of the mining project. The project cost is 89.0 Lakhs and EMP capital cost Rs.

5.6 Lakhs and recurring cost as Rs. 4.3 Lakhs per annum.

Among other environmental protection, following measures are listed below:

• Applying water for dust suppression on mine haul roads, loading and unloading

areas.

• Regular Compaction & grading of haul roads and service roads to clear accumulation

of loose material.

• Avoid overloading of dumpers and consequent spillage on the roads.

• Good maintenance of vehicles & machinery.

• Implementation of wet jacketed drilling and controlled blasting

10.10 RECOMMENDATIONS The regular medical check-up of workers is to be carried out. Green belt development is

to be stressed and workers must be motivated for plantation care. The general

environmental awareness is given to the local workers. Regular maintenance of vehicle is

carried out. Slogans of Environment, health & safety are recommended for display in

local language. Hence significantly there is no likely impact is envisaged due to mining

activity. The management must keenly celebrate the importance of World Environment

Day to create awareness amongst the workers. Conservation of soil and water must be

emphasized not only at works but also at their own place. With implementation of

Environment management plan and providing continual improvement the mine may be

accorded Environmental Clearance.

Adequate measures will be taken for control of noise at source.

Intensive green belt will be developed.

Control of dust emissions.

Consequently,

This project aims at keeping the key industries within the country well supplied

with an essential raw material

Does not give rise to any adverse biophysical or socio-economic impacts



10 - 11

No rehabilitation required

The project has significant positive aspects such generation of employment

Acceptable impact on environmental parameters

CHAPTER –XI

REMEDIATION PLAN AND THE NATURAL & COMMUNITY RESOURCE

AUGMENTATION PLAN


CHAPTER-XI REMEDIATION PLAN AND THE

NATURAL & COMMUNITY RESOURCE AUGMENTATION PLAN

11 -1

11.0 PREAMBLE: Smt. A. Kamala has been granted Quarry Lease 1st renewal for Road Metal & Building stone

mining over an extent of 8.90 Ha, located in Sy. No. 1 of Mallipudi Village, S. Kota Mandal,

Vizianagaram District for a period of 15 years by the DDM&G, Visakhapatnam vide

proceedings No. 3322/Q3/2009, Dated 19.01.2012 and the same was executed by the

ADM&G, Vizianagaram vide Proceedings No. 2545/Q2/2009, dated 28.01.2012 for the lease

period of 15 years w.e.f. 19.09.2009 to 18.09.2024.

The mine proponent has commenced Road metal and Building Stone mining operations

without obtaining prior Environmental Clearance, thus the project attracts violation, as per

MoEF & CC Notification S.O. 804 (E) 14.03.2017 and necessitates to obtain EC under B1

category with public hearing. Presentation of TOR under violation has been made before the

SEAC, Andhra Pradesh committee on 16.11.2021, 17.11.2021 & 18.11.2021 and the TOR has

been issued by SEIAA, AP vide order no: SEIAA/AP/VSP/VIO/MIN/11/2021/3236-991

Dated: 23.12.2021 for conducting public hearing.

This chapter is prepared as per Specific Terms of Reference for the project on assessment of

ecological damage, remediation plan and natural and community resource augmentation plan

for the proposals under violation of EIA Notification 2006 stating, “The Environment

Management Plan shall be prepared which shall comprise of the remediation plan and

community & natural resource augmentation plan corresponding to the ecological damage

assessed and economic benefits derived due to violation. The remediation plan and the natural

& community resource augmentation plan prepared shall be included as an independent

chapter in the EIA report.”

11.1 PREVIOUS PREFORMANCE RECORD The mine proponent has executed renewed mine workings to produce Road Metal & Building

Stone from 2012. The workings were started at Eastern side and also at South side of the

mine. Progressive Mine workings were studied at periodical intervals with the help of satellite

images from Google Earth. The mining conditions in successive years are represented below.




11 -2

2010 2012

2013 2014




11 -3

2016 2017

2019 2020

From the year of commencement, the excavations proceeded towards center from both the

direction. The working does not reach to ground level from the hill top. Presently the mine has

stopped its operations and will resume its activities after obtaining necessary permissions.

The generated OB is utilized for regular road gradation. The total buffer area for this mine is

1.23 Ha. But the area is not suitable for green belt development. Thus it is proposed to

develop avenue plantation on either side of the approach road to a stretch of 1.0 km.




11 -4

The environmental protection measures undertaken during the period is as below:

Water sprinkling on the mining quarry, haul road and loading unloading points.

Restricted vehicular speed to 25 KMPH to reduce dust suspension.

Gradations of haul roads were done to avoid fugitive emissions.

PPE’s are provided to the work force.

11.2 IMPACT DUE TO MINING ACTIVITY As per notification vide S.O. 804(E) dated 14.03.2017 it has been notified that the violation

cases/non- Compliance will involve the assessment of ecological damage, remediation plan

and natural and community resource augmentation plan.

Assessment of ecological damage and remediation plan will address the following attributes:

Air Pollution Water Pollution Solid and Hazardous Waste Transportation Noise and Vibration Green belt Hydrogeology Occupational Health & Safety Soil Conservation Corporate Environmental Responsibility

To assess these environmental parameters site visit was carried out to assess preliminary

assessment of damage to environment. Based on site inspection and the documentary

evidences the environmental aspects vs activity has been filled. The Mining activity was

carried out by Smt. A. Kamala. The Damage Assessment and Remediation of environmental

parameters is explained in the Table 11.1.




11 -5

Table 11.1: Damage Assessment and Remediation of Environmental Components

Environmental Component

Activities Damage Remediation

Air Pollution Drilling and Blasting Dust (PM10/PM2.5) is produced during drilling and blasting operations.

Use of dust aprons on drilling equipment and adopting wet jacketed drilling methods.

Avoiding blasting during adverse weather conditions.

Use of controlled blasting practice Development of greenbelt.

Extraction of Road Metal & Building Stone, Loading / unloading activities

Increase in dust levels in ambient air and SO2/NOx concentration levels in ambient air due to vehicular emissions.

Exposed area will be limited to the minimum required for mining operations. Periodic sprinkling of water

on working faces, Regular preventive

maintenance of mine machinery

Water Pollution

Dewatering Reduction in groundwater availability Deterioration in surface/ ground water quality of receiving body

Surface run-off from mining area will be collected in siltation pond/mine pits and will be used for dust suppression and plantation.

There will be negligible impact of groundwater availability since the proposed working is above water table and during the proposed working the mine will not intersect ground




11 -6

water table. There will not be any

process effluent discharge from the existing mine.

Domestic effluent will be discharged in septic tank followed by soak pit system.

At conceptual stage, mined out pit will be converted into water reservoir, which will help in recharging ground water table and will be available to nearby villagers as an additional surface water body.

Water required in mine for dust suppression, plantation and domestic use

Reduction in groundwater availability for domestic and for irrigation purposes.

Surface run-off from mining area will be collected in siltation pond/mine pit and will be used for dust suppression and plantation. There will be negligible impact of groundwater availability since the proposed working is above water table and during the proposed working the mine will not intersect water table. Water for drinking and domestic use will be supplied by tanker from nearby village. At conceptual stage, mined out pit will be converted




11 -7

into water reservoir, which will help in recharging ground water table and will be available to nearby villagers as an additional surface water body. Siltation pond will be constructed which act as Rainwater harvesting structures.

Waste water generated from domestic usage at mine

Deterioration in ground water and soil quality when discharged untreated for greenbelt development

There will not be any process effluent discharge from the mine. Rain water accumulated in mine pit will be used for water sprinkling on mine roads or discharged in nearby drainage after passing through settling pond. Domestic effluent will be discharged in septic tank and soak pit system.

Solid and Hazardous Waste

Extraction of Road Metal & Building Stone

Top Soil and Sub grade Waste Generation

The OB is generated during lapse mine activity is minimal i.e., 10% of the excavated material. Such OB is used for road grading. Dumped at the earmarked place within mine area and some quantity is used for regular road gradation. Top soil is stored for plantation use.




11 -8

Oil and Blasting material

Machinery Oil and Explosives for Blasting

All vehicles will be serviced at service centers. Portable explosive magazine will be utilized for blasting purpose. Competent person will be employed for handling blasting explosives.

Transportation Transportation of the mineral.

Increase in SPM level due to dust generation and SO2/NOx concentration levels in ambient air due to vehicular emissions.

Regular sprinkling of water on haul and access roads. Periodic maintenance of transport vehicles. Regular gradation of haul roads All tippers would be covered by tarpaulin sheets at top and avoid spillage.

Noise and Vibration

Blasting High impulsive noise levels, overpressure and ground vibrations impacts and noise related community annoyance

Small scale blasting will be carried out. Controlled blasting using delay detonators will be carried out to minimize ground vibrations. Charge per delay will be kept optimum. Nearest habitation Gadabavalasa is at a distance of 0.22 km, thus the risk of blasting on habitation is minimum. Blasting will be conducted during lunch (noon) time when no employees are present in mine working




11 -9

area.

General activities including machine/ operations and transportation of the material

Increase in noise levels occupational hazard due to noise exposures and increase in ambient noise levels

Periodic maintenance of all mining machinery and transport vehicles Provision of effective silencers to all mine machinery. Provision of ear plugs/ear muffs to workers exposed to high noise generating operations. Development of thick plantation around mine lease boundary to act as a noise screen. Regular noise monitoring will be carried-out.

Green Belt Dust emission due to Road metal & Building stone mining activity in Smt. A. Kamala.

Dust deposition on vegetation & agricultural crops around periphery of ML area may reduce the crop productivity specifically within 500m from mine lease area.

Development of thick green belt around mine lease boundary and plantation on undisturbed area, top benches of mined out area, waste dump area etc. using native flora species. Transport through covered trucks. Water sprinkling will be carried out at loading & unloading point; regular water sprinkling within the mining area and also on haulage road will be carried out. The waste material/OB dumps will be covered with shrubs and grasses plantation at the end of




11 -10

mine life.

Hydrogeology Mining activities May impact regional hydrology and drainage pattern of the area.

There will be negligible impact of regional hydrogeology since the proposed working is above water table and during the proposed working the mine will not intersect water table. However, at conceptual stage, mined out pit will be converted into water reservoir, which will help in recharging ground water table and will be available to nearby villagers as an additional surface water body. Siltation pond, which act as rainwater harvesting structures will be constructed in nearby villages.

Risk Hazards/ Occupational Health & Safety

Overall Mining operation

Occupational health issues, Community disturbance, risk of accidents, etc

Adoption of suitable pollution control measures in the mines Provision of reemployment and periodic training on health and safety to all the workers in the mine Adoption of safe working practices. Maintaining proper housekeeping at working places. Provision of necessary personal protective




11 -11

equipment’s to all mine workers Periodic maintenance of mine machinery and transport vehicles Display of warning signals at strategic locations.

Soil Conservation

Mining operations. Impact due to settling of air borne dust on soil outside ML area. Land degradation due to disposal of solid wastes.

Development of thick plantation, waste dump area and on undisturbed area at the end of mine life is proposed. In the present ensuing scheme plantation will be carried out on either side along the mine approach road. Adoption of adequate air pollution control measures to control dust emissions. At conceptual stage, mined out pit will be converted into water reservoir. Plantation will be developed on top benches of mined out pit. This will improve aesthetic view of the ML area.

Socio economic

Mining operations Increase in employment opportunities both direct and indirect thereby increasing economic status of people of the region

Will generate direct employment for 27 persons, along with it other ancillary activities will also generate employment. Mostly local people will be employed in the mine. Mine management will




11 -12

carry out CER activities in the nearby villages to improve socio economic conditions of the villages. The Mine management will improve the basic facilities such as education, health and sanitation and communication etc. in the nearby villages under CER




11 -13

Part-II

11.3 CALCULATION OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR REMEDIATION WORKS AND RESOURCE AUGMENTATION WORKS

The dictionary meaning of the word remediation is "the action of remedying something, in particular of reversing or stopping environmental damage". Before arriving at the

formation of ‘Unit costs’ the areas where the environmental protection works are needed are

enumerated.

a. The compensation to dust emissions due to carried out mining activities.

b. The compensation to loss of greenery due to felling of trees and clearing the area for

quarrying.

c. The compensation to the loss of rain water, that could have incurred due to poor/zero

planning of tapping the resources and streamlining them,

d. The cost of providing a proper fencing or wall around the boundary, whose failure can

create un-safe conditions of working,

e. Cost of water sprinkling for dust suppression, on roads used by the lessee which

otherwise do not belong to him,

f. Cost of providing boulder wall or trench as the case may be for arresting rolling

boulders,

g. Cost of providing a trench around the waste dump which can arrest the muddy waters

and allow clear waters outside.

Resource augmentation: To plan augmentation of resources that were otherwise existing or

getting supported from the virgin land of lease are to be considered. The community resources

are ‘Grazing Lands’, ‘Water tanks’, ‘Ground water’, ‘Gardens, Parks’ etc. The quarry

operations could have affected the ground water resources seriously. This area requires

augmentation of water resource that is generally used by the local community.

This part of the report briefly describes the basis of arriving at the standard costs for different

works. The rates that have been approved by different Governmental bodies are much lesser




11 -14

than that of these rates, probably due to their past dated rates. The present rates are arrived at

by the available market prices in general. The variation if any may be 10% either side.

11.3.1 Air Pollution The major source of air pollution due to emission generation by is quarry machineries &

transportation of Road Metal & Building Stone. Drilling, Haul roads, Waste dump & Open pit

activities are considered for air emission generation.

Emission calculation References:

The drilling emission is calculated with the equation of Chakraborty, et al. (2002),

The emission factors for the haul roads the equation from the literature Chaulya,

(2006).

Haul Roads & Waste dump emission calculated based on the literature Chakraborty, et

al., (2002).

Open pit Emission calculation as per the open pit estimation is another tool than the

area source in AERMOD. (Neshuku, 2012).

Table 11.2 Quantification of Emissions due to quarry activities

S. No Emission

Details

Total Emissions quantity

(Tonne) for violation period

1 PM 0.1892

2 SO2 0.0016

3 NOx 0.5712




11 -15

Table 11.3 Cost estimation for air emissions

Pollutants Total Emissions quantity (Tonne) for 3 years (Violation Period)

Penalty Cost (Rs.) Tonne/Year

Total Penalty cost for 4 years

PM 0.1892 38074.54 7204

SO2 0.0016 110.7819 --

NOx 0.5712 56243.93 32126

TOTAL COST 39330 Penalty cost Source: European Environmental Agency - EEA Technical report N15/2011 ‘’Revealing

the costs of air pollution”.

Note: Penalty cost is not available in India, So, HECS is considered the 65% of the standard cost only.

11.3.2 Water Environment

A. Water regime loss: The water regime loss is taken into account as the mining operations

without proper planning to manage water flow properly could have caused loss of recharge of

the ground water. For this purpose the total area taken in meter square multiplied with the

highest rain fall of the previous 10 years gives the water addition to the local regime. This is

taken for 10 years in kilo liters. Out of this water natural ground infiltration and evaporation is

taken collectively as 40% for hard grounds, 60% for permissible grounds and 80% for sandy

soils. In the same manner the water that could have naturally entered into the local course

(Without any attempts of lessee) is taken as 40% for hard ground, 10% for permissible

grounds, and nil for sandy soils. Thus in every case around 20% of water is lost due to poor

catchment water management due to the lessee. This cost is added as the bank guarantee

amount which will be used for community resource (Ground water) augmentation purposes.

The cost is taken as Rs.0.50 per kilo liter of water which is the cess value that is imposed by

existing standards.

The present area is 8.90 hectares. The average rain fall is taken as maximum of 1.238 m per

annum. The total rain catchment is 89000 x 1.238 = 110182 cubic meters. As explained above

10% of the water quantity is taken as mis-managed quantity i.e., 11018 m3. The cess is




11 -16

taken as Rs.0.5/- kilo liter of water. Thus the cost of water loss per year is arrived at as Rs.

5509/- and for violation period it is Rs. 22036/-

B. Water Pollution: There is no wastewater generation in the Mine. The sewage generated is

being collected in Septic tank followed by soak pit. Assuming 100% of the sewage is treated

in soak pit. Thus, penalty for water pollution is not calculated for this mine.

C. Contour Trenching: The trench dug in the downward portion of the lease area (within

lease area) will allow water to collect and the pure water is let out. The cost of trenching forms

a part of the bank guarantee. This cost is applicable only for hilly deposits. In addition trench

around dump will arrest the boulders that may roll from the dump and also prevents muddy

water that can directly enter local water regime from the waste dump catchment. This cost is

also taken as a part of the bank guarantee.

The cost of trenching is taken on the basis of machine hours needed for preparing the trench.

A standard excavator of 200 range is sufficient for trenching. The present rent per excavator

per hour is Rs.3500/- including manpower cost and diesel cost. The material that an excavator

can excavate in hard ground is around 50 cubic meters. Although an excavator can excavate

around 300 tons per hour, the reduced quantum is owing to the difficulty of digging on ground

and the dimensions which are less. This machine associated with at least 2 tippers in one hour

to haul the given material. The cost of tippers with diesel per hour is around Rs.500/-. Thus

for hauling one cubic meter trench works out to be (3500 + 500)/ 50 = 80/-. The total cost of

trenching is arrived with a basic cost of Rs.80/- per cubic meter of material to be handled. In

the present case the total coverage of boulder wall and the trench around the down slope of the quarry and dump comes to 250 meters which costs 250 x 80 = Rs.20000/-.

11.3.3 Solid and Hazardous Waste

Tentative excavation of 100% material is utilized. 90% of Road Metal & Building stone is

sold to customers; out of which, 10% OB generated will be used for road gradation, retention

wall along the hill slope and strengthening of garland drains. Hence there is no solid waste and

Hazardous waste is taxed for this mine area.




11 -17

11.3.4 Transportation

This part of the road on which the trucks move is not a part of the lease area. Since the lessee

is using this road, the responsibility of suppressing the dust on this road lies with the lessee.

The total road length is taken into consideration within 500 m boundary. The road width is

taken as ‘3’ meters which is most common. This width multiplied with the span of road gives

the area to be wetted. Thus the cost for sprinkling is part of the bank guarantee to be provided.

In the present case there is 321 meters of outside road that the lessee is using.

The consumption of water for only outside the lease area roads is considered. The total area

to be wetted is 1926 sqm. As per standards one square meter of area needs 1 liter for wetting.

Thus taking around 3 trips of water sprinkling per day a square meter of area needs 2 liters of

water. For the given area of 1926 square meters we need 2 x 1926 = 3852 liters of water per

day. For 9 months of period (leaving aside the rainy season) we need to sprinkle 250 days

(deducting 20 days of holidays and Sundays). With this basis the water consumption is 250 x

3852 = 963000 liters. Taking a standard tanker of 10000 liters we need 963000 / 10000 = 96.3

tankers of water. The cost of each tanker is taken as Rs.750/-. Thus the cost of water

sprinkling is arrived at as 96.3 x 750 = Rs.72225/-

11.3.5 Noise and Vibration

Noise levels generation in this quarry due to quarry machineries and transport vehicular

movement.

Table 11.4: Penalty for Noise pollution in Violation period

No. of Workers

No. of working days/year

Damage cost per day/person

Penalty cost per year (Rs.)

Penalty cost per Violation period

27 250 1 6750 270000

11.3.6 Green belt The greenery is to be provided on the buffer zone as per the conditions of EC. Apart from this

when the bench preparation is taken up there can be loss of initially existing greenery all over

the leased land. For this purpose the buffer zone area of the lease is arrived at initially. This




11 -18

area is supposed to have been utilized for plantation. As per the standards 1 Ha (10000 square

meters) of area can be used for planting 1000 number of trees. This amounts to 10 square

meters per plantation. With this standard the number of plants to be planted is arrived at.

The tree density that originally existed in the lease area is approximately taken from the

available ‘Topo Sheets’. If the area was densely populated with trees, the loss per hectare is

taken as ‘10’. If the area was moderately populated with trees, the loss of trees per hectare is

taken as ‘6’ per hectare. Thus the loss of trees due to initial mining operations is arrived at.

The sum of the trees to be planted on buffer zone and the initial tree loss is taken as total trees

to be planted. The cost of the plantation is part of the remediation cost, which is part of the

bank guarantee.

The cost of each plant is taken as Rs.150/-. The cost of pitting is taken as Rs.50/- per plant.

The cost of guard that protects plant is taken as Rs.150/- per plant. This part of the cost comes

to Rs.350/- per plant. Coming to watering of plants daily consumption of water per plant is

taken as 5 liters. For a period of 9 months this comes to 1250 liters per plant. This is equal to

(1250/10000) 0.13 tankers. Cost of each tanker of water is taken as Rs.750/-. Thus the cost of

water per plant per year is 750 x 0.13 ≈ Rs.100/-. For two years this comes to Rs.200/- and

this adds up to the initial cost of Rs. 350/-. Thus the total cost of plantation works out to be

(350 + 200) Rs.550/-. This cost includes watch and ward also.

Total lease area is 89000 square meters. The extent of buffer zone is 1230 square meters. But

the area is a hill and not suitable for plantation, so plantation will be done on either side of the

approach road. Out of the total approach road for this mine 1.0 km will be planted with avenue

plantation. The number of plants to be planted in lieu of the approach road avenue plantation

is 950 numbers. The total number of plants consider for future development is 950 plants. The

cost of plantation for one plant is arrived at as Rs.550/- (See above). Thus the bank value to be

provided for plantation is equal to No. of plants x Rs.800. This comes to 950 x 550 = Rs.

520000/-. Thus for plantation the remediation cost is Rs. 522500/-




11 -19

11.3.7 Hydrogeology The mine is located on a hill, excavation was carried in some extent only. No intersection of

ground water is observed within the mine and required water is sourced through water tankers

from nearby village. No bore well are observed within the mine area. This mine operation

hasn’t created any damage to the aquifer. So this cost is not levied for this mine.

11.3.8 Occupational Health & Safety

All the workers within the mine were provided with required PPE for carrying out mining

operations. Regular health checkups were implemented for workers of this mine. The mine

operations were carried out under competent person supervision. No accidents are recorded

from this mine during violation period. So this damage cost is exempted for this mine.

Construction of fencing: This cost is applicable only for the ground level quarries. As the

mine is hilly terrain. This cost is also not taken into consideration.

11.3.9 Corporate Environmental Responsibility

Smt. A. Kamala will follow Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) as per O.M. File

No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated: 01.05.2018.

The following measures will be taken to maintain a clean and sustainable environment in and

around the plant:

Integrate sound environmental practices in all its activities. Promote development of innovate environment friendly processes Improve employee commitment and responsibility towards environment protection Promote environmentally responsible behaviour amongst contractual workforce and

suppliers.

Development of greenbelt in surrounding areas and along the approach road.

CER activities by the proponent Development of Infrastructure facilities in nearby schools Health camps Providing public toilets in nearby villages Development of greenbelt in surrounding areas




11 -20

VALUE OF BANK GUARANTEE BEING SUBMITED S. No Remediation work Value in Rs. 1 Air Pollution 39330

2 Water Environment 42036

3 Transportation 72225

4 Noise Impact 27000

5 Plantation 522500

TOTAL 703091 As per the above calculation an amount of Rs. 703091/- will be submitted as bank

guarantee.

CONCLUSION: Smt. A. Kamala marking efforts to reduce the environmental and social impacts of mining and

minimize the footprint of their activities throughout the mining cycle, including planning for

post-closure restoration. Mine leases can become more environment friendly and socially

sustainable by integrating practices that reduce the environmental impact of mining operations

and implementing Corporate Environment Responsibility. The mitigation of mine impacted

environmental and social issues warrant a corrective action supported by appropriate post-

closure management strategies. By managing environmental impacts, the long-term viability

of mining operations can be secured, which in turn, addresses the social issues. It also

provides the opportunity to produce goods and services in mining and at the same time

ensures a sustainable and healthier ecosystem services. The strategic management and

assessment of social and environment impacts also ensures favour from the government and

policy makers for economic benefits to stakeholders.

CHAPTER –XII

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS


CHAPTER-XII DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12 -1

12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED This chapter provides the overview of the consultants engaged in EIA studies.

12.1 ABOUT SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS (SVELC): Pioneered its way in the mid 90’s in Yanam, the Evergreen Union Territory of

Puducherry, to cater quality service in the area of environmental pollution. The laboratory

serves have been set up in an extent of 7500 sft in the city of destiny Visakhapatnam. To

provide Analytical expertise in the field of Environmental Engineering. Our technical

expertise is one among the best in the country, providing economical & sound

environmental and safety solutions.

SVELC is an ISO 9001:2015 company and is accredited by:

ISO 9001:2015

ISO 14001: 2015

Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Govt. of

India, New Delhi

National Accreditation Board for Education & Training (NABET) registered

Environmental consultants by Quality Council of India (QCI).

National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL) in

the field of testing

ISO 45001: 2018

12.2 SERVICES OFFERED BY SV ENVIRO Environmental: Environmental Impact Assessments

Environmental Management Plan

Environmental Audits preparation

Solid and hazardous waste management

Risk assessment and Disaster Management Plans

Occupational health and safety studies

Socio-economic studies

Marine impact assessment



12 -2

Rehabilitation and resettlement studies

Analysis: Environmental monitoring for air, water, soil, noise, ecology, hazardous waste, etc

Industrial emission source monitoring

Offshore sampling and analysis of marine water and sediments

Analysis of water, wastewater, soil, solid waste, hazardous waste, lube oils, etc

Noise quality monitoring

Work zone source emission analysis

The firm has been engaged in the work of Environmental Impact Assessment studies for

category –A & B projects, preparation of Environmental management plans (EMP) for

the last 10 years for the purpose of obtaining clearance from Ministry of Environment,

Forests & Climate Change.



12 -3

Fig: 12.1 – NABET Certificate



12 -4

Fig: 12.2 – NABET Extension of Validity Certificate

ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE –I TOR COPY

ANNEXURE –II MINING PLAN &

DRAWINGS

ANNEXURE –III CLUSTER LETTER

& MAP

ANNEXURE –IV CLUSTER EMP

CLUSTER ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN

Submission to

The State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) &

State Environmental Appraisal Committee (SEAC), A.P.

For

SMT. A. KAMALA MINING OF ROAD METAL & BUILDING STONE

OVER AN EXTENT: 8.90 HA Mine Address: Sy.No. 01

Mallipudi (V), S. Kota (M) Vizianagaram (Dt.), Andhra Pradesh

PREPARED BY

SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS Environment Engineers & Consultants in Pollution Control

H.O: Block-B, B-1, IDA, Autonagar, Visakhapatnam – 530 012 Ph: 0891-2755528, 9440338628; Tel/Fax: 0891-2755529,

E-mail: [email protected] QCI NABET Accredited & Recognized by MOE&F, New Delhi

SMT. A. KAMALA (Extent – 8.90 Ha) Cluster EMP

Page 1 of 19

1.0 INTRODUCTION:

Smt. A. Kamala filed an application for grant a quarry lease for Road Metal &

Building Stone over an extent of 8.90 Ha. in Sy.No.1 of Mallipudi Village,

S.Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram District, Andhra Pradesh.

The DDM&G, Visakhapatnam granted 1st renewal quarry lease for Road Metal &



Proceedings No: 3322/Q3/2009, Dated: 19.01.2012 and the same was executed by

the ADM&G, Vizianagaram vide Proceedings No. 2545/Q2/2009, dated

28.01.2012 for the lease period of 15 years w.e.f. 19.09.2009 to 18.09.2024.

The Mining Plan was approved by DDM&G, Visakhapatnam vide Letter No.

1784/MP-VZM/2017, Dated: 11.09.2017.

Without obtaining prior EC order, the mining operations were carried out in this

present area. Due to that reason, the mine was filed under violation. As per

Notification S.O.No: 804 (E) Dt: 14.03.2017, the mine management has applied for

ToR under violation vide Online Proposal No: IA/AP/MIN/68679/2017 Dt:

12.09.2017 and the same has been transferred to SEIAA, Andhra Pradesh vide

Proposal No: SIA/AP/MIN/26748/2018, Dated: 12.09.2017.

The present proposal is for obtaining EC for existing mine to excavate Road Metal

and Building Stone with a production capacity of 80078.40 m3/annum under

violation and the mining activity will be carried out by opencast semi mechanized

mining method by developing benches with wet jacketed drilling and controlled

blasting.

Presentation of TOR under violation has been made before the SEAC, Andhra

Pradesh committee on 16.11.2021, 17.11.2021 & 18.11.2021 and the TOR has

been issued by SEIAA, AP vide order no: SEIAA/AP/VSP/VIO/MIN/

11/2021/3236-991, Dated: 23.12.2021 for conducting public hearing.


Page 2 of 19

1.1 CLUSTER FORMATION: The mine area is an existing mine and violated EIA notification Dt: 14th Sep, 2006

& its amendments, cluster EMP has to submitted to get Environmental Clearance

(EC) under CategoryB1 under violation as the mine has operated without obtaining

prior EC..

As per MoEF & CC notification S.O. 141(E) dt: 15th January, 2016 “A cluster shall

be formed when the distance between the peripheries of one lease is less than 500

m from the periphery of other lease in a homogeneous mineral area” and the mine

is having 3 working mines within 500 m radius of the subjected mine area covering

in Mallipudi Village, S. Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram District.

As per the notification, the status of the 4 (one proposed mine and 3 cluster mines) quarrying projects is to be examined for a cluster situation.

As per S.O.2269 (E) dt 1st July, 2016 “(6) A cluster shall be formed when the

distance between the peripheries of one lease is less than 500 meters from the

periphery of other lease in a homogeneous mineral area which shall be applicable

to the mine leases or quarry licenses granted on and after 9th September 2013” and

mine leases not operative for three years or more and leases which got

environmental clearance as on 15th January 2016 shall not be counted for

calculating of cluster, but shall be included in the Environmental Management Plan

for cluster.

1.2 LOCATION OF THE MINE:

The mining area is located in Mallipudi Village, S. Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram

District, Andhra Pradesh. The area is located at a distance of 30.40 km from the

district headquarters, Vizianagaram

The mine lease area falls under the


Latitude : 18°05'16.33"N to 18°05'16.74"N

Longitude : 83°06'20.49"E to 83°06'25.11"E


Page 3 of 19

1.3 CLUSTER CLASSIFICATION AND LOCATION DETIALS: A certificate about the existing quarries within 500 M radius range around the

periphery of the proposed quarry has been obtained from the Assistant Director,

Mines & Geology, Vizianagaram, Government of Andhra Pradesh. The Assistant

Director, Mines & Geology, Vizianagaram to ascertain whether the existing

quarries in the said range from a cluster situation and to prepare the EMP

accordingly the certificate & cluster map.

As per cluster notification by MoEF&CC mines which not executed lease or Environmental Clearance before 9th September 2013 were considered and

were included in preparation of cluster EMP. As per records of the Asst. Director of Mines and Geology, Vizianagaram vide Lr. No. 2515/Q/2009 Dt:

30.03.2021 there are no areas for which L.O.I is issued for grant of mine lease, where as there are 3 working mines present within 500 m distance which were granted before 09.09.2013 and those mines shall not counted for cluster formation. Thus, the condition of cluster needs preparation of cluster EMP

for all working mines. The cluster details are given below.

There are four (4) working mines falling under cluster area over a total extent of

25.23 Ha, including Smt. A. Kamala 8.90 Ha mine area and three (3) cluster mines

over an extent of 16.33 Ha, which is forming cluster with the EC proposed mine.

List of mines were shown as below. However, Environment Management Plan

(EMP) is prepared for cluster of mines by considering four mines.


Page 4 of 19

Cluster Mine Details:

*The total considered area for cluster is 8.90 Ha

SI. No.

Name of the applicant

Location Extent (Ha)

Lease Status

From To

1. Smt. A. Kamala Sy. No. 1, Mallipudi, S. Kota, Vizianagaram 8.90 Proc. No. 2545/Q2/2009

dated 28.01.2012

TOR No: SEIAA/AP/VSP/VIO/MIN/11/2021/

3236-991 Dated: 23.12.2021

2. Sri. R. Chandrasekhar

Sy. No. 1, Kondamallipudi, S. Kota,Vizianagaram 8.00 04.07.2012 07.07.2022 Working

3. Sri B. Adinarayana Sy. No. 1, P.K.Rajapuram, Vepada, Viziznagaram 2.33 08.05.2012 08.01.2021 Working

4. Sri R. Sudhakar Sy. No. 1, Kondamallipudi, S. Kota,Vizianagaram 6.00 20.09.2012 05.05.2022 Working

TOTAL 25.23


Page 5 of 19

Boundary Coordinates of Individual Mines:

SI. No.

Name of the applicant

Extent

(Ha.)

Points North Latitude East Longitude

1 Smt. A. Kamala 8.90

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

18° 5'16.33"N

18° 5'9.02"N

18° 5'9.03"N

18° 5'8.38"N

18° 5'8.38"N

18° 5'9.08"N

18° 5'9.12"N

18° 5'9.08"N

18° 5'10.73"N

18° 5'12.49"N

18° 5'13.85"N

18° 5'14.25"N

18° 5'14.93"N

18° 5'15.40"N

18° 5'15.36"N

18° 5'16.14"N

18° 5'17.55"N

18° 5'17.44"N

18° 5'17.04"N

18° 5'16.81"N

18° 5'16.74"N

83° 6'20.49"E

83° 6'20.13"E

83° 6'24.78"E

83° 6'24.78"E

83° 6'25.12"E

83° 6'26.69"E

83° 6'28.66"E

83° 6'29.27"E

83° 6'29.94"E

83° 6'30.33"E

83° 6'30.76"E

83° 6'32.97"E

83° 6'36.25"E

83° 6'37.51"E

83° 6'37.71"E

83° 6'38.00"E

83° 6'37.30"E

83° 6'35.53"E

83° 6'33.55"E

83° 6'30.52"E

83° 6'25.11"E

2 Sri. R. Chandrasekhar 8.00 1-15

18° 5'17.36"N - 18° 5'17.47"N

83° 6'4.11"E - 83° 6'5.77"E

3 Sri B. Adinarayana 2.33 1-7 18° 5'16.57"N - 18° 5'8.85"N

83° 6'13.48"E - 83° 6'12.06"E

4 Sri R. Sudhakar 6.00 1-10 18° 5'17.44"N - 18° 5'17.04"N

83° 6'35.53"E - 83° 6'33.55"E


Page 6 of 19

2.0 Geology: The applied area falls in one discontinuous and isolated hillock system, which

comes under Eastern Ghat Tectonic system of Achaean Age group. The study area

is characterized by Eastern Ghats mobile belt. The area covered with denudation

hills of range between 312 m to 802 m above mean sea level. Kondakindam

hillocks in Northern side and Vendram Hillock in North Eastern side are two

important hill ranges Eastern Ghats prove to be a store-house of many valuable

mineral resources which are coming to light year by year. Garnet-sillimanitebiotite

gneisses, Pyroxene Granulites (Charnockites), garnetiferous granites (Leptynites),

quartizites and pegmatite's are the chief rock types that occur as bedded and

banded as well as massive formations in the study area. The Eastern Ghats

complex mainly comprises of Khondalite suites with a set of sub-suites. Intrusive

activity might have caused migmatisation. The terrain must have subjected to

cycles of metamorphism. The local geology shows the occurrence of Granite

gneisses, Charnockite, Khondalite, Quartz and soil. The following is the local

stratigraphy of the mining lease area. Quartz (intrusive), Granite gneisses,

Charnockite (Charnockite Group), and Khondalite is the dominant rock type of the

area. It is olden metamorphic schistose rock with garnet, sillimanite, graphite,

Feldspar, Quartz and Biotite as essential minerals and Garnets, Mica, Hornblends

are accessory minerals. Charnockites are fresh looking light coloured, showing

schistosity consisting Quartz, Feldspars, Garnet and Sillimanite schist. Alternate

alignment of leuco and melanocratic minerals attains gnessic property. Garnet is

also observed as discrete grains of reddish, brown, colour and equigranular texture.

The formation is highly structural disturbed with joints, fractures and thickly


Mineable Reserves:

The deposit was estimated through cross sectional method. The reserves are

estimated through A-A’ – B-B’ with sectional influences 61 m which are drawn at

appropriate distance to estimate the reserves. The proved reserves were taken up to

a depth RL 70 M from surface of the area i.e., from hill peak i.e., 168 M RL point

to bottom. The probable reserves were taken up to 20 m below ground level i.e.70

M to 50 M RL.


Page 7 of 19





Average Production per year : 73279.58 m3

Life of Mine : 2821145.76/ 73279.58

= 38.5 say 39 years MINERAL RESERVES IN CLUSTER OF MINES

2.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

MINING PROCESS The mining operations were previously carried out by opencast semi mechanized

method. Road metal by nature is medium hard. So blasting is mandatory for

excavation of road metal. The operations will involve wet jacketed drilling,

controlled blasting and excavations and directly loads into the tippers/ tractors. The

excavation will be carried with bench height 5 to 10 meters and width 6 to 12

meters minimum. Haul roads gradient will be 1:16.

The proposed method of working is by semi mechanized method of opencast

quarrying. Considering mining parameters and the technical parameters like

surface topography, rock mechanism factors & quality variations, geo-technical

aspects, required rate of production & available resources etc. Small scale building

quarrying activities with jack hammer drilling & blasting.

Due care will be taken on mining and safety aspects in designing the benches by

straightening & advancing the benches for effective and economical operation of

S.No. Name of the applicant

Geological Reserves (m3)

Mineable Reserves (m3)

Mine Life (Years)

1. Smt. A. Kamala 3677046.40 2821145.76 39

2. Sri. R. Chandrasekhar 7959690 6438171 80

3 Sri B. Adinarayana -- 1400384.2 66

4 Sri R. Sudhakar -- 3543688.6 60


Page 8 of 19

the quarry. Since the ground water table is much below and the rainfall is not very

high during monsoon, drainage of water inside the pit will not pose problem.

Loading of the Road metal & Building stone blocks will be done mechanically to

tippers and transported from the quarry to the stack yard or directly to the buyers

and mineral rejection/waste will also be handled mechanically; the rejects/waste

will be dumped separately. In the quarry road will be maintained with 1 in 16

gradients. Sufficient number of bunds and parapet walls will be made all along the

quarry haulage roads wherever necessary in order to maintain safe working

conditions.

Production Details of Cluster within 500 m:

Emissions due to transport on unpaved roads: Use of unpaved roads for transportation results pulverization of surface material

due to force of wheel on road surfaces. These particles will be suspended and

resuspended into air due to rolling wheels of vehicles. The lighter the particle will

tend to suspend more in air. Increase in vehicular traffic tends to increase the

suspended particles in air. Field investigations also have shown that emissions

depend on source parameters that characterize the condition of a particular road

and the associated vehicle traffic. Characterization of these source parameters

allow for “correction” of emission estimates to specific road and traffic conditions

present on public and industrial roadways. Dust emissions from unpaved roads

have been found to vary directly with the fraction of silt (particles smaller than 75

micrometers in diameter) in the road surface materials.

SI. No. Name of the applicant Maximum

Production (m3) Waste (m3)

1. Smt. A. Kamala 80078.40 40710.88

2 Sri. R. Chandrasekhar 71964.00 7996.0

3 Sri B. Adinarayana 20969.28 2329.92

4 Sri R. Sudhakar 54561.26 6062.36

TOTAL 227572.9 57099.16


Page 9 of 19

At industrial sites, where haul trucks and other heavy equipment are common,

emissions are highly correlated with vehicle weight. For those roads, the moisture

content of the road surface material may be more dominant in determining

differences in emission levels between, for example a hot, desert environment and

a cool, moist location.

Material Transport of cluster mines:

S. No. Cluster Mineral production m3/annum

Internal Road Length (KM)

Common Road length (KM)#

Average trips /hour*

1 227572.9 1.0 0.321 5-6 * Considering the total working days as 250 and volume of each truck is 35T, # Nearest

Village/black top road. *Nearest Black Top road

To minimize the same wetting of haul roads will reduce the emissions by 70%.

Similarly development of plantation along the haul roads and safety barrier of

mine, control of speed of vehicles in haul roads will reduce the fugitive emissions.

The total internal road length of cluster mines is 1.0 km and common road length is

0.3 km. However, the suspension of fugitive dust from hauls roads as per the VKT

(vehicle kilometer travel) will reduce to 70 -75% through the water sprinkling.

Water Sprinkling: For the purpose of water sprinkling only the common road length of travel is taken

into account. Based on the data it is calculated that the water needed for sprinkling

is 2.0 Lt per sq.mt of road. This will reduce emissions upto 75%. The moisture

holding in summer is taken as 2 hours per trip. Thus for a duration of 8 hot hours

the total water needed is as under. As the nearest road length to black top road is

around 321 m from the edge of mine Total Length of travel of common road = 321 m

Average width of road = 6m

Total area in Sq.Mts = 1926 m2

Water needed for one round of sprinkling @2 lit per sq.m = 3852 lit

Number of tankers needed for common road alone per day = 1 tankers


Page 10 of 19

Baseline Environment, Impact assessment and Mitigation:

The proposed mine is for production of Road Metal & Building Stone and another

three working mines. As per mining plan and obtained TOR, it is proposed to

produce Road Metal & Building Stone from the existing mine with production

capacity 80078.40 m3/annum. 10% intercalated waste will be generated while

excavating Road Metal & Building Stone.

Water Environment:

Smt. A. Kamala (Extent – 8.90 Ha) There is no remarkable water streams flowing through the mine area. Hence impact on

surface runoff is not envisaged. During mining operation, runoff will be collected in pit

and used for mining operations like wetting of haul roads and watering of plants etc.

During operation of mine, total water requirement for this mine is estimated to be 11.2

KLD. Out of which 1.2 KLD is for domestic purposes, 3.0 KLD is for water sprinkling for

dust suppression, 5.0 KLD for wet jacketed drilling and 2.0 KLD for Green belt

development. The source of water is through water tankers from nearby village.

3.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Open cast method of Road Metal & Building Stone mining will result in some

adverse impacts on the surrounding environment and the magnitude and impact of

the Environmental pollution depends on method of mining, scale and concentration

of mining activity.

The following are the possible impacts while carrying out the quarrying activities.

Change in land use pattern

Waste generation

Impact on flora & fauna around quarry site.

Dust generation during mining, screening and transportation


Page 11 of 19

Silting of local water bodies due to soil erosion

Vibrations and impact on surroundings

Noise from quarrying operations.

However the above impacts can be mitigated with proper Environmental

Management Plan supported by adequate financial allocation.

3.2 WASTE GENERATION

Solid waste About 90% of the excavated Road Metal & Building Stone will be utilized and

10% OB generated will be dumped in dump yard over an extent of 1.0218 Ha

within mine lease area as step dumping and will be made useful for road gradation,

retention wall arrangement on hill slopes and strengthening garland drains.

Liquid Waste:

The liquid waste will be mainly run of rain water during monsoon months from the

mine face. The rain water draining the exposed rocks, fragment and dust in the

quarry is susceptible for incorporating the above as suspended solids into the

runoff. Seepage of such water down to the water table may cause pollution to the

ground water.

However there is no scope for seepage of mine liquid waste, as the mining is above

the ground level. The rain water is collected in the low elevation portion of the

mine through garland drains and the same will be used for greenbelt development,

Dust depression.

Very small quantity of waste water will be generated from domestic consumption

which is treated through septic tank followed by soak pit.

3.3 WASTE MANAGEMENT:

Solid waste: About 90% of the excavated Road Metal & Building Stone will be utilized and

10% OB generated will be dumped in dump yard over an extent of 1.0218 Ha

within mine lease area as step dumping and will be made useful for road gradation,

retention wall arrangement on hill slopes and strengthening garland drains.


Page 12 of 19

Liquid Waste: Since the stone is free toxic minerals, there will not be any toxicity in the collected

rain water. As no chemical activity is involved in the quarry operations, treatment

of waste water is not required.

The rain water is collected in the mine area at lowest elevated portion and the same

will be used for sprinkling on roads for wetting and mitigate the dust pollution,

wetting and also some quantity will be used in watering of plants.

The small quantity of waste water generated from domestic consumption will be

sent to septic followed by a soak pit.

3.4 AIR POLLUTION

Dust Generation during quarrying operation and transportation

Dust will be generated during the mine operations, handling of extracted mineral

and transportation of the material which needs to be controlled to mitigate the

pollution.

The following measures are proposed to mitigate pollution due to dust emissions.

Developing tree cover all along the periphery of the cluster of mines to reduce

dust impact

Sprinkling water at frequent intervals on the haul road to reduce dust

generation during plying of dumpers.

Periodic maintenance of haulage roads.

Wetting of road from quarry site to village road.

Spraying water over the ROM to be loaded to reduce dust generation during

loading operation.

Developing plantation along the mining leases cluster boundary and outside

roads to reduce spread of dust.

Green Belt Development Plan Green belt is proposed to be developed along the approach road of the mine during

the mining for mitigating the air pollution due to fugitive dust emissions and the

noise generated.


Page 13 of 19

3.5 IMPACT ON FLORA AND FAUNA

Vegetation in the area is sparse and is mainly in the form of patches comprising

thorny bushes, small shrubs and some trees.

On the other hand green belt is proposed to be developed.

Plant species like Neem, Mango & Eucalyptus will be used to develop green

belt.

Sapling consisting of Neem, Teak will be planted along the cluster buffer zone

and the top soil bunds, and on foot of the hill.

3.6 VIBRATIONS AND IMPACT

Vibrations are determined by three factors for its intensity is Vibration Amplitude

(Peak Particle Velocity), duration and frequency. Studies show found that delay

interval of 17 to 43 milli seconds results into generation of lower level of ground

vibration. These can be controlled by non-electric delay detonators and sequential

blasting (Control blast) system. Blasting can be minimized by introducing latest

techniques like, line drilling and splitting or exponso mortar pouring, adopting

control blasting. otherwise; in-situ mass may damage due to blasting in hard and

compact rock.

As the nearest habitation Gadabavalasa Village at a distance of 0.22 km away from

the quarry site and there will not be any impact on buildings or structures as well

as local beings.

3.7 NOISE SOURCES AND CONTROL MEASURES

The main sources of noise in mining activity are drilling, blasting, material

handling machinery, and loading equipment, etc. The noise generated by the

machinery and vehicles as well as drilling operations will be minimal in the range

of maximum 100dB.

Following mitigation measures would control noise pollution:

Maintaining the machinery in good condition by properly lubricating all

moving parts.

Providing earmuffs, ear plugs etc. to workers.

Using hydraulic drills for drilling.


Page 14 of 19

Designing and following the controlled blasting techniques in such a way that

only one holes should blast at a time by using non-electrical delay detonators

for sequential blasting.

Conventional mining methods will be implemented instead of blasting, line

drilling for splitting or chemical powder, hydraulic drilling etc.

Avoiding secondary blasting by using rock breakers.

Blasting to be done in noon’s when population is low or between 5.00 PM to

6.00 PM when temperature inversions are not likely to be there and air density

is less.

Developing thick greenbelt around the cluster and along the approach roads

along the haulage roads.

Limiting the use of horns by the drivers of the vehicles.

3.8 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

The major risks associated with quarrying are drilling risks, slope failure; fly rocks

and vibration due to blasting, storage of explosives, toxic fumes from blasting etc.

Risk analysis involves systematic identification and assessment of major damage

potential credible risk scenario to help management to make objective decisions on

hazards reduction or avoidance measures meeting regulatory requirements and

develop a structured management framework for an effective Disaster

Management Plan including emergency preparedness and contingency plans.

The planning for mitigating the emergency involves the reorganization of the

accident or possible assessing the consequences of such possible accident and

deciding on emergency planning/procedures in advance.

Both on site & off site that would be necessary to be implemented in the event of

emergency without any delay and confusion.

Proper bench design in mines and observing safety measures for transportation

storage, handling of explosives & fuels, etc, good maintenance of vehicles, roads,

and fire prevention measures shall go in preventing disaster/accidents.

Mining shall be carried out as per Regulation of the MMR 1961 & rules and

Regulations made there under applicable. The project in charge is having a


Page 15 of 19

mobile/alternative communication for quick intimation of information if need

arises.

As the quarry operation is open cast, only possible risk is collapse of quarry/ pit

sides when people are working. For this proper bench slope will be maintained as

per the mining plan.

Mining operation will not be conducted during rainy days to avoid any collapse of

the overburden into mine pit.

All precautions would be taken to control fly rock during the blasting operations.

The quarry area is to be provided with good communication facilities like

telephone & mobile phone or wireless walky talks.

In case of any minor/major accidents within the mine, the same will be

communicated to the DGMS officials, the District Magistrate and Mines &

Geology officials concern and local authorities concern.

A vehicle is kept all the time at the quarry site for conveyance.

The workmen in the project are periodically trained at group vocational training

center for proper safety training as per the DGMS circulars.

At quarry level first aid facility is provided and person(s) will be shifted to nearest

major hospital.

A key person will be assigned duties and responsibilities for incident response and

emergency response at the quarry. At mine level first aid will provide and person

shall be shifted to nearby government hospital, having all basic facilities and

qualified medical officer who is capable of handling normal accidents.

Mine manager is the person responsible of the disaster management and he need to

be contacted in case of any disaster.

3.9 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

As a measure of occupational safety & health, the following facilities will be

provided to the workmen;

Providing Dust masks to prevent exposure to dust


Page 16 of 19

Providing ear muffs/ear plugs for protecting from adverse affects of noise

Monitoring the health of the workers on regular basis Periodical Medical

Examination (PME) as per Mines Rules 1956.

Providing First Aid Facility at the work site.

Providing basic amenities to the quarry workmen.

3.10 BUDGETS FOR IMPELEMENTATION OF EMP

The Environmental Management plan involves:

Dust Suppression measures

Green Belt Development,

Undertaking periodical Environmental monitoring

Providing personal protective equipments

3.11 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

Monitoring Strategy The monitoring of various environmental parameters is necessary and is a part of

the environmental protection measures. Monitoring is as important as that of

controlling, since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by

monitoring.

A well-defined environmental monitoring program would be taken up to monitor

the ambient air to check whether the quality of air is maintained within the

permissible limits.

The following environmental attributes should be monitored:

Air pollution.

Noise pollution

Workers Health

Locations and frequency of monitoring should be as per the guide lines of APPCB

and MOEF.

AMBIENT AIR MONITORING

As per MoEF, there is a need to identify 3 ambient air stations at 1200 angle

keeping the main source in the center.


Page 17 of 19

The ground level concentrations of suspended particulate (PM10 &PM2.5,), sulphur

dioxide SO2 and Nitrogen Oxide (NOX) in the ambient air outside the quarry

boundaries shall be monitored at regular intervals.

Any deviation from predicted /expected values shall be investigated and necessary

action be taken.

NOISE MONITORING

Noise levels in the work space environment will be monitored periodically. If any

deviation is observed necessary corruptive measures will be taken.

Monitoring noise levels is essential to assess the efficacy of maintenance of

schedules undertaken to reduce noise levels and noise protection measures.

A good quality sound pressure level meter is essential for this purpose.

This work can be handled by out sourcing the surveillance is for the benefit of the

workers will being and to keep track of machine wear.

WORKERS HEALTH Regular health check up of workers will be carried out at the nearest hospital at

least once in an year as per the Rule 29 of Mines Rules 1955.

3.12 POST CLOSURE PLAN

Based on the estimation of mineable reserves in the mining plan, the quarrying

operations will be continued further reserves may be proved within the Mining

Plan period. At the end of the lease period after completion of the quarrying, the

quarry pits would be developed as reservoirs for rainwater collection, which act as

sources for recharging the ground water levels in the area. Green belt will be

developed on the bunds of the quarry and along the benches and approach road,

haulage roads, etc.

4.0 CONCLUSION:

The production of Road Metal & Building stone project held by Smt. A. Kamala proposed to obtain a EC under violation an Extent of 8.90 Ha which is located in

Sy. No. 01 of Mallipudi Village, S. Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram District, Andhra


Page 18 of 19

Pradesh will be environmental compatible to the surrounding and there will be no

long term environmental impact based on the existing environmental scenario. The

particulate matter getting airborne from the quarrying activity gets dispersed in

close proximity itself and settles down early. The noise levels due to the proposed

quarry activity are also not of a higher order that calls for immediate corrective

measures. There will be positive socio-economic front in the surrounding region

due to the proposed quarrying activity. The green belt development would help in

achieving ecological balance.

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will help mitigate adverse impacts on the

environment. Where impacts occur, immediate action would be taken to reduce the

escalation of effects associated with these impacts.

Hence, it is requested that Environmental Clearance be accorded to the Road Metal

& Building stone with production of 80078.40 m3/annum.

CLUSTER EMP BUDGET

S. No Details Capital Cost (In Lakhs)

Recurring Cost

(In Lakhs) Remarks

1 Dust Suppression along common approach road for 0.3 km (Sprinkling system 7.7 KLD)

0.6 0.45

Required daily on 250 working days. Rainwater collected in mine pits/ siltation ponds will also be used

2 Greenbelt along common approach road 1.2 0.45 300 plants

3 Ambient air quality monitoring (PM10 & PM2..5) -- 0.5 Noise level

TOTAL 1.8 1.4

Capital Cost : Rs. 1.8 Lakhs

Recurring Cost per annum : Rs. 1.4 Lakhs

Total Cluster EMP Budget : Rs. 3.2 Lakhs Total No. of mines in the Cluster : 4 mines

Cluster EMP Budget imposed for each mine : 3.2/4 = 0.8 Lakhs

ANNEXURE –V AFFIDAVIT

ANNEXURE –VI HYDROGEOLOGICAL

STUDY

A REPORT ON THE HYDROGEOLOGICAL AND HYDROLOGICAL CONDITIONS OF SMT A. KAMALA, ROAD METAL & BUILDING STONE

MINE IN SURVEY NO 1 OF MALLIPUDI VILLAGE S.KOTA MANDAL, VIZIANAGARAM DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH

SUBMITTED TO

SMT. A. KAMALA EXTENT: 8.90 Ha.

VIZIANAGARAM DISTRICT

PREPARED BY

DR. V. VENKATESWARA RAO PROFESSOR (RETD.),

GEO-ENGINEERING, A.U QCI-NABET ACCREDITED FAE IN GEOLOGY & HYDROGEOLOGY

PLOT-119, SECTOR-4, MVP COLONY, VISAKHAPATNAM

& SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS

VISAKHAPATNAM

SMT. A. KAMALA – 8.90 Ha. HYDROGEOLOGICAL REPORT

Page 2

I INTRODUCTION:

Smt. A. Kamala has been granted Quarry Lease 1st renewal for Road Metal & Building

stone mining over an extent of 8.90 Ha, located in Sy. No. 1 of Mallipudi Village, S. Kota

Mandal, Vizianagaram District for a period of 15 years by the DDM&G, Visakhapatnam

vide proceedings No. 3322/Q3/2009, Dated 19.01.2012and the same was executed by the


lease period of 15 years w.e.f. 19.09.2009 to 18.09.2024. The mine was executed since

2012 without prior EC and mine operations were stopped presently. As per MoEF & CC

Notification S.O. 804 (E) 14.03.2017, this mining project attracts violation as the Road

Metal & Building Stone production has been started without obtaining EC under EIA

notification 2006.

The present study on Hydrogeological and hydrological conditions of core and buffer

zone for Road Metal & Building Stone mine of Smt. A. Kamala, was conducted lead by

Dr. V. Venkateswara Rao, Consultant, Hydrogeology (FAE), Professor (Retd.), Andhra

University along with SV Enviro Labs & Consultants team to fulfill the requirement

mentioned in Specific Terms of Reference vide Lr. No. SEIAA/AP/VSP/VIO/MIN/11/

2021/3236-991 Dated: 23.12.2021. In this connection, detailed hydrological study is

carried out in core and buffer zone of the project as per recent GEC guidelines 2015.


Page 3

Figure 1.1: Study area in S.Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram, Andhra Pradesh


Page 4

1.1 OBJECTIVES:

To study the land forms and drainage pattern with special reference to ground water

regime.

To study ground water conditions in the area

To study the impact of mining activity on ground water regime.

To study the characteristics of environmental hydrology and their vulnerability to

mining activity.

1.2 SCOPE OF STUDY:

To map and characterize the drainage network from the SOI toposheets.

To observe the hydrogeomorphological features from the available remote sensing

products.

Collection, collation and compilation of hydro-geological information with special

reference to ground water storage, sub-surface geology, hydrochemical behavior,

climate characteristics. The data need to be processed for presentation and prediction

of future behavior activity in the region.

To study hydrological aspects of existing streams, tanks etc on mining.

To decipher the impact of mining, the mining implications may be critically

compared and evaluated vis-a-vis the hydro-geology of the area.

Design mitigation plans to preserve pre-mining hydrological conditions in the area.


Page 5

1.3 METHODOLOGY OF THE STUDY:

Smt. A. Kamala proposes extraction of Road Metal & Building Stone to a maximum

production of 80078.40 m3/annum through open cast semi mechanized method. In any

open cast mining, it is probable for intersection of ground water storage of surrounding

area with mining activity due to regular inflow or seepage in mining areas. The

magnitude of impact shall depend upon size of mining project and the hydro-geological

conditions prevailed in the area. It is prior importance to evaluate the hydro-geological

conditions, storage of water in aquifers, etc for preparation of mitigation plan to control

negative impacts caused by mining activities.

To achieve the above objectives, geology of the area and the subsurface lithological

conditions were interpreted based on the exploratory drilling data and geological studies

carried by Geological Survey of India, Central Ground Water Board, State Groundwater

& Audit Department and other agencies. Well inventory conducted to ascertain the status

of weathered zone thickness and occurrence of groundwater in the core and buffer zones.

The seasonal fluctuation of water level in response to groundwater recharge due to

rainfall has been estimated based on the Andhra Pradesh state hydrograph network

stations and field observations.

Groundwater resources and its utilization have been worked out as per norms prescribed

by the Ground Water Estimation Committee (GEC-2015), Government of India.

The impact of mining on the ground water storage has been estimated based on the field

data analysis and interpretation.

1.4 LOCATION AND COMMUNICATION:

The Smt. A. Kamala Road Metal & Building Stone mining area is located in Mallipudi

village of S.Kota Mandal at Vizianagaram District, Andhra Pradesh. The mine area is

located at a distance of 30.40 km from the district headquarters, Vizianagaram.


Page 6

The mine lease area falls under the

Toposheet No. : 65 N/4

Latitude : 18°05'16.33"N to 18°05'16.74"N

Longitude : 83°06'20.49"E to 83°06'25.11"E

The nearest railway station is S.Kota which is at 4.4 km from the mine lease area. The

nearest airport is Visakhapatnam Airport at 42.87 km from the mining site. The quarry

lease area is connected by Visakhapatnam - Araku Road (SH-39) which is 3.0 km away

from the mine.

1.5 LAND UTILIZATION:

Land use/ Land cover (LULC) pattern of any region is an outcome of various physical

and cultural factors and their utilization by man in time and space.

The lease area (8.90 Ha.) for Road Metal & Building Stone mining was granted to Smt.

A. Kamala is of very small extent in Mallipudi Village (324 Ha.) of S.Kota Mandal.

Land Use Land Cover Statistics of Mine Buffer Zone: Total study area for the mining project is 32817 Ha. Out of that major portion of land use

class covered by Forest area i.e., 14284 Ha (43.53%), followed by Agriculture landand

Plantation11481 Ha, 5168 Ha respectively. Builtup area and Waterbody occupied

4.59%& 0.92% of the total area which covering 1507 Ha and 302 Ha respectively.Out of

all mined out area covers least percentage of the area that is 0.23% (74 Ha). The

statistical break-up of the land use classes of buffer zone are presented in Table 1.1 and

depicted in Fig. 1.2.

SMT. A. KAMALA – 8.90 Ha.

Table 1.1: Land use and Land Covers Statistics of Buffer Zone

S. No LU LC Class

1 Agricultural land

2 Builtup area

3 Forest area

4 Minedout area

5 Plantation

6 Waterbody

Total

Agricultural land

Minedout area

8.90 Ha. HYDROGEOLOGICAL REPORT

: Land use and Land Covers Statistics of Buffer Zone

LU LC Class Area (Ha) Area (%

Agricultural land 11481 34.98

Builtup area 1507 4.59

Forest area 14284 43.53

Minedout area 74 0.23

Plantation 5168 15.75

Waterbody 302 0.92

Total 32817 100%

34.98 %

4.59 %43.53 %

0.23 %15.75 % 0.92 %

Land use Statistics

Agricultural land Builtup area Forest area

Minedout area Plantation Waterbody

HYDROGEOLOGICAL REPORT

Page 7

: Land use and Land Covers Statistics of Buffer Zone

Area (%)

34.98

4.59

43.53

0.23

15.75

0.92

100%


Page 8

Fig 1.2 Land use/Land cover map


Page 8

Land Use Land Cover of S.Kota Mandal, Vizianagaram.

Land utilization of S.Kota Mandal during 2017-2018 is given below. Around 49.96% and

8.17% of total area is under agriculture practice and forest area respectively.

Table 1.2: Land utilization of S.Kota mandal

S.No Category Area in Ha. Percentage %

1 Total Geographical area 14842

2 Forest area 271 1.80

3 Barren & uncultivable area 1502 10.10

4 Land up to Non Agricultural uses 3624 24.40

5 Cultivable waste 65 0.40

6 Permanent Pastures & other grazing

area

70 0.50

7 Mis. Tree crops & groves not

included in net area sown

394 2.70

8 Other fallows 441 3.00

9 Current fallows 1660 11.20

10 Net Area sown

a. Total cropped area

b. Area sown more than once

6815

10063

3248

45.90

67.80

21.90

11 Fish & Prawn culture 0 0.00%

* Source: Hand Book of Statistics, Chief Planning Officer, Vizianagaram District 2018.

1.6 SOILS AND CROP PATTERN: The major crops grown in the district are Paddy, Ragi, Bajra, Sugarcane, Pulses, Mesta,

Cotton and Groundnut. Out of the total area 19.12% of area is irrigated by minor

irrigation sources. The main soils in the District are Red soils, Sandy Loams and Sandy

Clay and they constitute 96% of the total area. The soils in the District are predominantly

loamy with medium fertility. There are mostly red loamy soils, as far as dry lands are

concerned and clay loamy in case of wet lands. The soils at some places are as thick as 4


Page 9

Metres. It is likely that the thick soil cover might represent alluvium along the valleys.

Different types of rocks are in abundance in the District.

1.7 DEMOGRAPHICS:

There are 40 villages present in S.Kota mandal. Out of which, 39 villages are inhabited.

The population of S.Kota Mandal is in given below table.

Table 1.3: S.Kota Mandal demographics

S.No. Category Value

1 No. of villages inhabited 39

2 No. of villages un-inhabited 1

3 Population in S.Kota

Mandal

75917

4 Density of population in

S.Kota Mandal

512 persons/Sq. km

5 Population of Mallipudi Village

32

* Source: Hand Book of Statistics, Chief Planning Officer, Vizianagaram District 2018.


Page 10

II GEOMORPHOLOGY 2.1 PHSIOGRAPHY



covered between the 646 m and 312 m hills on the North and South side of mine area &

802 m hill to the North-West side of mine area. Notable perennial water bodies are not

present within or nearby area which may cause the inundation of quarry.

The district is physiographically comprises Eastern Ghat hilly region in the west and

north. Plains with scattered hills in the Central, Southern and Eastern parts. The

topographic elevation of the hilly area varies from 300 to 950 m amsl, whereas the

elevation of plains varies from 10 to 150 m. AMSL.

Geomorphology and Physiography of the Vizianagaram District Geomorphologically the district can be broadly divided into 4 distinct units viz.;

structural hills, pediplains, alluvial plains and coastal plains.

Structural hills: Major parts of the Western and Northern parts of Vizianagaram district

is occupied by structural hills and also they occur in isolated patches in the remaining

parts of the district. They occur as linear to arcuate hills showing definite trend lines and

all are composed of charnockites and Khondalites. The groundwater prospects in this unit

are generally poor. Most moderate yields may be expected along the fractures. The hilly

region is mostly covered with densely wooded forests and comes under agency tract of

the district. The average height of these hills is about 914 meters and the highest peak is

the Shankaram in Srungavarapukota mandal which is over 1,615 meters. The main hill

ranges are Dumakonda, Antikonda, Palakonda, Kodagandi and Gamatikonda. In the

Parvathipuram division the hills are steep and rugged terrain devoid of plateaus.

Pediplain: The pediplains comprising shallow buried pediplain, deeply buried pediplain,

pediment, residual hills and inselbergs are generally occupied by granites and gneisses

and areally they occupies large parts of the district. Generally they form poor aquifers

except along the major fractures. The pediment is a broad and generally sloping rocky


Page 11

surface with low relief and thin veneer of detritus. The groundwater prospects in this unit

is generally meager, however moderate yields can be expected along major fractures.

Depending on the degree of weathering, the pediplain is classified into shallow, moderate

and deeply buried pediplains and are generally developed on charnockites and

khondolites. The shallow buried pediplain consists of overburden of weathered mantle of

5 meters thickness and its groundwater prospects are generally meager to moderate. The

moderately buried pediplain having 5-15 meters thick weathered mantle forms moderate

to good aquifers. The deep buried pediplain has more than 15-meter thick weathered

mantle and constitute good aquifer with good yields.

Alluvial plains: The alluvial plains are developed along major river courses, valleys and

at the feet of structural hills in the district. The alluvial plains along major river courses

are known as floodplains and consist of unconsolidated gravels, sands, silts and clays.

The flood plains of fairly good thickness usually form shallow to deep fresh water

aquifers with good to very good yields. The alluvial plains along valley fills consists of

gravels, sands, silts and clays and the thickness of valley fills is considerable extending

upto 35 meters, they are generally capable of giving very high yields. The occurrence of

alluvial plains in the district is seen partly in the northwest, northeast and in the central

mid plains and also in the southeast and south western parts. The plain portion of the

district is a well cultivated tract. Flood plains are restricted to river basin. Thick mantle of

flood plain deposits comprising clay and silt are restricted to the Gostani, Champavathi,

Kandivalasa, Vegavathi, Suvarnamukhi and Nagavali river valleys.

Coastal plains: The coastal plain occurs parallel and nearer to the sea and is of marine

origin consisting of generally saline aquifers except on beach ridges where moderate to

fresh water aquifers occur. The beach ridges are suitable for construction of very shallow

dug wells of 2-3m.in depth and infiltration galleries. Active beach forms a narrow strip

along the coast. Coastal deposits comprising beach sand and dune sand occur as a narrow

belt of 500 m to 2 km wide along the coast between Konada and Duvapeta regions.


Page 12

Figure 2.1: Geomorphology of the Vizianagaram District


Page 12

Figure 2.2: Contour map for the mine area with 10 km radius


Page 13

2.2 DRAINAGE The major rivers that drain the district are Nagavali, Gosthani and Champavathi and their

tributaries viz. Swarnamukhi, Janjavati and Vegavathi. Nagavali, Swarnamukhi and

Vegavathi are perennial in nature and the remaining are of ephemeral type. They

originate in the Eastern Ghats and after flowing through the district, finally join Bay of

Bengal. The drainage exhibits sub-dendritic to dendritic pattern and is of medium to

coarse texture and drainage density is worked out to be 0.6 to 1km/sq.km.

The Nagavali is the main river that flows for 112 KM in the district and joins the sea near

Mofuzbander, Srikakulam district. It is also known as Langulya, has 200 KM of total

length and has a catchment area of 8,964 KM2. It originates in Odisha state and flows

through Komarada, Jiyyammavalasa and Garugubilli mandals before entering in to

Srikakulam district. The important tributaries of the Nagavali River are Suvarnamukhi,

Vegavathi, Janjhavathi and Vottigedda.

The Gostani River originates in the Ananthagiri forest area of Srungavarapukota near

Borra caves. It flows through Jami mandal before entering Visakhapatnam district. The

River Suvarnamukhi originates in the hills of Saluru, flows eastward in Bobbili area

before joining Nagavali River near Palakonda of Srikakulam district. The Vegavathi

River starts from Pachipenta hills of Pachipenta mandal, flows parallel to Suvarnamukhi

before joining Nagavali River.

The mine area and 10km radius around it falls in Champavathi river basin. As the mine

area is hilly terrain with maximum altitude of 531m (Regakonda) and other two hillocks

of 275m and 225m flanked to the main hill. First order drainage originates from these

hills and flow radial in all the directions. Streams originating on the west and south slopes

join with Eduvompulagedda and streams from north and east side join with water bodies

like tanks and excess water flows into Potulagedda. The drainage pattern of the study area

is observed to be sub parallel to sub dendritic. There are no water bodies within the mine

area and no major rivers flowing within buffer of 10kms radius area of the mine.

However, the streams mentioned above join with Champavathi river in the downstream

side of Gajapathinagaram town. There are few first order & second order streams and


Page 14

lentic water bodies in the 10 kms radius buffer area of the mine. The water bodies present

within 10km radius consists of number of minor tanks and streams as shown in drainage

map fig. 2.2.

Figure 2.3: Drainage map within the radius of 10 kms for Mine area


Page 15

III HYDROMETEOROLOGY 3.1 CLIMATE:

The climate of the District is characterized by high humidity, all the year round with

oppressive summer and good seasonal rainfall. The summer season is from March to

the middle of June. This is followed by the South-West monsoon season, which lasts

up to about the 2nd week of October. The period from Mid October to the end of

November constitutes the post monsoon or retreating monsoon season. December to

February is the season of generally fine weather. The Climate of the hill parts of the

district is different from that of the plains. Since hilly regions receive heavier rainfall

they are cooler than the plains. The maximum temperature will be recorded during

May and the minimum temperature will be during December.

3.2 TEMPERATURE: In the interior low level area of the district, the temperatures in summer are about 2 to

3 degrees higher than in the coastal region. In the hilly tracks, the temperature in

general may be lower than in the coastal region by about a couple of degrees or so,

depending on elevation. From about the middle of February, the temperatures rise

rapidly till May which is the hottest month with the mean daily maximum temperature

at about 35oC and the mean minimum at about 27oC. The weather is very oppressive

particularly in the coastal region where humidity is also generally high. Thunder

showers and sea breezes in the afternoons bring some relief from the heat in the

coastal region. With the onset of the south-west monsoon by about mid June the day

temperatures drop by a couple of degrees. But, the decrease in the night temperature is

only slight. After the withdrawal of the South-West monsoon, early in October,

temperature begins to decrease progressively. December and January are the coldest

months with the mean daily maximum temperature at about 28o C and the mean daily

minimum at about 18o C. During the fine weather season, the night temperature may

sometimes drop down to about 11o C. The variation in temperatures over the years

2017 to 2018 were given in table 3.1.


Page 16

Table 3.1: Maximum and Minimum Temperature in 0C for 2015-2016

Mean Maximum Temperature Mean Minimum Temperature

S.No. Month inOC inOC Normal 2017 2018 Normal 2017 2018

1 January 28.9 27.6 28.1 18.0 20.4 20.5

2 February 31.3 29.5 20.8 19.9 21.0 24.6

3 March 33.8 33.6 33.6 23.0 25.3 26.6

4 April 35.3 36.9 37.9 26.1 28.2 30.0

5 May 36.2 36.3 35.3 27.7 28.4 30.2

6 June 35.3 35.2 31.2 27.3 29.1 29.7

7 July 32.9 30.6 29.8 26.1 28.0 28.9

8 August 32.7 30.7 30.5 26.0 27.5 29.1

9 September 32.5 30.8 30.8 25.6 27.6 28.5

10 October 31.7 29.6 30.0 24.3 26.1 26.7

11 November 30.4 29.1 28.0 21.6 24.1 22.2

12 December 28.9 28.3 27.9 -- -- 21.5

* Source: Hand Book of Statistics Vizianagaram 2018.

3.3 RAINFALL

The Rainfall is being recorded at 34 rain gauge stations in the Mandal headquarters in

the district. The Normal annual rainfall for the district is 1131 mm. The district mostly

gets rainfall during both the monsoon seasons of Southwest and North East. The

normal rainfall during South-west monsoon months, June to September amounts to

71% of the annual rainfall and that during North East monsoon months of October to

December constitutes 11 percent of the annual rainfall. June (380 mm), September

(321 MM) are the heavy rainfall months in the year. The rainfall data is presented in

table 3.2.

Table 3.2 Rainfall data for S.Kota Mandal and Vizianagaram District.

S.No. Year Rainfall in mm

S.Kota Mandal Vizianagaram

Normal Rainfall 1238.3 1130.7

1 2010-11 - 1611.6


Page 17

2 2011-12 - 891.2

3 2012-13 - 1216.8

4 2013-14 1391.6 1239.0

5 2014-15 977.5 1013.8

6 2015-16 1328.1 1058.8

7 2016-17 1294.6 994.9

8 2017-18 1256.6 1071.5 * Source: Hand Book of Statistics Vizianagaram District.

Seasonal Rainfall of 2017-2018 for S.Kota Mandal and Vizianagaram District

SEASON S.KOTA MANDAL VIZIANAGARAM DISTRICT

Normal Actual Normal Actual

Sout

h-W

est

Mon

soon

Jun’17 137.5 137.2 128.4 121.3

Jul’17 154.0 95.0 178.7 125.4

Aug’17 202.6 333.4 195.1 306.9

Sep’17 207.7 187.8 190.5 168.1

Total 701.8 753.4 692.7 721.7

Nor

th-E

ast

Mon

soon

Oct’17 204.5 313.9 167.9 149.0

Nov’17 90.4 9.6 73.3 32.9

Dec’17 6.4 0.0 4.6 0.4

Total 301.3 323.5 245.8 182.3

Win

ter Jan’18 10.4 0.0 9.9 0.0

Feb’18 20.1 0.0 15.6 0.0

Total 30.5 0.0 25.5 0.0

Hot

Wea

ther

Pe

riod

March’18 21.7 0.0 21.8 1.5

April’18 41.9 83.0 30.7 81.7

May’18 141.1 96.7 114.2 84.3

Total 204.7 179.7 166.7 167.5

Grand Total 1238.3 1256.6 1130.7 1071.5


Page 18

3.4 WATER QUALITY OF THE STUDY AREA

The water resources, both surface and groundwater play an important role in the

development of the area. Likewise, the water resources of the area have been studied

to establish the current status of water quality in the area. The parameters of prime

importance were selected under physical, chemical inorganic, chemical organic and

heavy metal groups. Water samples from ground and surface water sources were

collected. The water samples were collected in pretreated sampling cans and

transported to laboratory for analysis. Due care was taken during sampling &

transportation of these samples.

Sampling locations were selected on basis of:

a) Drainage pattern

b) Location of residential areas respecting different activities

c) Likely areas those can represent baseline conditions

Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected

physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting

the existing water quality status in the study area.

Ground water samples were collected from 8 locations and surface water samples

were collected from 4 locations. The locations of the water samples collected in the

study area are furnished in the table 3.3.

Table: 3.3 Water Sampling Stations

Code Station Direction

bearing w.r.t Project Site

Distance from mine Site (km)

Latitude & Longitude

Source of collection

GW1 Kasipathi Rajapuram NE 1.1

18° 5'45.82"N 83° 6'48.80"E

Ground water

GW2 Srungavarapu Kota ENE 3.2

18° 6'9.13"N 83° 8'10.91"E

Ground water

GW3 Vantinivanipalem NNE 5.7 18° 8'18.00"N 83° 7'19.05"E

Ground water

GW4 Chilakalagedda W 1.6 18° 5'11.20"N 83° 5'24.82"E

Ground water


Page 19

GW5 Sontivarepalem WSW 3.3 18° 4'40.38"N 83° 4'34.16"E

Ground water

GW6 S Kota Seetharamapuram SW 2.5

18° 4'3.16"N 83° 5'30.49"E

Ground water

GW7 Mallipudi SSE 1.5 18° 4'22.24"N 83° 6'45.84"E

Ground water

GW8 Dampuram ESE 3.9 18° 4'24.36"N 83° 8'31.17"E

Ground water

SW1 Kondagangupudi Cheruvu WSW 3.5

18° 4'20.21"N 83° 4'32.92"E

Surface water

SW2 Mallipudi Cheruvu SSE 1.9

18° 4'12.60"N 83° 6'53.33"E

Surface water

SW3 Kothavooru Cheruvu E 2.8

18° 5'12.91"N 83° 8'12.46"E

Surface water

SW4 Kapusompuram Cheruvu NNE 4.5

18° 7'26.71"N 83° 7'34.93"E

Surface water

Figure 3.1: Google map Showing sampling stations


Page 20

The collected samples were analyzed in accordance with “Standard Methods for

Examination of Water and Wastewater Analysis” published by APHA.

3.4.1 Ground Water Quality of the Study Area The pH limit fixed for drinking water samples as per IS: 10500 is 6.5 to 8.5.

During the study period, the pH of the groundwater was found varying between

7.1 and 7.5. The pH values for all the samples collected in the study area during

study period were found to be within the acceptable limits.

The acceptable limit for total dissolved solids as per IS: 10500 are 500 mg/l

whereas the permissible limit of the same is 2000 mg/l. In groundwater samples

collected from the study area, the total dissolved solids (TDS) were found to be

varying between 454 mg/l and 591 mg/l. The TDS of all the samples were

below the permissible limit of 2000 mg/l.

The acceptable limit for Chloride is 250 mg/l as per IS: 10500 whereas the

permissible limit of the same is 1,000 mg/l. The Chloride levels in the

groundwater samples collected in the study area were ranging from 98 – 132

mg/l, which were within acceptable limits.

The acceptable limit as per IS: 10500 for hardness are 300 mg/l whereas the

permissible limit for the same is 600 mg/l. In the groundwater samples collected

from the study area, the hardness was found to be varying from 308 mg/l to 423

mg/l. The hardness of all the samples were below the permissible limits of 600

mg/l.

Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the acceptable limit of 1

mg/l and permissible limit of 1.5 mg/l. However, the optimum content of

fluoride in the drinking water is 0.6 to 1.5 mg/l. In the groundwater samples of

study area, the fluoride values were found to be within a range of 0.46 mg/l to

0.68 mg/l, which were within acceptable limits.

All the heavy metals in all samples were found to be below the acceptable

limits.

An overview of the results obtained reveals that none of parameters were found above

the permissible limits of IS: 10500 Drinking Water Standards.

The summarized analysis results of the ground water quality in the study area are

given in the table 3.5.


Page 21

Table 3.5 Ground water quality results

S.No. PARAMETER UNIT GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 IS:10500-Standards Acceptable Permissible

1. Color Hazen < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 5 15 2. Temperature of Water 0C 21.1 20.2 19.3 20.4 19.5 19.8 19.1 21.3 - - 3. pH - 7.4 7.2 7.1 7.5 7.3 7.2 7.1 7.3 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 4. Turbidity NTU 1.4 1.1 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.2 <1 <1 1 5 5. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 591 484 552 493 454 543 548 497 500 2000 6. Total alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l 286 228 252 238 215 243 259 236 200 600 7. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l 423 316 395 339 308 362 372 342 300 600 8. Chlorides as Cl mg/l 132 110 124 104 98 128 121 112 250 1000 9. Calcium as Ca mg/l 86 62 79 68 64 69 78 71 75 200

10. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 51 39 48 41 36 46 43 40 30 100 11. Fluoride as F mg/l 0.59 0.67 0.51 0.46 0.49 0.62 0.58 0.68 1.0 1.5 12. Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 9.9 7.6 9.3 7.9 7.1 8.5 8.8 7.5 45 45 13. Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 31 19 29 24 18 26 28 23 200 400 14. Arsenic as As mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.05 15. Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.003 0.003 16. Copper as Cu mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 1.5 17. Lead as Pb mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.01 18. Iron as Fe mg/l 0.11 0.08 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.09 0.13 0.10 0.3 0.3


Page 22

19. Manganese as Mn mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.1 0.3 20. Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.5 0.24 0.29 0.21 0.17 0.25 0.31 0.35 5.0 15.0 21. Dissolved phosphates mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 - - 22. Phenolic Compounds as

C6H5OH mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 0.002

23. Residual Chlorine mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.2 1 24. E. Coli CFU/100

ml ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

25. Total Coliforms CFU/100 ml 68 44 58 38 60 39 40 50 ND ND

Note: ND - Not Detected


Page 23

3.4.2 Surface Water Quality of the Study Area o pH of the surface water collected was neutral with pH ranging from 7.2 -7.4

o TDS was found to be 215mg/l to 267mg/l. The tolerance limit of 1,500 mg/l as per

IS:2296

o Total hardness was found to be 101 mg/l to 126 mg/l

o Presence of Nitrate was recorded as 0.21 mg/l to 0.28 mg/l

o DO was observed as 5.5 mg/l to 6.2 mg/l

o Total coliform in water was 300 MPN/100ml to 900 MPN/100ml. The likely

source of bacteriological contamination was due to the proximity to residential

area

o All the heavy metals were found to be within below detectable limits.

An overview of the results obtained reveals that none of parameters were found above the

permissible limits of IS: 10500 Drinking Water Standards.

The summarized analysis of results of the surface water quality in the study area are

given in the below Table 3.6.


Page 24

Table 3.5: Surface Water Quality of the Study Area

S. No.

PARAMETER UNIT SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 IS:2296 -Standards

1. Color Hazen <1 <1 <1 <1 -

2. Odour - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -

3. Turbidity NTU 6.2 8.4 5.7 5.3 -

4. pH - 7.4 7.3 7.3 7.2 6.50 – 8.50

5. Temperature 0C 25.8 25.6 25.3 25.2 -

6. Electrical Conductivity mmhos/cm 405 464 375 348 -

7. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 253 267 231 215 1500

8. Total Suspended Solids mg/l 25 22 26 20 -

9. Total Alkalinity as CaCO3

mg/l 82 93 79 72 -

10. Total Hardness as mg/l 118 126 110 101 -

11. Calcium as Ca mg/l 23.4 25.6 22.1 20.8 -

12. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 14.5 15.1 13.2 11.8 -

13. Chloride as Cl mg/l 65.2 68.4 54.5 51.3 -

14. Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 25.2 25.8 24.3 20.6 -

15. Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 0.24 0.28 0.22 0.21 -

16. Iron as Fe mg/l 0.08 0.13 0.1 0.07 -

17. Hexavalent Chromium as Cr6+ mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.05

18. Phenolic Compounds mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.005

19. Cyanide as CN mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.05

20. Zinc as Zn mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 15

21. Lead as Pb mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01

22. Copper as Cu mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 1.5

23. Aluminium as Al mg/l <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.1

24. Manganese as Mn mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 5.0

25. Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 -


Page 25

26. Arsenic as As mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 -

27. Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 -

28. Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.7 5.5 5.8 6.2 5.0 min

29. Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/l <10 <10 <10 <10 -

30. Biochemical Oxygen Demand mg/l <1 <1 <1 <1 3.0

31. Total Kjheldhal Nitrogen mg/l < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 -

32. Free Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 -

33. Oil & Grease mg/l < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 -

34. E. Coli MPN/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

35. Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml 500 900 500 300 5000


Page 26

IV HYDROLOGY AND SURFACE WATER UTILIZATION

Vizianagaram district is covered all minor rivers are directly joined to the Bay of Bengal.

The Vamsadhara, Nagavali, Peddagedda, Kandivalasagedda, Champavathi, Minor

drainages between Gosthani & Champavathi, Gosthani, Madhuravada minor drainages,

Naravagedda and Saradha are the minor basins covered in the district. These 10

minorbasins are further divided into 96 sub-basins subsequently divided into 522

cascades.

Irrigation has assumed an increasing significance in agriculture in the context of new

technology, where high yielding varieties and multiple cropping is being practiced. The

main reasons for low yields are inadequate rainfall, uneven and uncertain rains during the

period of crop growth. It is generally found that the introduction of irrigation is associated

with changes in the cropping pattern. The shift from traditional cropping pattern to the

most advantageous cropping pattern is possible only in the presence of irrigation

facilities. The new agricultural technology is highly based on sufficient moisture

conditions. Thus, the development of irrigation is crucial for increasing agricultural

production. The irrigation projects are classified as major, medium and minor irrigation

projects

Major Irrigation Project: The ongoing major irrigation projects in Vizianagaram district

is 1) Thotapalli Barrage is covered an ayacut of 70,770 ac falling in six assembly

constituencies namely as Bobbili, Cheepurupalle, Nellimarla and Parvathipuram.

Medium Irrigation Project: The completed medium irrigation project are (1)Thotapalli

Regulator is 6,938 ac (2)Vengala Raya Sagaram Project is 24,700 ac (3)Vottigedda

Reservoir is 16,670 ac (4)Seethanagaram Anicut is 4,118 ac (5)Peddankalam Anicut is

8,160 ac (6) Vegavathi Anicut is 4,142 ac (7) Tatipudi Reservoir is 15,366 ac (8) Andhra

Reservoir Project is 9,426 ac (9) Denkada Anicut is 5,203 ac (10) Pedda Gedda Project is

12,000 ac. The sources of minor irrigation systems in S.Kota mandal and Vizianagaram

district are given in table 4.1.


Page 27

Table 4.1: Minor Irrigation Sources 2017-18

Category S.Kota Mandal Vizianagaram District

No. of Sources 259 10297

Regd. Ayacut 4165 104296

Actual area Irrigated 3837 79570

Sources of Irrigation

Canals 588 50277

Tanks 3884 80045

Tube wells 1065 48855

Dug wells 21 8514

Lift irrigation 0 595

others 0 2830

* Source: Hand Book of Statistics Vizianagaram District 2018.


Page 28

V GEOLOGY Geology of the mine area:

The lease area is not suitable for agriculture as it is strewed with small stones/boulders

and covered with Charnockites /Pyroxene Granulites which is raising up to 78 M above

ground level, the strike length of the body is measured374.43 M in the area with an

average width of 224.14M. The rock type stones have perpendicular jointing, hence not

suitable for colour granites.

The applied area falls in one discontinuous and isolated hillock system, which comes



range between 312 m to 802 m above mean sea level. Kondakindam hillocks in Northern

side and Vendram Hillock in North Eastern side are two important hill ranges Eastern

Ghats prove to be a store-house of many valuable mineral resources which are coming to

light year by year. Garnet-sillimanitebiotite gneisses, Pyroxene Granulites (Charnockites),

garnetiferous granites (Leptynites), quartizites and pegmatite's are the chief rock types

that occur as bedded and banded as well as massive formations in the study area. The

Eastern Ghats complex mainly comprises of Khondalite suites with a set of sub-suites.

Intrusive activity might have caused migmatisation. The terrain must have subjected to

cycles of metamorphism. The local geology shows the occurrence of Granite gneisses,

Charnockite, Khondalite, Quartz and soil. The following is the local stratigraphy of the

mining lease area. Quartz (intrusive), Granite gneisses, Charnockite (Charnockite Group),

and Khondalite is the dominant rock type of the area. It is olden metamorphic schistose

rock with garnet, sillimanite, graphite, Feldspar, Quartz and Biotite as essential minerals

and Garnets, Mica, Hornblends are accessory minerals. Charnockites are fresh looking

light coloured, showing schistosity consisting Quartz, Feldspars, Garnet and Sillimanite

schist. Alternate alignment of leuco and melanocratic minerals attains gnessic property.

Garnet is also observed as discrete grains of reddish, brown, colour and equigranular

texture. The formation is highly structural disturbed with joints, fractures and thickly



Page 29

Geology of Vizianagaram District: Geologically, the district constitutes a part of Eastern Ghats Mobile Belt of Archaean age.

It includes rocks of Khondalite Group, Charnockite Group and Migmatite complex.

Sediments of Upper Gondwana, Cainozoic laterite and Quaternary deposits overlie the

Archaeans. The lithological units of Khondalite Group include quartzite, talc- granulite

and talc-silicate rock with bands and pockets of crystalline limestone +- scapolite +-

wollastonite and garnetiferous quartzofeldspathic gneiss with sillimanite +- graphite.

Khondalite is at places sheared and silicified with thin bands of chert. The various units

of Charnockite Group include pyroxene granulite (basic charnockite) and charnockite

(acid/intermediate). The Migmatite complex includes porphyroblastic hypersthene-biotite

gneiss, hypersthene-quartz-feldspar augen gneiss, cordierite-hypersthene gneiss +-

biotite, and at places, granitoid gneiss. Gneissosity in the granite gneiss is more

pronounced in the vicinity of Khondalite. Thick veins of pegmatite traverse these rocks in

the northwestern part of the area. Upper Gondwana sandstone (containing plant fossils

viz Hausmania sp. And Cladophlebis sp. And indeterminate bark impressions occur close

to the coast, in the southeast. Extensive capping of aluminous laterite is seen over

Khondalite Group. Quarternary formations, including brown, residual soil and fluvial and

marine sediments, occur along the river courses and coast respectively.

Thick mantle of flood plain deposits comprising clay and silt are restricted to the Gostani,

Champavati, Kandivalasa, Vegavati, Suvarnamukhi, and Nagavali river valleys. Coastal

deposits comprising beach sand and dune sand occur as a narrow belt of 500-m to 2 km

wide, along the east coast between Konada and Duvapeta.

Khondalite shows two distinct trends of foliation. In the west it shows NE-SW to ENE-

WSW trend with dips ranging from 50' to 809 towards SE. In the east the general trend of

foliation is N 30` W - S 30' E which swerves, at places. to WNW-ESE. The dip varies

from 40' to 70° easterly or southerly. However, reversal of dips is also noted. The area

has undergone poly phase deformation. Nagavali River is marked by a major NNW-SSE

trending lineament and the area to the east of the river represents a faulted block.


Page 30

VI HYDRO-GEOLOGICAL ASPECTS The hydrogeological conditions prevailing in the district generally depends on various

factors like climate, rainfall, topography, geological setting and structure. In turn the

occurrence and movement of groundwater also depend on these factors. The rocks

occurring in the district can be broadly classified as two types viz; hard and soft rocks.

Crystalline formations like khondolites, charnockites, migmatites and gneisses etc. can be

grouped as hard rocks, while the unconsolidated formations like the alluvial sediments

can be classified as soft rocks. The semi consolidated formations like sandstones are

grouped under soft rocks, though limited in occurrence.

Groundwater in crystalline (Hard rock) formations: The hard crystalline formations

generally lack primary porosity and hence usually the secondary porosity developed

through weathering and fracturing plays a dominant role. The degree and depth of

weathering in the crystalline formations varies from place to place depending upon the

topography and structure etc. The thickness of weathered mantle on the hilltops and

outcrops is less than a metre whereas it is maximum as much as 40 m. in valleys and

topographic lows. The groundwater generally occurs under phreatic condition in the

shallow weathered mantle and under semi-confined conditions in the fracture zones.

Groundwater in crystalline rocks is generally developed by means of dugwells, dug cum

borewells and borewells. The dugwells in the district are generally circular in shape with

diameter ranging from 0.8 and 5.6m and depth of the wells vary between 4 and 12m.b.g.l.

and the depth to water level varies from 1.35 to 10.0m.b.g.l. The yield of the wells

piercing the weathered zone vary from 3.0 to 237.6 cu.m./day depending on the location.

The depth range of bore wells is between 30 to 200m.b.gl. with yields varying from

43.2cub.m./day to 432cu.m./day. The specific capacity of the wells varies from 3.77 to

17.1lpm/m/m.d.d. and the transmissivity of the aquifer varies from 6.0 to 85mts.sq./day.

Ground water in unconsolidated/semi-consolidated formation (soft rock): Alluvial

formations comprising fine to coarse sands, pebble beds and gravels constitute the aquifer

horizons. Groundwater occurs under both phreatic and semiconfined conditions. The

thickness of alluvium varies from a few meters to over 20 metres. Groundwater is


Page 31

developed through dug wells, filter point wells and shallow tube wells to a limited extent

in the district at places in the area. The depth to water level in dug wells varies from 1.50

to 11.0 m.b.g.l.

Depth of shallow filter point/tube wells range between 8.0. and 20 m.b.g.l. and the yield

of the wells vary depending on the thickness of granular zones encountered and generally

ranges between 96 cu.m/day to 120 cu.m/.day. The dune sands or wind blown sands are

limited in their areal extent in the district and having no sufficient granular zones.

However potable groundwater occurs in these sands at shallow depths. In coastal sands,

the depth to water level varies from 1.36 to 5.20 m.b.g.l. and the depth of the wells range

between 3.0. to 7.50 m.b.g.l. The specific capacity of the shallow tube wells vary from 73

to 631 lpm/m/m.d.d. and the transmissivity value for alluvial aquifer range between 160

and 675 m.sq/day.

Fig: 6.1 Hydrogeology –Vizianagaram district


Page 32

6.1 GROUNDWATER OCCURRENCE:

Ground water occurs in all most all geological formations and its potential depends upon

the nature of geological formations, geographical setup, and incidence of rainfall,

recharge and other hydrogeological characters of the aquifer. In consolidated formations

ground water occurs under unconfined to semi-confined conditions. Ground water is

developed in these formations by dug wells, dug cum bore wells and bore wells tapping

weathered and fractured zones.

The yields are in the range of 20 to 70 m3/day. The occurrence of fractures in the

crystalline formations is limited down to 30 to 40 m bgl and occasionally extends down

to 70 - 100 mbgl. The bore wells constructed in the crystalline formations generally tap

the weathered and fractured zones. The yields of the bore wells generally range between

80 to 400 m3/day.

The higher yields are limited to the available thickness of fractured and jointed zones. In

the meta sediments the yields are very limited and are in the range of 10 to 80 m3/day.

Higher yields occur in limestone formations. Ground water in semi-consolidated

formations occurs under unconfined to confined conditions. Ground water is developed in

these formations by dug cum tube wells and tube wells. These formations are potential

aquifers. The yields of the dug cum tube wells are in the range of 30 to 45 m3/day.

6.2 WATER LEVEL FLUCTUATION: The depth to water level during pre-monsoon season in the district ranges between 5.1 m

to 7.4 m bgl. High levels of Ground water levels during monsoon are observed in the year

2016-17 & 2017-18. In monsoon (South West monsoon) season, the ground water levels

of Vizianagaram district ranges between 2.3 m bgl and 6.1 m bgl. Deeper ground water

depths are recorded in the year 2016-17, which is in the range of 3.2 m – 7.4 m bgl.

Shallower depths of ground water levels for Vizianagaram district is observed during

post-monsoon season ranging between 2.7-5.2 m bgl. During winter again the depth of

ground water availability increases i.e., 4.9-6.4 m bgl for 2016-18.


Page 33

Table 6.1: Month-wise Ground water levels and Rainfall data for Vizianagaram District from 2016-17 to 2017-18

Month

2016-17 2017-18

Ground water level (in m)

Rainfall (in mm)

Ground water level (in m)

Rainfall (in mm)

June 6.1 182.7 4.9 121.3

July 5.0 184.6 3.2 125.4

August 4.9 120.0 3.5 306.9

September 3.2 302.8 2.3 168.1

South-West Monsoon 19.2 790.1 13.9 721.7

October 3.5 103.0 2.7 149.0

November 4.4 1.7 3.4 32.9

December 5.2 0.7 4.1 0.4

North East Monsoon 13.1 105.4 10.2 182.3

January 5.9 0.3 4.9 0.0

February 6.4 0.0 5.8 0.0

Winter Period 12.3 0.3 10.6 0.0

March 6.8 32.6 5.1 1.5

April 7.2 5.0 5.5 81.7

May 7.4 61.5 5.8 84.3

Hot Weather Period 21.4 99.1 16.4 167.5

Total 66.0 994.9 51.0 1071.5

Average 5.5 82.9 4.3 89.3 * Source: CHIEF PLANNING OFFICER, VIZIANAGARAM


Page 34

In S.Kota Mandal, the ground water levels in post monsoon season (i.e., Nov’ 2021)

shallow ground water depth is observed to be 4.7 bgl, whereas in pre-monsoon season

(i.e., May, 2021) is recorded as deeper depth with 7.35 bgl.

Table 6.2: Groundwater levels recorded by Piezometer (in bgl)

Month S.Kota Vizianagaram

Ground water level

(in meters)

Rainfall

(mm)

Ground water level

(in meters)

Rainfall

(mm)

Feb 2021 6.02 3.1 6.31 16.8

May 2021 7.35 29.3 6.76 27.9

Nov 2021 4.7 46.3 2.90 39.0

Feb 2022 6.02 0 5.34 16.8 * Source: Ground water Department–Govt. of Andhra Pradesh; https://apwrims.ap.gov.in/groundwater/levels

The analytical data of ground water level fluctuation between pre and post monsoon

during the period 2021-22 indicate the minimum water level is 4.7 m and maximum

ground water level is 7.35 m at S.Kota mandal. It is observed that there is not much

fluctuation in ground water levels during the years 2015-2018. Ground water recharge

through precipitation is not altered during the years.

6.3 PERCOLATION/RECHARGE FACTOR FOR MINE AREA

Rainfall infiltration factor is calculated by the following formula:

Rrf = RFIF * A * (R-a) / 1000

Where:

RFIF = Rainfall Infiltration Factor

A = Area for computation of recharge i.e., 8.90 Ha

(R-a)/1000 = Rainfall in meters

For computing rainfall percolation factor method

1. Normal South-West monsoon rainfall is considered as 0.702 m

2. Normal North-East monsoon rainfall is considered as 0.301 m


Page 35

3. Normal Non monsoon rainfall is considered as 0.235 m

Rainfall percolation Factor for Granite weathered & Jointed (Road Metal & Building

Stone) has been considered as 0.11 (11 %).

1. Rrf = 0.11 * 8.90 * 0.702 = 0.687 ham

2. Rrf = 0.11 * 8.90 * 0.247 = 0.242 ham

3. Rrf = 0.11 * 8.90 * 0.172 = 0.168 ham

Total Rrf = 1.097 ham

Natural Discharge 5 % = 1.097 – 0.0549 = 1.042 ham

Hence, the total annual rain water percolating is estimated to be as 1.042 ham


Page 36

VII GROUND WATER RESOURCES ASSESSMENT – GEC 2015

7.1 NORMS OF GROUNDWATER ESTIMATION COMMITTEE – 2015

The revised methodology Groundwater Estimation Committee (GEC) -2015 recommends

aquifer wise ground water resource assessment. Ground water resources have two

components- replenishable ground water resources or dynamic ground water resources

and in-storage resources or static resource. As per GEC - 2015 norms, a watershed with

well-defined hydrological boundaries is an appropriate unit for ground water resource

estimation, but, it is not applicable for present investigated area as it is only confined to

single revenue village. The methodology for ground water reserves estimation is based on

the principle of water balance as given below:

In flow - Out flow= change in storage (of an aquifer)

7.2 RAINFALL RECHARGE

GEC-2015 has recommended that ground water recharge should be estimated on

groundwater level fluctuation and specific yield approach since this method takes into

account the response of ground water levels to ground water input and output

components.

7.2.1 Ground Water Level Fluctuation Method

The change in storage can be estimated using the following equation:

ΔS = Δh * A * Sy

Where: ΔS = Change in Storage

Δh = Rise in water level in the monsoon season

A = Area for computation of recharge

Sy = Specific yield


Page 37

The study area is limited to one village i.e., Mallipudi Village of S.Kota mandal,

Vizianagaram district. Hence the average water level fluctuation for the period of 2021-

2022 is considered as 2.65 m.

The specific yield is taken as 6.0% as the area is occupied by alluvium consisting of sand,

silt and clay (clay is dominant) by both fluvial and marine action representing the

quaternary in geological time scale.

The area of recharge for computation is taken for Mallipudi Village area, which is 324

hectares.

ΔS = 2.65 * 324 * 0.06

= 51.516 ham

Natural discharge of 5 % should be deducted from 51.516 ham i.e., 51.516–2.576

Available ground water at Mallipudi village for further exploitation is 48.94 ham.

7.2.2 Rainfall Infiltration Factor

Rainfall infiltration factor is calculated by the following formula:

Rrf = RFIF * A * (R-a) / 1000

Where:

RFIF = Rainfall Infiltration Factor

A = Area for computation of recharge

(R-a)/1000 = Rainfall in meters

For computing rainfall percolation factor method

1. Normal South-West monsoon rainfall is considered as 0.702 m

2. Normal North-East monsoon rainfall is considered as 0.301 m

3. Normal Non monsoon rainfall is considered as 0.235 m

Rainfall percolation Factor for Granite weathered & Jointed (Road Metal & Building

Stone) has been considered as 0.11 (11 %).


Page 38

1. Rrf = 0.11 * 324 * 0.702 = 25.019 ham

2. Rrf = 0.11 * 324 * 0.301 = 10.728 ham

3. Rrf = 0.11 * 324 * 0.235 = 8.375 ham

Total Rrf = 44.122 ham

Natural Discharge 5 % = 44.122 – 2.206 = 41.916 ham

Hence, the total annual ground water for extraction is estimated to be as 41.916 ham

7.2.3 Recharge due to Other Sources

Recharge due to other sources constitute recharges from Canals, Applied Surface Water

irrigation, Applied Ground Water Irrigation, Tanks& Ponds and Water Conservation

Structures in Command areas. Whereas in Non-command areas only the recharge due to

Applied Ground Water Irrigation, Tanks & Ponds and Water Conservation Structures are

possible.


Page 39

VIII IMPACT OF MINING IN GROUNDWATER REGIME

The mining lease applied area is covered with denudations of 312 m to 802 m above

mean sea level. With reference to the Topomap 65N/4, the quarry lease area covered

between the 646 m and 312 m hills on the North and South side of mine area & 802 m

hill to the North-West side of mine area. Notable perennial water bodies are not present

within or nearby area which may cause the inundation of quarry..

The ground water table is about 48 m depth from the ground level. Maximum depth of

workings is up to RL 70 m and minimum depth of workings is RL 80 m. The proposed

maximum quarry operations during the plan period, a depth of 98m from the top hill

which is above the ground level; thus no chances for accumulation of ground water in

working pit and no water will be discharged from the pit.

All precautionary measures, such as, garland drains, siltation pond and retention wall will

be constructed during implementation of mine activity. The rain water collected in the

mine pits and garland drains will be used for sprinkling haul & approach road and

greenbelt watering, if excess, the water will be discharged into nearby first order streams

if allowed into agricultural fields or water bodies after sedimentation.

There will be no impact on water quality as the mineral is insoluble and doesn’t react

with water. The process of the Road Metal & Building Stone mineral excavation doesn’t

involve washing of the mineral and mineral will be excavated as dry material. Drilling

and sprinkling of haul roads, mine area are the absolute water consumption sources

during this mining process.

Overburden over the mineral during mining may be dumped temporarily in 1.0218 Ha.

within mine lease area as step dumping. Dump area is in the South corner of QL covering

area. The waste generated can be used for regular gradation of approach/haul roads,

maintaining retention wall along the hill slopes and strengthening garland drains within

the mine area. The topsoil will be preserved within the lease area for mined area

reclamation usage at the time of closure.


Page 40

IX CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMMENDATIONS

CONCLUSIONS:

Based on the field observations and data collected from the Smt. A. Kamala, Road Metal

& Building Stone mining area in Mallipudi Village, it is concluded that.

1. Piezometer at S.Kota mandal indicates that the water table varying between 4.7bgl

during post monsoon and 7.35 m bgl during pre monsoon.

2. Area is moderate to steep slope in nature, thus recharge through rainfall is

moderate.

3. Road Metal & Building Stone deposits occupy the area.

4. Road Metal & Building Stone is still a porous stone with average water absorption

of between 0.1 and 1.4%.

5. Groundwater is not exploited within mine area.

6. Pre monsoon ground water levels and post monsoon groundwater levels are slightly

in declining trend. It may be due to erratic monsoon rainfall and ground water has

to use for Khariff crops (particularly Paddy).

7. Groundwater has been estimated by adopting norms prescribed by GEC - 2015.

8. The possibility of interaction and influence of the mining operations on the water

table conditions as well as groundwater regime either in quality or quantity aspects

may be meager. However, few observational wells may be established in the

downstream of the mining area to assess the impact of mining.

9. The mineral Road Metal & Building Stone is inert and insoluble in water, thus

deterioration of water quality is not expected from this mining.

The method of Road Metal & Building Stone mining is open cast which would result in a

depression that can hold considerable amount of rainwater and underground seepage

water. This acts as an impounding infiltration reservoir that can contribute to not only for

augmenting additional water resources but also as a direct water resource for mine and

nearby agricultural fields to the region.


Page 41

RECOMMENDATIONS

Safe yield of the aquifer has been evaluated and accordingly the extraction has to be

restricted.

1. Groundwater table in the present area ranges between 4.7 m – 7.35 m.



covered between the 646 m and 312 m hills on the North and South side of mine area

& 802 m hill to the North-West side of mine area.

2. There are no water bodies within the core area or immediate buffer zone of the mine.

3. Restriction of mining above, to top surface of water table may reduce the influence

of mining on water table.

4. The stagnated water in the left out mine pits may be pumped out and made useful for

mine operations or development of greenery over the dumped overburden. If excess

water is found in the mine pit that could used for irrigation in the low lying areas,

may be examined which may not require pumping.

5. Overburden over the mineral during mining may be dumped temporarily in 1.0218

Ha. within mine lease area as step dumping. Dump area is in the South corner of QL

covering area. The waste generated can be used for regular gradation of

approach/haul roads, maintaining retention wall along the hill slopes and

strengthening garland drains within the mine area. The topsoil will be preserved

within the lease area for mined area reclamation usage at the time of closure.

6. Contour trenches either Continuous Contour Trench (CCT) or Staggered Trench (ST)

are sug gested in the foot hill region along the East, South and West borders of the

mining site to catch the rainfall runoff from the up slope and recharge groundwater.

Fine material from the mining and dumping areas also gets trapped in the trench if it

is flown along with rainwater. An approximate location of the trenches is marked in

the mine layout map.

ANNEXURE –VII EARLIER

PRODUCTION DETAILS

Draft EIA (1).pdf - APPCB - Government of Andhra Pradesh

Documents

Transcript of Draft EIA (1).pdf - APPCB - Government of Andhra Pradesh